METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MONITORING PLASMA PROCESSING OPERATIONS

Abstract: The invention generally relates to various aspects of a plasma process, and more specifically the monitoring of such plasma processes. One aspect relates in some manner to calibrating or initializing a plasma monitoring assembly (174). This type of calibration may be used to address wavelength shifts, intensity shifts, or both associated with optical emissions data obtained on a plasma process. A calibration light may be directed at a window (124) through which optical emissions data is being obtained to determine the effect, if any, that the inner surface of the window is having on the optical emissions data being obtained therethrough, the operation of the optical emissions data gathering device, or both. Another aspect relates in at least some manner to various types of evaluations which may be undertaken of a plasma process which was run, and more typically one which is currently being run, within the processing chamber (74).

Description: METHOD & APPARATUS FOR MONITORING PLASMA PROCESSING OPERATIONS Field of the Invention The present invention generally relates to the field of plasma processes and, more particularly, to monitoring/evaluating such plasma processes. Background of the Invention Plasma is used in various types of industrial-type processes in the semiconductor and printed wiring board industries, as well as in various other industries such as in the medical equipment and automotive industries. One common use of plasma is for etching away materials in an isolated or controlled environment. Various types of materials may be etched by one or more plasma compositions, including glasses, silicon or other substrate materials, organics such as photoresist, waxes, plastics, rubbers, biological agents, and vegetable matter, and metals such as copper, aluminum, titanium, tungsten, and gold. Plasma is also utilized for depositing materials such as organics and metals onto an appropriate surface by various techniques, such as via chemical vapor deposition. Sputtering operations may also utilize plasmas to generate ions which sputter away material from a source (e.g., metals, organics) and deposit these materials onto a target such as a substrate. Surface modification operations also use plasmas, including operations such as surface cleaning, surface activation, surface passivation, surface roughening, surface smoothing, micromachining, hardening, and patterning. Plasma processing operations can have a significant effect on a company's profit margin. This is particularly true in the semiconductor and printed wiring board industries. Consider that a single semiconductor fabrication facility may have up to 200-300 processing chambers and that each processing chamber in commercial production may process at least about 15-20 wafers per hour. Further consider that an eight inch wafer which is processed in one of these chambers in some cases may be used to produce up to 1 ,500 semiconductor chips which are each worth at least about $125, and that each of these semiconductor chips are in effect "pre-sold." Therefore, a single wafer which has undergone an abnormal plasma process and which is scrapped will result in lost revenues of at least about $187,500. The particular plasma process which acts on the wafer such that a semiconductor device may be formed therefrom is commonly referred to as a plasma recipe. Some skilled in the art refer to a plasma recipe as being a combination of one or more plasma steps, each of which is executed for a fixed period of time. However, "plasma recipe" as used in relation to the present invention means a plasma processing protocol which includes one or more different and distinct plasma steps (e.g., a certain combination of certain steps). "Different and distinct" means that each plasma step produces a different, predetermined result on the product being processed (e.g., a wafer). Differences between plasma steps may be realized by changing one or more process conditions, including without limitation the composition of the plasma, the temperature and pressure in the processing chamber, DC bias, pumping speeds, and power settings. The sequence of the plasma steps, as well as the result of each plasma step, also produces a desired overall or cumulative end result for the plasma recipe. Plasma processes may be run on wafers in a commercial production facility in the following manner. A cassette or boat which stores a plurality of wafers (e.g., 24) is provided to a location which may be accessed by a wafer handling system associated with one or more processing chambers. One wafer at a time is processed in the chamber, although some chambers may accommodate more than one wafer at a time for simultaneous plasma processing. One or more qualification wafers may be included in each cassette, and the rest are commonly referred to as production wafers. Both the qualification and production wafers are exposed to the same plasma process in the chamber. However, no semi-conductor devices are formed from a qualification wafer as qualification wafers are processed and retained solely for testing/evaluating the plasma process, whereas semiconductor devices are formed from the production wafers. Further processing operations of these now plasma processed production wafers may be required before semiconductor devices are actually formed from such production wafers. Monitoring is employed by many plasma processes to evaluate one or more aspects of the process One common monitoring technique associated with plasma recipes run on wafers is endpoint detection Current endpoint detection systems attempt to identify when a single plasma step of a given plasma recipe is complete, or more specifically that point in time when the predetermined result associated with the plasma step has been produced on the product A representative "predetermined" result is when a layer of a multi- layered wafer has been completely removed in a manner defined by a mask or the like Although prior art systems exist for attempting to identify the endpoint of a single step of a multiple step plasma recipe, no known system is able to identify the endpoint of each step of a multiple step plasma recipe, or even any two steps of a multiple step recipe for that matter Having the ability to terminate a given plasma step at its endpoint or just after endpoint is reached would reduce costs in a number of ways Obviously, the amount of gases which are used to generate the plasma may be reduced by terminating a given plasma step when it has achieved its desired result More importantly, terminating a given plasma step at or very shortly after its endpoint has been reached prevents the wafer from being over-etched to an undesired degree Over-etching a wafer removes more material from the wafer than desired, such as by etching away portions of the layer immediately following that which was to be etched, and may also result in the undesirable sputtering of materials onto other portions of the wafer The resulting effect on the semiconductor devιce(s) formed from this wafer may reduce the quality of the semiconductor devιce(s), may go undetected until the semiconductor devιce(s) has been delivered to the customer which would not be desirable if the devιce(s) was defective or deficient in any way, or both Finally, a certain degree of over- etching of a wafer may result in the wafer simply being scrapped Endpoint detection is desirable in theory for plasma processes Certain deficiencies became evident as attempts were made to implement endpoint detection techniques in commercial fabrication facilities Initially, all known endpoint detection techniques were developed by first chemically analyzing the subject plasma operation to identify a wavelength to key in on as being indicative of endpoint Fabrication facilities typically run a multiplicity of plasma recipes As such, these known endpoint detection techniques increase costs due to the required retention of an experienced chemist Moreover, these techniques often do not produce the intended result - that is the wavelength which is selected by the chemist may in fact not be at all indicative of endpoint when the plasma step is actually run since it is only "theory" based A given endpoint detection technique may also be dependent upon the processing chamber on which the technique was developed Accurate results may not be realized when the endpoint detection technique is used on other processing chambers Therefore, it would be desirable to have a plasma monitoring system in which the amount of chemical "pre-analysis" is reduced and which would allow the plasma monitoring system to work to an acceptable degree on multiple processing chambers (i e , a generic plasma monitoring system which was able to identify the relevant endpoint) Commonly used endpoint detection techniques provide no information on how the plasma process has actually proceeded or the "health" of the plasma process - only if and when an endpoint of the subject plasma step has been reached Other monitoring techniques which are commonly used in plasma processes suffer from this same type of deficiency Pressures, temperatures, and flow rates of the feed gases used to form the plasma are commonly monitored Various aspects relating to the electrical system associated with the plasma are also monitored, such as the power settings being utilized since this will affect the behavior of the plasma However, these types of monitoring operations do not necessarily provide an indication of how the plasma process is actually proceeding All of the "hardware" settings may be correct, but still the plasma may not be performing properly for a variety of reasons (e g , an "unhealthy" plasma) Since errors in a plasma process are typically detected by some type of post processing, destructive testing technique, multiple wafers are typically exposed to the faulty plasma process before the error is actually identified and remedied Therefore, it would be desirable to have a plasma monitoring system which provided a more accurate indication of how the current plasma process was actually proceeding on a more "real-time" basis, and thereby allowed for a reduction in the number of wafers which are exposed to abnormal plasma processes Moreover, it would be desirable to have a plasma monitoring system which identified the existence of an error in the plasma process at least before the next wafer is exposed to such an "abnormal" plasma process Other areas of the semiconductor manufacturing process can adversely impact the profit margin of the commercial fabrication facility Often an operator will run the wrong plasma recipe and the resulting wafers will be scrapped It would be desirable for a plasma monitoring system to readily identify the plasma recipe being run on the given chamber to avoid this type of situation Moreover, the length of each step of a given plasma recipe is typically set for a certain amount of time which accounts for the worst case condition (i e , such that even the "slowest" running of the plasma step will be completed in this time frame) In many cases the step will actually be completed a significant time before this maximum setting is reached, causing the problems identified in the discussion of endpoint detection Therefore, it would be desirable to have a plasma monitoring system which was able to identify the steps of a plasma recipe as it was being run within a processing chamber, and to utilize this information in relation to the control of the plasma process (e g , to terminate the current step, initiate the next plasma step, or both) Plasma processing of product (e g , wafers) within the processing chamber will likely have an effect on the interior of the processing chamber which in turn may have an adverse effect on subsequent plasma recipes which are run on product within the chamber Certain "byproducts" of a plasma process run on product in the chamber may be deposited on one or more interior surfaces of the chamber These deposits may have some type of adverse effect on one or more plasma recipes which are being run in the processing chamber (e g , a processing chamber may be used to run more than one type of plasma recipe) Deposits on the interior surfaces of the processing chamber may have the following exemplary effects on the performance of the chamber a longer period of time may be required to reach the endpoint of one or more plasma steps of the plasma recipe, endpoint of one or more plasma steps may never be reached; and a result which is different than expected of the current plasma step may be undesirably realized (i.e., an unexpected/undesirable result). Processing chambers are typically removed from the production line on a scheduled, periodic basis for a cleaning operation to address the above-noted conditions, regardless of whether the chamber is actually in condition for a cleaning and even if the chamber was ready for cleaning well before this time. It would be desirable to have a plasma monitoring system which would provide an indication of when a processing chamber should be removed from production for cleaning. Cleaning operations which are used to address the above-noted deposits include plasma cleans of the interior of the processing chamber, wet cleans of the interior of the processing chamber, and replacement of certain components of the processing chamber which may actually be consumed by the plasma processes conducted therein and are therefore commonly referred to as "consumables". A plasma clean addresses the above-noted deposits by running an appropriate plasma in the processing chamber typically without any product therein (e.g., no production wafers), and therefore with the chamber being in an "empty" condition. The plasma acts on these deposits in a plasma clean and reduces the thickness thereof by chemical action, mechanical action, or both. Resulting vapors and particulate matter are exhausted from the chamber during the plasma clean. It would be desirable to have a plasma monitoring system which would provide an accurate indication of both the health and endpoint of the plasma clean currently being conducted within the processing chamber. In some cases a plasma clean alone will not adequately address the condition of the interior of the processing chamber. Another cleaning technique which may be employed, alone or in combination with a plasma clean, is commonly referred to as a "wet clean." Various types of solvents or the like may be used in a wet clean and are manually applied by personnel. In this regard, the subject processing chamber is depressurized, the chamber is opened to gain appropriate access, and the interior surfaces of the chamber are manually wiped down such that the solvents may remove at least some of the deposits by chemical action, mechanical action, or both. It would further be desirable to have a plasma monitoring system which would provide an accurate indication of when further execution of a plasma clean of the interior of the processing chamber will be substantially ineffective such that a wet clean may be more timely initiated or eliminated altogether Wet cleans and plasma cleans of the interior surfaces of the processing chamber may be ineffective in addressing deposits after a certain number of plasma processes have been conducted in the chamber Sufficient degradation of the interior surfaces of the processing chamber may necessitate that certain components of the chamber be replaced Components of the processing chamber which are typically replaced on some type of periodic basis are the showerhead, the wafer platform, the wafer pedestal, the quartz bell jar, and the quartz bell roof Additional processing of the interior surfaces of the chamber is typically undertaken after a wet clean has been performed, after one or more components of a processing chamber have been replaced and prior to resuming commercial use of the chamber (e g , the processing of wafers in the chamber for commercial purposes), and in the case of a new chamber for that matter No product is present in the processing chamber as a plasma is introduced into the now sealed processing chamber in this type of operation which is also commonly referred to as a plasma cleaning operation Plasma cleaning operations in this instance address the solvent residuals from the wet clean, "prep" the new components of the chamber for plasma processing of product in the chamber, or both It would be desirable to have a plasma monitoring system which would provide an accurate indication of both the health and endpoint of the plasma cleaning operation in this type of case Conditioning wafers may be run through the processing chamber before running production wafers through the processing chamber after any type of cleaning of the processing chamber, after any components of the chamber have been replaced, or in the case of a new chamber which has never had any plasma processes conducted therein An entire plasma processes is typically run on one or more conditioning wafers disposed in the subject processing chamber in a conditioning wafer operation Conditioning wafers may simply be "blanks" or may have some semiconductor device components thereon, and the running of entire plasma processes thereon may do nothing to the conditioning wafers or portions of the conditioning wafer may be etched. Nonetheless, no semiconductor devices are ever formed from a conditioning wafer and no integrated circuit of any kind is ever etched onto a conditioning wafer while running the plasma recipe thereon. Instead, conditioning wafers of this type are either refurbished (e.g., material is redeposited back into those areas which were etched during the conditioning wafer operation) and re-used again as a conditioning wafer or they are scrapped. The processing of these conditioning wafers further "preps" or "seasons" the chamber and is done for the purpose of placing the chamber in a certain condition for production. No devices are currently being used to identify when the processing of the conditioning wafers has achieved its intended purpose. Therefore, it would be desirable to have a plasma monitoring system which would provide an accurate indication of when the conditioning wafer operation may be terminated, as well as the health of such an operation. Summary of the Invention The present invention generally relates to various aspects of a plasma process. These aspects may be grouped into four main categories. One category relates in at least some manner to a calibration or initialization procedure, associated components, or both. The first aspect through the fourth aspect presented below are within this category. Another category relates in at least some manner to various types of evaluations which may be undertaken of a plasma process which was run, and more typically one which is currently being run, within the processing chamber (e.g., plasma health evaluations, plasma process/plasma process step identification, plasma "on" determinations). The fifth aspect through the eighth aspect presented below are within this second category. Yet another category associated with the present invention relates in at least some manner to the endpoint of a plasma process (e.g., plasma clean, conditioning wafer operation) or discrete/discernible portion thereof (e.g., a plasma step of a multiple step plasma recipe). The ninth aspect through the thirteenth aspect presented below are within this third category Finally, the fourth category associated with the present invention relates to how one or more of the above-noted aspects may be implemented into a semiconductor fabrication facility The fourteenth aspect through the seventeenth aspect presented below are within this fourth category A first aspect of the present invention is embodied in a plasma processing system having calibration capabilities in relation to the monitoring of plasma processing operations The plasma processing system includes a processing chamber having a window with an inner surface which is exposed to plasma processes conducted within the chamber and an outer surface which is isolated from such processes A plasma generator is associated with the plasma processing system to provide the plasma for the plasma processes Any technique and corresponding structure for forming a plasma in the chamber is appropriate for this first aspect of the present invention A first spectrometer assembly (e g , one or more spectrometers of any type, such as scanning-type spectrometers and solid state spectrometers) is located outside of the chamber and is operatively interconnected with the window through a first fiber optic cable assembly (e g , one or more fiber optic cables) A calibration light source is also located outside of the chamber and operatively interconnected with the window through a second fiber optic cable assembly (e g , one or more fiber optic cables) Ends of the first and second fiber optic cable assemblies may be disposed on, but are preferably spaced from, the outer surface of the window to establish the noted operative interconnection in the nature of receiving data transmitted through the window In one embodiment of the first aspect of the present invention, "calibration" involves a comparison between data relating to the calibration light which is sent to the window by the calibration light source (e g , a pattern, intensity, or both, of the corresponding optical emissions) and data relating to a first portion of this same calibration light which is reflected by the inner surface of the window on the processing chamber (e g , a pattern, intensity, or both, of the first portion) The inner surface of the window of the processing chamber is that portion of the window which is typically affected by plasma processes conducted within the chamber Changes on the inner surface of the window may have an effect on any evaluation of a plasma process being conducted within the chamber if such an evaluation is based upon the transmission of optical emissions through the window These changes may be identified through the use of the noted calibration light since changes to the inner surface of the window will affect the reflection of the calibration light by the inner surface Therefore, the "calibration" available from this embodiment of the first aspect of the invention may be used to calibrate an "optical emissions based" plasma monitoring system by making at least one adjustment in relation to such a system based upon the above-noted comparison The types of "adjustments" which are contemplated by this embodiment of the first aspect are addressed in relation to the third aspect of the invention presented below Information on the window in relation to calibration in accordance with the first aspect of the present invention preferably includes information which is specific to the inner surface of the window on the processing chamber through which optical emissions are obtained That is, calibrations in accordance with this first aspect are preferably in relation to only the inner surface of the window and not the outer surface of the window Steps may be undertaken such that the portion of the calibration light which is reflected by the inner surface of the window is readily available for comparison with the calibration light in the form as it is being sent to the window in another embodiment of the subject first aspect This may be accomplished through appropriately configuring the window For instance, at least a portion of the window, which includes that area where the calibration light impacts the window, may have a generally wedge- shaped configuration (e g , variable window thickness) Another characterization of a window configuration in this embodiment is that at least a portion of the inner and outer surfaces of the window may be disposed in non-parallel relation These types of configurations are particularly useful when the relevant ends of the first and second fiber optic cable assemblies are coaxially disposed or are at least disposed in parallel relation In this regard, the ends of the first and second fiber optic cable assemblies may be disposed such that reference axes extending from the ends of these fiber optic cable assemblies will each impact the outer surface of the window at an angle other than perpendicular, but will each impact the inner surface of the window in at least substantially perpendicular fashion As such, that portion of the calibration light which is reflected by the outer surface of the window will be directed away from the end of the first optic cable assembly and will not be "collected" thereby However, at least part of that portion of the calibration light which is reflected by the inner surface of the window will be directed back to the end of the first fiber optic cable assembly such that it is available to the first spectrometer assembly and thereby available for the above-noted comparison Another way to collect that portion of the calibration light which is reflected by the inner surface of the window instead of that which is reflected by the outer surface of the window may be done with a conventional window or where the inner and outer surfaces of the window are at least substantially parallel (e g , a uniform thickness window configuration) In this case, the ends of the first and second fiber optic cable assemblies may be laterally displaced and directed to the same general area on the window from at least generally equal but "opposite" acute angles (e g , "pointing" toward the same general area at an angle other than perpendicular, but from generally an "opposite" direction) To illustrate this characterization, consider a reference plane which extends through the inner and outer surfaces of the window substantially perpendicularly thereto The end of the second fiber optic cable assembly would be disposed on a first side of this reference plane, displaced therefrom and directed toward the window and at least generally in the direction of the reference plane such that light leaving its end would impact the outer surface of the window at an angle other than perpendicular The end of the first fiber optic cable assembly would be disposed on a second side of this same reference plane (opposite the first side), displaced therefrom, and directed toward the window and at least generally in the direction of the reference plane such that at least a portion of the calibration light which is reflected by the inner surface of the window would be "collected" by the first fiber optic cable assembly for provision to the first spectrometer assembly The thickness of the window will define at least in part the amount by which that portion of the calibration light which is reflected by the inner surface of the window is offset from that portion of the calibration light which is reflected by the outer surface of the window, and thereby the "sensitivity" to the relative positionings between the ends of the first and second fiber optic cable assemblies to collect only light reflected by the inner surface of the window versus its outer surface Anti-reflective coatings may also be applied to the outer surface of the window to reduce the effects of that portion of the calibration light which is reflected by the outer surface of the window - that is such that a comparison may be made between the calibration light that is sent to the window with that portion of the calibration light which is reflected by the inner surface of the window A window with parallel inner and outer surfaces could be used with an arrangement whereby the ends of the first and second fiber optic cable assemblies were coaxially disposed and oriented such that reference axes projecting from their respective ends impacted both the inner and outer surfaces in at least substantially perpendicular fashion Application of an anti-reflective coating to the outer surface of the window would reduce the amount of light which is reflected from the outer surface of the window and directed back to the first fiber optic cable assembly for provision to the first spectrometer assembly in this instance However, there would still be some reflection from the outer surface which would be provided to the first spectrometer assembly along with the desired reflection from the inner surface Therefore, preferably such an anti- reflective coating is used in combination with the above-noted techniques which provide for some degree of separation of the calibration light reflected from the inner and outer surfaces of the window Another embodiment of the first aspect of the present invention relates to a fiber optic cable fixture assembly One application of this fixture assembly is to maintain one or more of the relevant ends of the first and second fiber optic cable assemblies in a fixed positional relationship relative to the window Another application of this fixture assembly is to detachably interconnect one or more of, and more preferably each of, the first fiber optic cable assembly, the second fiber optic cable assembly, and the window with the processing chamber (e g , with one or more threaded fasteners) One embodiment of such a fixture assembly is particularly useful for the case where at least the ends of the first and second fiber optic cable assemblies are coaxial and where the window is configured to provide for separation of that portion of the calibration light which is reflected by the inner surface of the window from that portion of the calibration light which is reflected by the outer surface of the window (e g , using a generally wedge-shaped configuration for the window) In this case, the fixture assembly would include a recessed region which interfaces with or projects toward at least a portion of the outer surface of the window At least a portion of the surface of the fixture assembly which defines this recessed region would include a light absorbing material to account for that portion of the calibration light reflected by the outer surface of the window (i e , to absorb light which is reflected by the outer surface if it impacts the body of the fixture assembly) A first port would extend through the fixture assembly and intersect the recessed region in an orientation such that a reference axis projecting from the ends of the first and second fiber optic cable assemblies each would intersect the outer surface of the window at an angle other than perpendicular, and further such that each would intersect the inner surface of the window at least at a substantially perpendicular angle Therefore, this embodiment of the fixture assembly may be used to retain the window and first and second fiber optic cable assemblies in a fixed relative positional relationship which allows the first fiber optic cable assembly to collect only that portion of the calibration light which is reflected by the inner surface of the window - not from the outer surface of the window Another embodiment of the first aspect of the present invention relates to the use of at least two different types of light by the calibration light source One of these calibration lights may include a plurality of discrete intensity peaks, while the other of these lights may be defined by a continuum of intensity or where there are no discernible peaks (e g , a constant intensity, a continually changing intensity, or a combination of both) In addition, one of these calibration lights may be used to identify one type of condition requiring calibration (e g , a wavelength shift associated with the optical emissions data obtained through the window) while the other may be used for another, different type of condition requiring calibration (e g , an intensity shift associated with the optical emissions data obtained through the window, a complete filtering of some part of the optical emissions transmitted through the window) How these types of light sources may be used to identify these types of conditions is addressed below in relation to the second aspect Any one or more of the features discussed below on the second aspect therefore may be utilized in combination with the various features addressed in this embodiment of the first aspect of the present invention as well A second aspect of the present invention relates to one or more "conditions" which may be identified during some type of a calibration of a plasma processing system Each of the various embodiments of this second aspect are embodied in a plasma processing system which includes a processing chamber, some type of a plasma monitoring assembly which monitors/evaluates (in at least some manner) plasma-based processes conducted within the chamber through optical emissions data of the plasma in the chamber during the process, and a calibration assembly which is operatively interfaced with this plasma monitoring assembly One embodiment of the calibration assembly associated with the second aspect of the present invention calibrates the plasma monitoring assembly for one or more conditions One of these conditions is a wavelength shift which may be experienced in relation to the optical emissions data obtained on the subject plasma process Another of these conditions is an intensity shift which may be experienced in relation to the optical emissions data obtained on the subject plasma process Yet another of these conditions is where certain of the optical emissions, which should be available on the subject plasma process, are being at least substantially completely filtered (e g , blocked out) by the window Finally, one of these conditions is where the window is having different effects on different portions of the optical emissions This would be the case where there are differing intensity shifts or multiple dampening effects throughout the optical emissions data being obtained on the subject plasma process Any combination of the foregoing conditions may be identified and calibrated for by the calibration assembly of the second aspect of the present invention The calibration assembly discussed above in relation to the first aspect of the present invention may be used to identify and calibrate the subject plasma monitoring assembly for any of the above-noted types of conditions in relation to the second aspect of the present invention Wavelength shifts may be identified through using a calibration light having a plurality of discrete and displaced (at different wavelengths) intensity peaks Any shifting in the wavelengths at which these peaks appear in the calibration light which is sent to the window (calibration light) in relation to that portion of the calibration light which is reflected by the inner surface of the window (reflected light) would be indicative of a wavelength shift and which could be addressed and more preferably at least substantially alleviated by calibration Intensity shifts may also be identified with this type of light by noting how the intensity of the peaks vary between the calibration light and the reflected light Some peaks in the reflected light may be dampened in relation to the calibration light more than others, which would indicate the existence of multiple dampening effects Peaks which were present in the calibration light but which were absent in the reflected light would indicate that there is filtering at those wavelengths where the peaks are absent Preferably, intensity shifts, complete filtering, and different dampening effects are identified through using a type of calibration light having a continuum of intensity which provides a more complete picture than the case where a calibration light having discrete intensity peaks is used for any of these purposes That is, little or no information is provided on the "behavior" of the window in relation to those wavelengths which are located between the intensity peaks in the calibration light (i e the effect of the window on the intensity of these wavelengths), and therefore assumptions must be made There is no need for such assumptions in the case of using a calibration light with a continuum of intensity for the above-noted purposes A third aspect of the present invention is directed to monitoring a plasma process through initializing a plasma monitoring assembly The plasma monitoring assembly evaluates at least one aspect of a subject plasma process (e g , one currently being conducted within a processing chamber) by obtaining optical emissions data through a window on the processing chamber Optical emissions which are obtained on the subject plasma process include at least wavelengths from about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers which defines a first wavelength range, and at least at every 1 nanometer throughout this first wavelength range Initialization of the plasma monitoring assembly in a first embodiment of this third aspect includes directing a calibration light toward the window through which optical emissions are obtained reflecting a first portion of the calibration light from the window, and comparing the original calibration light which was sent with this first portion Consequently, any combination of the various features discussed above in relation to calibration in accordance with the first and second aspects may be implemented in this third aspect as well When the comparison of the calibration light with the first portion of the reflected light yields a first result (e g , an intensity shιft(s), a wavelength shift, filtering, or any combination thereof), at least one adjustment is made in relation to the plasma monitoring assembly Adjustments which may be made in relation to the plasma monitoring assembly in this first embodiment of this third aspect include physical adjustments to the plasma monitoring assembly For instance, in the case where a spectrometer assembly is used to obtain optical emissions data and includes at least one scanning type spectrometer, the grating, one or more of its mirrors, or both may be moved (e g , pivoted) to calibrate the plasma monitoring assembly Any calibration of the plasma monitoring assembly involving a physical adjustment of the spectrometer assembly in this manner will typically be to address a wavelength shift which is typically due to "drifting" of the spectrometer assembly, although this type of physical adjustment may be used to address wavelength shifts from other sources Another type of adjustment which may be made in relation to the plasma monitoring assembly is a calibration of the optical emissions which are collected or obtained on the subject plasma process, or more typically data which is representative of these optical emissions In this regard, the "adjustment" may include the implementation of a single calibration factor or multiple calibration factors in the plasma monitoring assembly A single calibration factor is typically utilized when there is a "uniform" intensity shift across the optical emissions to be evaluated (e g , ±"x" intensity units possibly being considered "uniform"), whereas multiple calibration factors are typically utilized when there is a different degree of dampening across the optical emissions to be evaluated The calibration factor(s) may then be implemented to have the desired effect on the output of the spectrometer assembly Another way to calibrate in this manner is to normalize the optical emissions to be evaluated (or data representative thereof) based upon the comparison of the calibration light and the first portion of the calibration light reflected by the window Initialization of the plasma monitoring assembly in a second embodiment of this third aspect includes the steps of monitoring the window on the processing chamber through which optical emissions are obtained The second embodiment further includes the step of determining if the window is filtering out optical emissions within a first wavelength region which is contained within the first wavelength range of about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers, which again defines the optical emissions being obtained and made available for evaluation by the plasma monitoring assembly As such, the various features discussed above in relation to the second aspect of the invention in relation to "filtering" may be included in this second embodiment of the third aspect as well Finally, the second embodiment of the third aspect includes the step of having the plasma monitoring assembly ignore any optical emissions within any first wavelength region or that regιon(s) where filtering has been detected Notification may be provided that a filtering condition has been identified Moreover, a recommendation that the window be replaced may be issued in this situation The monitoring step of the second embodiment of the third aspect may include the step of directing a calibration light toward the window, reflecting a first portion of this calibration light from the window, and comparing the calibration light with this first portion As such, any one or more of the features discussed above in relation to the first and second aspects of the present invention may be utilized by this second embodiment of the third aspect as well The second embodiment may also include the step of making at least one adjustment in relation to the plasma monitoring assembly when certain conditions are identified by the above-noted calibration procedure As such, any one or more of the features discussed above in relation to the first embodiment of this third aspect may also be utilized by this second embodiment of the third aspect of the present invention Initialization of the plasma monitoring assembly in a third embodiment of the above-noted third aspect of the present invention includes the steps of monitoring the window on the processing chamber through which optical emissions on the subject plasma process are obtained The third embodiment further includes the step of determining if the window is having a first effect (e g , dampening) on a first wavelength region which is contained within the first wavelength range of about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers (which defines the optical emissions being obtained and made available for evaluation by the plasma monitoring assembly), as well as a second effect (e g dampening) on a second wavelength region which is also contained within the first wavelength range but outside of the first wavelength region associated with the first effect As such, the various features discussed above in relation to the second aspect of the invention in relation to identifying different dampening effects may be included in this third embodiment of the third aspect as well Finally, the third embodiment of the third aspect includes the step of making at least one adjustment in relation to the plasma monitoring assembly if any of these first and second types of effects are identified As such, any one or more of the features discussed above in relation to the first embodiment of the third aspect may be utilized by this third embodiment of the third aspect as well The monitoring step of the third embodiment of the third aspect may include the step of directing a calibration light toward the window reflecting a first portion of this calibration light from the window, and comparing the calibration light with this first portion As such, any one or more of the features discussed above in relation to the first and second aspects of the present invention may be utilized by this third embodiment of the third aspect as well The third embodiment may also include the step of making at least one adjustment in relation to the plasma monitoring assembly when certain conditions are identified by the above-noted calibration procedure As such, any one or more of the features discussed above in relation to the first embodiment of this third aspect may also be utilized by this third embodiment of the third aspect of the present invention A fourth aspect of the present invention relates to a method for monitoring a plasma process which includes monitoring a window on the processing chamber in which the plasma process is conducted In this regard, a quantity of product is loaded into the processing chamber (e g , at least one wafer), the plasma process is thereafter conducted on this product (e g , a plasma recipe), and data on the plasma process (e g , optical emissions of the plasma in the chamber during the process) is obtained through the window on the processing chamber The plasma process is evaluated based upon both the data which is obtained through the processing chamber window and the monitoring of the window In a first embodiment of the above-noted fourth aspect, the monitoring of the window more specifically includes the step of monitoring an actual condition of the window The condition of the window in the case of the subject second embodiment is monitored other than through data which is obtained on the plasma process That is, the data which is obtained on the plasma process being conducted within the processing chamber is not utilized in any manner by the step of monitoring the condition of the window in this first embodiment of the fourth aspect of the present invention Various features may be utilized by the above-noted first embodiment of the fourth aspect of the present invention, and these features may be used alone in the above-noted first embodiment as well as in any combination Monitoring of the condition of the window during execution of the plasma process within the chamber may be prohibited as an additional feature of the subject first embodiment That is, the monitoring of the condition of the window and the running of the plasma process may be executed at different and non-overlapping times Typically, the monitoring of the condition of the window will be done prior to running of the subject plasma process within the chamber to determine the effect that the inner surface of the window will have on the subject plasma process data which is obtained through the window As such, one or more of the features discussed above in relation to the second aspect of the present invention on "identifiable conditions" (e g , wavelength shift, intensity shift filtering, "uniform" dampening effects (intensity), multiple dampening effects (intensity)), as well as how these conditions may be identified (e g , sending a calibration light toward the window and comparing this light with that portion of the calibration light which is reflected by the inner surface of the window) may be implemented in this first embodiment of fourth aspect of the present invention as well At least one adjustment may be made in relation to the plasma monitoring assembly once one or more of these "conditions" is identified The various types of "adjustments" are addressed above in relation to the third aspect of the present invention, and any one or more of those features may be included in this first embodiment of the fourth aspect as well A second embodiment of the subject fourth aspect characterizes the monitoring of the window in a different manner than as discussed above in relation to the first embodiment In this regard, the monitoring step of this second embodiment includes the steps of directing a calibration light toward the window, reflecting a first portion of this calibration light from the inner surface of the window, and comparing the calibration light as it was sent to the window with that portion of the calibration light which was reflected by the inner surface of the window As such, one or more of the features presented above in relation to the first and second aspects of the invention may be included in this second embodiment of the fourth aspect as well The types of conditions which may be identified through this monitoring of the processing chamber window are presented above in relation to the second aspect of the present invention and any one or more of these features may be included in this second embodiment of the fourth aspect as well A fifth aspect of the present invention relates to determining when plasma exists or is "on" within a processing chamber based upon machine-based optical analysis (i e , not by a human eye) More specifically, the fifth aspect relates to obtaining optical emissions from within the processing chamber evaluating these optical emissions, generating a plasma in the processing chamber and identifying when plasma exists within the processing chamber through a machine-based evaluation of the optical emissions from within the processing chamber Various features may be utilized by the above-noted fifth aspect of the present invention, and these features may be used alone as well as in any combination For instance, the identification of when plasma exists within the chamber through optical analysis may implement various techniques The time at which the plasma comes on within the chamber may be identified by determining when the optical emissions from within the processing chamber exceeds a certain predetermined output (e g , when the intensity of the optical emissions or a certain portion thereof within the chamber exceeds a certain amount) The identification of when plasma exists through optical analysis may also be directed toward evaluating how the optical emissions change over time For instance, when no plasma exists within the chamber, there will be no corresponding optical emissions being emitted from the chamber Therefore, the identifying step may simply be directed toward noting any change from a "dark" condition to a "light" condition Another way to determine when plasma exists within the chamber through an optical analysis is to determine when the optical emissions from within the chamber include at least a certain number of discrete intensity peaks, each of which has at least a certain intensity Finally, the presence of plasma within the chamber may be identified by determining when the current optical emissions from within the chamber match at least one output recorded on a computer-readable medium which was previously obtained from the chamber at a time when plasma was known to exist within the chamber Another feature which may be incorporated in the subject fifth aspect relates to the processing of a product after the plasma exists within the chamber In one embodiment, the window on the chamber may be monitored in accordance with the fourth aspect of the invention discussed above These monitoring operations may be automatically terminated at a time when plasma is first identified within the chamber through the noted optical analysis provided by this fifth aspect In another embodiment, plasma processes conducted within the chamber may be monitored by a plasma monitoring assembly Calibration of this plasma monitoring assembly may be made available in accordance with the third aspect of the invention discussed above These calibration operations may be automatically terminated when plasma is identified within the chamber through the noted optical analysis provided by this fifth aspect A sixth aspect of the present invention relates to a plasma spectra directory which contains at least optical emissions data from plasma processes previously conducted within the processing chamber and which are used to evaluate plasma processes subsequently conducted in this very same processing chamber The plasma spectra directory is stored on a computer- readable storage medium and for ease of description includes a first data structure having a plurality of data entries Each of these data entries includes data representative of optical emissions from at least one time during the subject plasma process and this data is associated with one of a first category, a second category, and a third category The data entries associated with the first category are those plasma processes which have been run in the chamber and which define a "standard" against which subsequent plasma processes are judged Plasma processes which are run in the processing chamber are evaluated to determine if they "correspond" or "match" with at least one data entry associated with the first category These types of plasma processes associated with the first category thereby may be characterized as "normal" runs In this case, plasma processes which are associated with the first category are at least assumed to have proceeded without substantially any error, and may be tested in some manner to confirm that they did in fact proceed without any substantial error or aberration The optical emissions of the plasma in the processing chamber will typically reflect whether a given plasma process is proceeding in a "normal" fashion In this regard, optical emissions associated with a data entry of the first category preferably include at least wavelengths from about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers at least at every 1 nanometer throughout this range and at least at every 1 second from the subject plasma process Although evaluations of plasma processes subsequently conducted in the subject processing chamber need not utilize all of this data, it will be available if desired/required Moreover, typically data on the entirety of the subject plasma process, or at least that portion of the process after the plasma has stabilized is included in data entries associated with the first category Virtually any type of plasma process may be included in data entries associated with the first category as long as its optical emissions data provides an indication that the plasma process is proceeding in a certain fashion One or more plasma recipes (run on production wafers, qualification wafers, or both), plasma cleanings (before or after a wet clean), and conditioning wafer operations may each be included in the plasma spectra directory and associated with the first category Multiple "species" of these types of plasma processes may also be included in the plasma spectra directory in association with the first category (e g , different types of plasma recipes) Multiple data entries of the same "specιes"may also be included in the plasma spectra directory in association with the first category as well (e g , multiple entries of the same plasma recipe run on the same type of product) The data entries associated with the second category of the subject sixth aspect are those plasma processes (e g , plasma recipes, plasma cleans, conditioning wafer operations) which have been run in the processing chamber and which have encountered at least one error or aberration This error or aberration will typically be represented by a change in the optical emissions of the plasma in the processing chamber, and the cause may be identified by a review of these optical emissions Typically this review is after termination of the subject plasma process Obtaining optical emissions data within the above- noted wavelength range increases the likelihood that optical emissions data which is representative of the error or aberration will in fact be available for inclusion in a data entry which is associated with the second category The identification or cause of the error or aberration is included in some manner with the data entry which is associated with the second category Various actions may be initiated based upon this information An alert or the like (audio, visual, or both) may be issued to apprise personnel that an error has been encountered in the subject plasma process in the subject processing chamber Specific information on the error may also be made available as well as one or more ways to address or correct the error or aberration Finally corrective actions may be automatically undertaken if desired Typically, the entire run in which the error occurred is not included in the data entry associated with the second category Instead only those optical emissions which reflect the existence of the subject error or aberration are typically included in such a data entry This may include optical emissions data from only a single point in time during the subject plasma process or from multiple times Optical emissions included in any data entry associated with the second category may also be of the above-noted wavelength range However, if the error or aberration is only reflected in a certain portion of the optical emissions which are obtained on the subject plasma process, only this portion need be included in the plasma spectra directory for the subject data entry associated with the second category The data entries associated with the third category in relation to the subject sixth aspect are those plasma processes which have been run in the processing chamber and which are "unknown" to the plasma spectra subdirectory That is, the optical emissions from the subject plasma process have failed to correspond with any data entry associated with the first category or with the second category Moreover the reason as to why this is the case has yet to be determined, or more accurately the cause has yet to be associated with a data entry on the computer-readable storage medium Two situations will typically encompass each case where a data entry is recorded in the plasma spectra directory and associated with the third category Plasma processes which have not yet been recorded in the plasma spectra directory and associated with the first category are one such situation In this case, the entirety of the subject plasma process may be recorded in the plasma spectra directory and associated with the third category Once this data entry is identified as being a new plasma process which did or was assumed to have proceeded without substantially any error or aberration, the data entry may be "transferred" from the third category to the first category Plasma processes which have encountered an error which has not been recorded in the plasma spectra directory and associated with the second category will also be recorded in a data entry under the third category Typically, only data from the initial occurrence of the error or aberration until the end of the plasma process will be recorded in a data entry associated with the third category in this situation Subsequent evaluation of the optical emissions data from this plasma process may reveal that a "new" error was encountered If the cause of the error is identified, all or a portion of the data from the subject data entry associated with the third category may then be "transferred" to the second category A seventh aspect of the present invention relates to various analytical techniques which may be used to evaluate a plasma process in at least some manner In a first embodiment of this seventh aspect, a computer-readable storage medium includes a plurality of data entries At least one of these data entries is associated with the type of first category discussed above in relation to the sixth aspect, while at least one of these data entries is associated with the type of second category also discussed above in relation to the sixth aspect The evaluation technique embodied by this first embodiment of the seventh aspect first determines if the subject plasma process corresponds with any data entry associated with the first category Any such correspondence may be used to characterize the subject plasma process as "normal" or the like If the subject plasma process at any time fails to correspond with at least one data entry under the first category, this first embodiment of the seventh aspect will then "search" those data entries under the second category to see if the subject plasma process has encountered a known error or aberration Therefore, data entries under the second category are not searched in each case Various features may be utilized by the above-noted first embodiment of the seventh aspect of the present invention, and these features may be used alone in the above-noted first embodiment as well as in any combination Initially, each of the various features/concepts discussed above in relation to the sixth aspect are equally applicable to and may be incorporated in this first embodiment of the subject seventh aspect There are also various ways of determining whether the optical emissions data of the subject plasma process conforms or corresponds with a given data entry Conformance or correspondence may be based upon determining if the pattern of the current optical emissions is a "match" with the pattern of the relevant optical emissions from the data entry What are the "relevant" optical emissions may also be subject to a number of characterizations For instance, the time associated with the current optical emissions may be used as a criterion to determine whether these emissions correspond with a given data entry That is, the time at which the subject optical emissions were obtained would be used to identify which optical emissions from a given data entry would be used for the subject comparison (i e , select the optical emissions from the data entry which were obtained at the same time as the subject optical emissions) Alternatively, the subject plasma process may simply be evaluated to determine if it is progressing in the same fashion as at least one of the data entries associated with the first category, although not necessarily at the same rate Time would not be a limiting criterion in this case Various actions may be initiated if the current plasma process corresponds with a data entry associated with the second category, either manually or automatically For instance, the subject plasma process may be terminated, an alert may be issued that an error has been encountered, further use of the processing chamber for processing product may be suspended, adjustment of the plasma process may be undertaken in an attempt to remedy the subject error(s), or any combination thereof A second embodiment of the subject seventh aspect utilizes a computer- readable storage medium which includes a first data entry which is associated with a first category of the type identified above in relation to the sixth aspect This data entry includes a plurality of first data segments from a plurality of different times during one plasma process previously conducted in the processing chamber Each data segment includes optical emissions of the plasma in the chamber for wavelengths of at least about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers which defines a first wavelength range, and at least at every 1 nanometer throughout this first wavelength range This second embodiment entails obtaining current optical emissions from another plasma process run in this same processing chamber which are also within the first wavelength range and at least at every 1 nanometer throughout this first wavelength range. A comparison is undertaken between the current optical emissions and those associated with at least one first data segment of the first data entry throughout the first wavelength range and at least at every 1 nanometer throughout the first wavelength range. The features discussed in relation to this second embodiment may be incorporated with those discussed above in relation to the first embodiment of the subject seventh aspect. A third embodiment of the subject seventh aspect also utilizes a computer-readable storage medium. A first plasma process is run in the processing chamber. Optical emissions of the plasma in the chamber are obtained for wavelengths of at least about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers which defines a first wavelength range, and at least at every 1 nanometer throughout this first wavelength range. This data is obtained at a plurality of times during this first plasma process and such is recorded in a first data entry on the computer-readable storage medium. A second plasma process is conducted after termination of the first and similar data is obtained. The second plasma process is evaluated based upon at least a portion of the optical emissions data from the second plasma process. In some cases it may be desirable to compare the optical emissions from the second plasma process with those optical emissions from the first plasma process throughout the entirety of the first wavelength range and at least at every 1 nanometer throughout this first wavelength range. However, in some cases this may not be practical, desirable, or necessary. In this regard, the progress of the second plasma process in relation to the first plasma process recorded in the first data entry on the computer-readable storage medium may be based upon an evaluation of at least a 50 nanometer bandwidth and at least every 1 nanometer throughout this smaller bandwidth. A smaller wavelength region may be selected for evaluating the second plasma process in relation to the first plasma process in a variety of manners. The particular wavelength(s) at which error(s) have been previously encountered in running this same plasma process may be used to select that portion of the first wavelength range which should be used in the subject evaluation (e.g., ± 25 nanometers of each wavelength which is indicative of an error or aberration). Moreover, a wavelength region may be selected which includes each of the errors previously encountered on the same type of plasma process. The "width" of the region may be defined by the two extreme wavelengths, although it would be preferred to include a "buffer" of sorts on each of these ends (e.g., expand the range by 25 nanometers on each end). Finally, the particular wavelength(s) which is indicative of the endpoint of the subject plasma process or discrete/discernible portion thereof may be used to select that portion of the first wavelength range which should be used in the subject evaluation (± 25 nanometers of each such wavelength). Individual endpoint indicator wavelengths are discussed in more detail below in relation to the ninth aspect of the present invention. An eighth aspect of the present invention relates to identifying the type of plasma process conducted within the processing chamber. This aspect may be used to identify whether a plasma process is a certain type of plasma recipe being run on a certain type of production wafer, a certain type of plasma recipe being run on a certain type of qualification wafer, a certain type of plasma recipe being run on a certain type of conditioning wafer, or a plasma clean being run in a chamber. A first embodiment of this eighth aspect is able to identify the particular type of a plasma recipe being run on product (e.g., production wafer, qualification wafer) in a processing chamber based upon the storage of at least two plasma recipes on a computer-readable storage medium. In this regard, the computer-readable storage medium includes a plurality of data entries. A first of these data entries includes relevant data from a plurality of times during a first plasma recipe run on product in the processing chamber (and preferably of the entirety of this first plasma recipe at least after stabilization of the plasma). A second of these data entries includes relevant data from a plurality of times during a second plasma recipe (different from the first plasma recipe) run on product in the same processing chamber (and preferably of the entirety of this second plasma recipe at least after stabilization of the plasma). Data on a subject plasma recipe which is being run on product in the same processing chamber is obtained. This data is used to determine if the current plasma recipe is of the same type as the first or second plasma recipe stored on the computer- readable storage medium. Preferably, this determination is completed prior to termination of the current plasma recipe and at least before the next product is loaded into the chamber This first embodiment of the eighth aspect may be used to determine not only the identity of the subject plasma process, but the type of product (e g , whether a production wafer or a qualification wafer) that is being processed by including relevant data from prior plasma processes on the computer-readable storage medium That is, by including a plasma recipe "A" run on a certain type of production wafer in one data entry and the same plasma recipe "A" on a certain type of qualification wafer in another data entry, the ability exists to determine if the current plasma recipe is being run on a production versus a qualification wafer Various features may be utilized by the above-noted first embodiment of the eighth aspect of the present invention, and these features may be used alone in the above-noted first embodiment as well as in any combination Initially, the data obtained on the current plasma process may be optical emissions of the plasma in the processing chamber These optical emissions may include at least wavelengths from about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers (inclusive) which defines a first wavelength range, and optical emissions may be obtained at least at every 1 nanometer throughout this first wavelength range Optical emissions of the subject plasma process may be compared with one or both of the first and second plasma recipes stored on the computer-readable storage medium to see if there is sufficient correspondence therebetween As such, the techniques discussed above in relation to the seventh aspect may be implemented in this first embodiment of the eighth aspect as well A second embodiment of the subject eighth aspect is directed toward inputting the plasma recipe to be run in the chamber and using the principles discussed above in relation to the first embodiment of the eighth aspect to verify that no errors were made when inputting the subject plasma recipe That is, the identify of the subject plasma process is determined in accordance with the first embodiment of this eighth aspect Therefore, each of the various features discussed above in relation to the first embodiment of the eighth aspect may be incorporated in this second embodiment of the eighth aspect as well The identification of the subject plasma process through optical analysis in accordance with the foregoing is then conveyed in some manner to the appropriate personnel (e g , on a display) If the wrong plasma process was input for a certain wafer or "lot" of wafers, the identification of the subject plasma process and the conveyance of this identity to the appropriate personnel would apprise the personnel of this situation A third embodiment of the subject eighth aspect is directed to identifying a subject plasma recipe based upon at least two plasma recipes which are stored on a computer-readable storage medium and which were previously run in the same processing chamber The first execution of the subject plasma recipe is initiated and is of the type associated with either the first or second plasma recipe At least one characteristic of the plasma is monitored during the execution of each subject plasma recipe Both the first and second plasma recipes are available for comparison against the first execution of the subject plasma recipe However, after the first execution of plasma recipe is identified as being either the first or second plasma recipe from the computer-readable storage medium (identified plasma recipe), subsequent executions of the subject plasma recipes are evaluated at least initially only in relation to the identified plasma recipe on the computer-readable storage medium This embodiment is particularly pertinent to the case where the first wafer of a cassette or boat of wafers is evaluated in accordance with the foregoing since the same plasma recipe is typically run on the entire cassette Therefore, once the third embodiment of the eighth aspect determines the identify of the plasma recipe being run on the first wafer, all subsequent wafers in the cassette are at least initially evaluated against only one plasma recipe on the computer-readable storage medium Enhanced evaluation speed therefore may be realized If any such subsequent executions of the subject plasma recipe deviate from the identified plasma recipe on the computer-readable storage medium, one variation of this third embodiments makes other plasma recipes on the computer-readable storage medium available for evaluation of the then current plasma recipe Another possibility would be to check for any data entry of the same plasma recipe that was run on a qualification wafer versus a production wafer if there was a failure of the current plasma recipe to correspond with the plasma recipe stored on the computer-readable storage medium (i e , assuming that the first wafer was a production wafer and had its plasma recipe identified) In this case, the logic would be to evaluate the entire cassette first against the plasma recipe for the production wafer stored on the computer-readable storage medium, and then against the same plasma recipe but for a qualification wafer stored on the computer-readable storage medium if necessary A ninth aspect of the present invention relates to engaging in research to identify one or more indicators of a first endpoint which is when the plasma process (e g , plasma recipe, plasma clean, conditioning wafer operation) or portion thereof (e g , plasma step of a plasma recipe) has achieved a first predetermined result (e g , the etching away of a certain layer from a multi-layer structure such as a wafer) In this regard, a first plasma process is run in the processing chamber Optical emissions of the plasma are obtained at a plurality of times during this first plasma process These optical emissions include at least wavelengths from about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers (inclusive) which defines a first wavelength range Optical emissions are preferably obtained at least at every 1 nanometer throughout this first wavelength range These optical emissions are evaluated or analyzed and at least one endpoint indicator is selected based upon this analysis Various features may be utilized by the ninth aspect of the present invention, and these features may be used alone in relation to this ninth aspect as well as in any combination For instance, the subject analysis may include generating a plot of intensity versus time for a plurality of individual wavelengths which are within the first wavelength range Preferably, plots are generated for each wavelength which is available based upon the data collecting resolution of the relevant "collecting" structure (e g , spectrometer(s)) These plots are analyzed after the conclusion of the running of the plasma process, preferably in view of information as to about what time the first endpoint should have occurred (e g , calculated based upon knowledge of process conditions and thickness of layer to be etched away) Any wavelength having a plot with a distinctive change in intensity around that time where the first endpoint should have occurred may be identified as a possible endpoint indicator candidate Further features of the subject ninth aspect relate to the above-noted plots Initially, the use of the above-described methodology requires no knowledge of the chemistry involved in the subject plasma process Instead, data is taken over a large wavelength range and at a data collecting resolution which should include at least one indicator of the first endpoint (e g , at least one specific wavelength which undergoes a change which corresponds with the occurrence of the first endpoint) A pattern of the plot(s)of the individual wavelength(s) which is selected as being a possible candidate for an endpoint indicator of the first endpoint may in turn be used as the endpoint indicator Moreover, the subject plot may be defined by an equation or function up to that time at which the first endpoint occurs (e g , a linear function, a first order polynomial, a second order polynomial) When the current plasma recipe no longer "fits" this function, endpoint may be called First and second derivatives of this function may provide for a more expeditious determination of endpoint and are contemplated by this ninth aspect as well Multiple executions of the same plasma process may be required to increase the confidence level associated with the endpoint indicators which are selected as being indicative of the first endpoint When the above-noted plots are used, a comparison of the plots between two or more runs may identify a pattern which stays the same, but which undergoes some type of change This change may be a temporal shift, a shift in the intensity associated with the pattern, a uniform enlargement of the pattern, a uniform reduction in the pattern, or any combination thereof Patterns which undergo this type of change are an indicator that the corresponding wavelength is in fact indicative of the first endpoint One "controlled" way of inducing such a shift is to process two or more products having different thicknesses There should be a temporal shift if the particular wavelength is in fact indicative of the first endpoint in this case That is, the corresponding plot should have a change which shifts in accordance with the change in thickness The analysis used to select at least one indicator of the first endpoint may also include examining the optical emissions to identify the existence of intensity peaks, and determining if any of these intensity peaks at least substantially disappear at about a time where the first endpoint should occur Any such wavelength associated with these types of intensity peaks may be an indicator of the first endpoint Similarly, the analysis used to select at least one indicator of the first endpoint may include examining the optical emissions to determine if any intensity peaks develop at about a time when the first endpoint should occur Any such wavelength associated with these types of intensity peaks may also be an indicator of the first endpoint In addition, the analysis used to select at least one indicator of the first endpoint may include examining the optical emissions to determine if any intensity peak reaches a steady state at about a time when the first endpoint should occur Any such wavelength associated with these types of intensity peaks may also be an indicator of the first endpoint Finally, the analysis used to select at least one indicator of the first endpoint may include examining the optical emissions to determine if any intensity peak, which has been at a steady state, undergoes change at about a time when the first endpoint should have occurred Any such wavelength associated with these types of intensity peaks may also be an indicator of the first endpoint Any combination of the foregoing may be used to select an endpoint indicator A tenth aspect of the present invention relates to monitoring at least two aspects of a plasma process, one of which may be the "health" of the plasma process and another of which may be at least one endpoint associated with the plasma process This tenth aspect is applicable to any plasma process, including plasma recipes which are run on product (e g , production wafers, qualification wafers) in a processing chamber, plasma cleanings (e g , with or without a wet clean), and conditioning wafer operations By further way of introduction, substantially the entirety of the plasma process may be evaluated in relation to its "health" except possibly the initial portion of the plasma process where the plasma is typically unstable In contrast, the evaluation of the plasma process in relation to identifying an endpoint need not be initiated until closer to the time at which the subject endpoint should be reached Moreover, the frequency at which the plasma health is evaluated need not be the same as the frequency at which the evaluation is undertaken to identify the subject endpoint For instance, the plasma health may be assessed less frequently than the evaluation relating to identifying the subject endpoint In a first embodiment of the above-noted tenth aspect, a plasma process is conducted within the processing chamber and at least a first endpoint is associated with this plasma process The plasma process is monitored to identify the occurrence of the first endpoint Any endpoint detection technique may be used for this first embodiment of the tenth aspect, including those addressed below in relation to the eleventh through the thirteenth aspects of the present invention The "condition" of the plasma is also evaluated during, and more preferably throughout the entirety of, the plasma process (again excluding possibly the initial portion when the plasma is typically unstable) One way of defining the "condition" associated with this first embodiment of the tenth aspect is equating the same with the cumulative result of all parameters having an effect on the plasma in the processing chamber This may be done by evaluating optical emissions of the plasma in the chamber which includes at least wavelengths from about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers which defines a first wavelength range, and at least at every 1 nanometer throughout this first wavelength range and at least at a plurality of different times during the subject plasma process Another way of characterizing the monitoring of the "health" of the current plasma process is to determine if it is proceeding in accordance with at least one plasma process previously conducted within the same processing chamber Therefore, the features discussed above in relation to the seventh aspect of the present invention may be utilized in this tenth aspect of the present invention as well A second embodiment of this tenth aspect involves generating a plasma in the processing chamber and running a first plasma step in the chamber Associated with this first plasma step is a first endpoint which is when the first plasma step has produced a first predetermined result At least one characteristic of the plasma in the chamber is evaluated during the first plasma step using a first time resolution. Although typically equal increments will be utilized in this evaluation, such is not required by this second embodiment of the tenth aspect. An evaluation is also undertaken to identify an occurrence of the first endpoint using a second time resolution which is different than the first. The above-noted "at least one characteristic" may be the condition of the plasma during the subject plasma process, although it need not be the case. An eleventh aspect of the present invention generally relates to monitoring a plasma process to identify an occurrence of a first endpoint associated with the plasma process. More specifically, at least two different techniques are used to evaluate the current plasma process to identify the first endpoint in this eleventh aspect. Endpoint may be called when only one of these techniques identifies the occurrence of the first endpoint, or may be called after each of these techniques identifies the occurrence of the first endpoint. This eleventh aspect of the present invention is applicable to any plasma process having at least one endpoint associated therewith (e.g., plasma recipes which are run on product in a processing chamber, plasma cleanings, and conditioning wafer operations). One of the techniques which may be used in the subject eleventh aspect involves a comparison of the current optical emissions of the plasma in the chamber with optical emissions of the plasma in the chamber from a previous time in the same process, preferably the immediately preceding time at which optical emissions were obtained. In one embodiment, these optical emissions include at least wavelengths from about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers at least at about every 1 nanometer. When these optical emissions are substantially a "match" (e.g., when the differential of the pattern of current optical emissions and the pattern of previous-in-time optical emissions is substantially free of peaks), particularly after an initial portion of the plasma has been completed, endpoint may be deemed to have been reached. Stated another way, when there is no longer any substantial change in the optical emissions, endpoint may be deemed to have been reached. Another technique for identifying endpoint which may be used in the subject eleventh aspect involves a comparison of the current optical emissions of the plasma in the chamber with a standard. This "standard" may be optical emissions of the plasma in the chamber from a previous execution of this same plasma process in the same processing chamber at a time when endpoint was at least deemed to have been reached Moreover, this standard may be stored on a computer-readable storage medium In one embodiment, these optical emissions include at least wavelengths from about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers at least at about every 1 nanometer When these optical emissions are substantially a "match" (e g , when the differential of the pattern of current optical emissions and the pattern of previous-in-time optical emissions is substantially free of peaks), particularly after an initial portion of the plasma has been completed, endpoint may be deemed to have been reached Yet another technique which may be used in the subject eleventh aspect of the present invention includes determining if there is at least a first change in the impedance of the processing chamber which is reflected in the optical emissions of the plasma in the processing chamber A "modal" change in the plasma may be indicative of a change in impedance which in turn is indicative of endpoint This "modal" change may be a rather sudden and significant increase or decrease in the intensity of the entirety of the plasma or of a particular wavelength(s) Another technique which may be used to identify endpoint in relation to the subject eleventh aspect includes evaluating at least one individual wavelength of light forming the plasma of the subject plasma process This one wavelength of light may be evaluated to determine when a plot of intensity versus time deviates by more than a predetermined amount from a predetermined equation (e g , when there is no longer a "fit" between the current data and the subject equation) Therefore, the features discussed above in relation to the ninth aspect of the present invention are also relevant to this portion of the eleventh aspect as well Moreover, any one or more individual wavelengths of light may be evaluated to determine when the change in slope over time of the wavelength(s) changes by more than a predetermined amount Second order derivatives may be used as well A twelfth aspect of the present invention is directed toward a technique for identifying the occurrence of a first endpoint associated with a plasma process (e g , plasma recipe, plasma clean, conditioning wafer operation) or a discrete/discernible portion thereof (e g , a plasma step of a multiple step recipe or process) Optical emissions of the plasma in the chamber from the process are obtained These optical emissions include at least wavelengths from about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers which defines a first wavelength range The data resolution which is used in collecting the optical emissions is no more than about 1 nanometer This means that optical emissions are obtained at least at every 1 nanometer throughout the first wavelength range Identification of the first endpoint involves a comparison of the most current optical emissions of the plasma in the chamber with a first output This first output may be optical emissions of the plasma in the chamber from a previous time in the same plasma process, preferably the immediately preceding time at which the optical emissions were obtained in relation to the now current optical emissions This first output may also be optical emissions from the same type of plasma process which was previously conducted in the same processing at a time when endpoint should have occurred In this case the first output could be stored on a computer-readable storage medium When the above-noted comparison indicates that the current optical emissions and the first output are at least substantially a "match", particularly after an initial portion of the plasma has been completed, the first endpoint is deemed to have been reached Confidence in the calling of the first endpoint by the above-noted technique may be enhanced by using a second technique and not calling the first endpoint until both of the techniques have "seen" the first endpoint Any of the techniques discussed above in relation to the eleventh aspect of the invention may be utilized in this twelfth aspect for this purpose A thirteenth aspect of the present invention relates to identifying the occurrence of multiple endpoints in a single plasma process Many plasma recipes will include a number of different plasma steps Each of these plasma steps typically has an identifiable endpoint associated therewith Therefore, the eleventh aspect of the present invention allows for the identification of at least two of these endpoints and including each endpoint associated with the subject plasma process Each of the techniques identified in eleventh aspect discussed above may be utilized in this thirteenth aspect When to clean a processing chamber is the subject of the fourteenth aspect of the present invention Product is loaded in the processing chamber The processing chamber is sealed and a first plasma process is thereafter run on the product Data relating to the plasma process is obtained From this data a determination is made regarding the condition of the chamber Specifically, a determination is made as to whether the interior of the chamber is sufficiently "dirty" from plasma processes previously run in the chamber to warrant cleaning the chamber Personnel may be notified, actions may be initiated, or both, if this "dirty chamber" condition is identified Appropriate actions include terminating the current plasma process, issuing an alert, suspending execution of any further plasma processes in the chamber until it is appropriately cleaned, or any combination thereof Various features may be utilized by the fourteenth aspect of the present invention, and these features may be used alone in relation to this fourteenth aspect as well as in any combination The data which is obtained on the current plasma process may be optical emissions of the plasma in the chamber Wavelengths obtained may include at least from about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers which defines a first wavelength range Data may be obtained at least at every 1 nanometer throughout the noted first wavelength range Numerous techniques may be implemented to determine if the processing chamber should be cleaned using the data obtained on the plasma in the chamber Description of these techniques will be in relation to optical emissions data The current optical emissions (from the current time in the process) may be compared with a standard which is stored on a computer-readable storage medium This standard may be optical emissions of plasma from the same chamber, but from a plasma process previously run in the chamber where the chamber was determined or assumed to be in need of cleaning When the current optical emissions are at least substantially a match with this standard, the chamber will be deemed to be in need of cleaning "Matches" may be based upon any pattern recognition technique Determining the differential between the current optical emissions and the standard may also be used for this purpose Another way of determining when to clean the chamber using data obtained on the plasma involves endpoint detection Each of the endpoint detection techniques discussed above in relation to the tenth through the thirteenth aspects of the present invention use data relating to the plasma in the chamber to identify endpoint When any step of a multiple step plasma process takes longer than a pre-set maximum time limit, the chamber may be deemed to be in need of cleaning If the total time to complete an entire plasma process takes longer than a pre-set maximum time limit, the chamber may also be deemed to be in need of cleaning Endpoint detection techniques may be used in each of these cases In the case of a multiple step plasma process, the endpoint may be identified for each of the steps of a multiple step process, or simply the endpoint of the last step in the subject plasma process may be identified, to determine the total time spent on the process Plasma cleaning operations are embodied within a fifteenth aspect of the present invention A plasma clean removes materials from the interior of the processing chamber by having plasma exist within an "empty" chamber No product (e g , wafers) is contained within the chamber during a plasma clean Optical emissions of the plasma in the "empty" chamber are obtained at a plurality of times during the process in a first embodiment of this fifteenth aspect A pattern of at least a portion of the optical emissions is compared with a first standard pattern during at least a portion of the process (e g , a plot of intensity versus time) This first standard pattern may be recorded on a computer-readable storage medium Furthermore, this first standard pattern may be from optical emissions of plasma in a plasma process previously conducted within the same processing chamber at a time when the plasma clean had reached its endpoint When the pattern of optical emissions from at least one time during the process and the first standard pattern are within a predetermined amount of each other, the plasma process is terminated "Predetermined amount" contemplates using pattern recognition techniques, as well as taking a differential and noting when this differential is at least substantially free from any substantial intensity peaks Various features may be utilized by the first embodiment of the fifteenth aspect of the present invention, and these features may be used alone in relation to this fifteenth aspect as well as in any combination Wavelengths including at least those from about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers (first wavelength range), at least at every 1 nanometer throughout the first wavelength range, may be obtained and utilized for the comparison with the first standard pattern All of these optical emissions may be utilized, or only a portion thereof That is, the first embodiment of this fifteenth aspect includes comparing the pattern of a specific wavelength(s) within the optical emissions of the plasma with the first standard pattern which will include the corresponding wavelength(s) Moreover, the first embodiment also includes comparing the pattern of the entirety of the optical emissions obtained on the current plasma process with the first standard pattern Difficulties may be encountered when using a particular wavelength for the first standard pattern One such difficulty may be finding this particular wavelength in the optical emissions of the current plasma process due, for instance, to a wavelength shift Additional features may be utilized in the first embodiment of the fifteenth aspect to address this type of a situation In this regard, the first standard pattern may be part of a first standard optical emissions segment which includes a plurality of wavelengths The intensity peak associated with the subject wavelength of the first standard pattern may be identified in relation to its intensity (e g , it is the "largest" intensity peak around a certain wavelength), one or more other intensity peaks (e g , the subject wavelength is the "middle" peak in a certain wavelength region), or both Noting these characteristics of the wavelength for the first standard pattern in the first standard optical emissions segment may then be used to identify the subject wavelength in the current optical emissions segment The first embodiment of the subject fifteenth aspect may also be terminated if the subject plasma process has reached a predetermined maximum time limit before the current pattern and first standard pattern are within a predetermined amount of each other Typically this will mean that the current plasma process was ineffective in addressing the interior of the processing chamber In this type of a case, a wet clean of the chamber may be initiated Thereafter, another plasma cleaning operation may be initiated to address the residuals of the wet clean Monitoring the time rate of change of optical emissions of the plasma in the chamber is the subject of a second embodiment of the fifteenth aspect relating to plasma cleans In this regard, the differential between the optical emissions at a current time in the process and the optical emissions from a previous time in the same plasma process (preferably an immediately preceding time) is determined When this differential is no more than a first amount, the current plasma process is terminated Therefore, this second embodiment equates the time at which the plasma clean should be terminated with a situation where the current plasma process is no longer changing the condition of the interior of the processing chamber at a desired rate All or a portion of those "additional" features addressed above in relation to the first embodiment may be implemented in this second embodiment as well Conditioning wafer operations are addressed in a sixteenth aspect of the present invention At least one conditioning wafer is loaded in a processing chamber and a plasma process is run thereon Typically the plasma process will etch a pattern on the conditioning wafer which is something other than an integrated circuit or a pattern which would not be associated with a semiconductor device Plasma processing of the conditioning wafer is monitored through obtaining optical emissions of the plasma in the chamber A number of conditioning wafers are processed in this manner until the conditioning wafer operation is terminated based upon the results of the monitoring of one of the plasma processes conducted on a conditioning wafer Thereafter, a production wafer operation is initiated whereby at least one production wafer is loaded in the chamber and a plasma recipe (e g , one or more plasma steps) is run thereon These production wafers are removed from the chamber and at least one semiconductor device is formed therefrom Further processing of the production wafer may be required before the actual semiconductor device is available Therefore, this distinguishes a production wafer from a conditioning wafer since no semiconductor devices are formed from conditioning wafers Instead, conditioning wafers are either typically scrapped or refurbished for further use as a conditioning wafer Various features may be utilized by the sixteenth aspect of the present invention, and these features may be used alone in relation to this sixteenth aspect as well as in any combination The health of the conditioning wafer operation, the health of the production wafer operation, or both may be evaluated Any of the techniques discussed above in relation to the seventh and tenth aspects of the invention thereby may be implemented in this sixteenth aspect as well Optical emissions obtained on the conditioning wafer operation, the production wafer operation, or both may include at least wavelengths from about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers, and such optical emissions may be obtained at least at every 1 nanometer throughout this range All or a portion of this data may be utilized in a comparison upon which termination of the conditioning wafer operation is based Endpoint detection techniques may be used to terminate the conditioning wafer operation Therefore, any of the endpoint detection techniques discussed above in relation to the ninth through the thirteenth aspects may be implemented in this sixteenth aspect as well Termination of the conditioning wafer operation may also be based upon when consecutive runnings of the plasma process on conditioning wafers are within a certain amount of each other as determined through the data obtained on the process That is, the termination of the conditioning wafer operation may be equated with the conditioning wafer operation having reached a steady state (e g , the processing of one conditioning wafer looks at least effectively the same as the processing of the next conditioning wafer) determined in accordance with an evaluation of optical emissions data Termination of the conditioning wafer operation may also be based solely on the data obtained on the conditioning wafer operation That is, no wafer need be analyzed before the production wafer operation is initiated One or more of a plasma cleaning operation, a wet cleaning operation, or a replacement of consumables may also be initiated before the initiation of the conditioning wafer operation as well Management of the distribution of wafers to a wafer production system including at least two processing chambers is addressed by a seventeenth aspect of the present invention In a first embodiment, at least two chambers are involved in the plasma processing of wafers disposed therein Each plasma process conducted within these chambers is monitored in at least some respect Wafers will continue to be sequentially processed in these chambers unless the monitoring of the current plasma process on the wafer(s) in one of these chambers detects the existence of one or more conditions These conditions include the existence of a "dirty chamber", a known error condition, an unknown condition, or a combination thereof as these terms have been used in relation to the sixth and fourteenth aspects discussed above The distribution of wafers to this particular chamber may be suspended immediately after this type of condition is identified, or suspension may be delayed until a certain number of these types of conditions are encountered in multiple plasma processes That is, a given chamber may not be taken "off line" until this same condition (or another of the conditions) have been identified in multiple runs When the suspension of processing of wafers in a given chamber is based upon the identification of a "dirty chamber" condition, the chamber may be cleaned in some manner Plasma cleans, wet cleans, replacement of consumables, or any combination thereof are contemplated as an appropriate "cleaning' in the context of this first embodiment of the seventeenth aspect Once the chamber has been cleaned, the distribution of wafers for running plasma processes thereon may be reinitiated Encountering a known error during the plasma processing of a wafer(s) in one of the chambers may result in the modification of one or more process control parameters to address this error Finally, when an unknown condition is encountered, the first embodiment contemplates analyzing the plasma process after termination thereof in an attempt to identify the corresponding cause A second embodiment of the seventeenth aspect relates to the running of plasma processes on product in at least three chambers The wafers are distributed to these chambers using a first sequence Modification of this sequence is initiated if the monitoring of the plasma process in one of the chambers identifies the existence of a certain condition Any of those identified above in relation to the first embodiment would be applicable to this second embodiment as well In this regard the corresponding features from the first embodiment may be implemented in this second embodiment as well Finally, a third embodiment of this seventeenth aspect involves the distribution of wafers to at least two processing chambers for the running of a plasma process thereon The time required to complete each plasma process is monitored The distribution sequence which is utilized is based upon this monitoring of time For instance, the distribution sequence may involve maximizing the use of the "fastest" processing chamber An eighteenth aspect of the present invention relates to a virtual optical filter of sorts for use in monitoring plasma processing operations Optical emissions data throughout a first wavelength region (e g , a range of wavelengths extending from a first wavelength to a second wavelength, the distance between which defines a bandwidth) may be obtained on a first plasma process conducted within a first processing chamber A second wavelength region is selected for monitoring at least one aspect of the first plasma process This second wavelength region is a subset of the first wavelength region (i e has a smaller bandwidth) That is the second wavelength region is totally contained within, but is smaller than, the first wavelength region Therefore, only a portion of the optical emissions data which is being collected on a given plasma process is used to evaluate this process in at least some manner in accordance with the subject eighteenth aspect Monitoring one portion of a plasma process may require optical emissions data within one wavelength region or at one specific wavelength, while monitoring another portion of the same plasma process may require optical emissions data within a different wavelength region or at a different wavelength Similarly, monitoring one type of plasma process may require optical emissions data within a certain wavelength region or at a certain wavelength while monitoring a different type of plasma process may require optical emissions data within a different wavelength region or at a different wavelength A significant benefit of the subject eighteenth aspect is that so long as the desired optical emissions for monitoring a given plasma process or a portion thereof are within the first wavelength region of the optical emissions data which is being collected no physical adjustments will be needed to accommodate any of these scenarios Simply put, the eighteenth aspect avoids the situation where one bandpass filter is required to monitor one type of plasma process and where another bandpass filter is required to monitor another type of plasma process With the subject eighteenth aspect, in order to change the optical emissions data which are to be used to monitor a certain plasma process or to change the optical emissions data which are used to monitor a completely different plasma process, only the information as to which optical emissions data are desired for purposes of monitoring need be changed For instance, the optical emissions data over the first wavelength region may be stored on a computer-readable storage medium in a database or otherwise cataloged such that a plasma monitor (e g , plasma health module, endpoint detection module) may seiectably retrieve which particular subset of the first wavelength region (e g , a specific wavelength or a wavelength region) is desired for use by the plasma monitor That is, each wavelength may be assigned some type of identifier such that all that is required to retrieve the optical emissions data on this wavelength is to input the corresponding identifier to the requisite plasma monitoring module In order to retrieve optical emissions data on a certain wavelength region, only the identifier which corresponds with each of the two extremes of the wavelength region would need to be input to the requisite plasma monitoring module By obtaining optical emissions data over a relatively large wavelength region, effectively an infinite number of subsets of data within this relatively large wavelength region may be employed to monitor any plasma process or portion thereof in accordance with the subject eighteenth aspect of the present invention One aspect of any plasma process which may be monitored through the subject eighteenth aspect is to identify an occurrence of at least one endpoint which is associated with a plasma process being run in a processing chamber "Endpoint" is defined as when the plasma process has realized or affected a certain, predetermined result (e g , the removal of a certain layer) The occurrence of an endpoint may be monitored by monitoring one or more individual wavelengths which are each contained in the first wavelength region, by monitoring one or more wavelength regions which are each contained within the first wavelength region but which need not have the same bandwidth, or any combination thereof Another aspect of a plasma process which may be monitored through the eighteenth aspect is to determine if a plasma process currently being run in a processing chamber is proceeding in accordance with at least one plasma process which was previously conducted within the very same processing chamber Although this may be done by comparing optical emissions data over the entire first wavelength region, this may be done through the eighteenth aspect and its use of a smaller wavelength region for monitoring purposes In this regard, the second wavelength region may have a bandwidth of at least 50 nanometers, but no more than that of the first wavelength region The intensity of the various optical emissions of the plasma during a given plasma process typically undergoes at least one and typically many changes throughout the plasma process One way to monitor the plasma process in accordance with the subject eighteenth aspect is to generate a plot of an area of the optical emissions in the second wavelength region versus time "Area" in this sense is reflective of or is related to the intensity of the optical emissions in the second wavelength region This plot may be displayed such as on a computer monitor or the like for review by operations personnel From this plot, another plot of the change in area of the optical emissions in the second wavelength region over time may be generated This plot may also be displayed, such as on a computer monitor or the like for review by operations personnel The plot of the change in area versus time for the second wavelength region may be generated without actually plotting the area of the second wavelength region versus time, but instead just using the data that defined this area versus time plot In any case, endpoint may be equated with a certain event or the like which happens in or which is illustrated by the plot of the change in area of the second wavelength region over time For instance, the "event" may be when a certain negative slope threshold is exceeded within the change in area over time plot, when there is a certain change in the rate of a negative slope within the change in area over time plot, when a positive slope threshold is exceeded within the change in area over time plot, or when there is a certain change in the rate of a positive slope within the change in area over time plot Various other prerequisites of sorts may be employed, such as not allowing endpoint to be called before expiration of a certain period of time into a plasma process or a portion thereof (e g not allowing endpoint to be called within a certain amount of time of the plasma coming on in a plasma processing chamber to start plasma processing, not allowing endpoint to be called within a certain amount of time of at least one change being made to the plasma processing system to change from one plasma recipe to another plasma recipe, such as making a change in the feed gases for the plasma), requiring that a certain threshold of the mean square error associated with the change in area over time plot be met or exceeded, and not allowing endpoint to be called after expiration of a certain amount of time into a plasma process or portion thereof Multiple wavelengths or wavelength regions may be used to monitor the plasma process in accordance with the subject eighteenth aspect, and again without making any physical change to the plasma monitoring system so long as each of these wavelengths or wavelength regions are in the first wavelength region where optical emissions data is being collected on the current plasma process For instance, one wavelength region within the first wavelength region may be monitored for a first endpoint of a first step of a certain plasma process, and another/different wavelength region within the first wavelength region may be monitored for a second endpoint of a second step of the same plasma process This may be done for each step of the plasma process Another possibility is to monitor for at least one endpoint associated with the current plasma process and at the same time to also monitor the health of the plasma process by comparing optical emissions data from a wavelength region having at least a 50 nanometer bandwidth, with optical emissions data of this same wavelength region from a plasma process previously conducted in the same processing chamber A nineteenth aspect of the present invention relates to identifying a wavelength region which would be appropriate for monitoring a plasma process for the occurrence of a certain endpoint of the plasma process This wavelength region for monitoring endpoint has a certain bandwidth in that it has two extremes defined by two different, spaced wavelengths, such as a wavelength region extending from 250-265 nanometers (the 250 nanometer wavelength being one extreme of the subject wavelength region, and the 265 nanometer wavelength being the other extreme of the subject wavelength region) Each endpoint of a plasma process may have its corresponding endpoint indicator wavelength region identified pursuant to this nineteenth aspect "Endpoint" is again when a certain, predetermined result has been achieved by the plasma process, such as when a certain layer has been etched away on a wafer The nineteenth aspect will be described in relation to selecting a first wavelength region which has a first bandwidth, and which may be used to identify a first endpoint associated with a first plasma process Optical emissions data throughout a second wavelength region having a second bandwidth are obtained on the first plasma process Preferably, the second wavelength region includes at least wavelengths within the range from about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers and at least at every 1 nanometer throughout this wavelength range Moreover, preferably these optical emissions are obtained on the plasma process at least at every 1 second during most if not all of the first plasma process A third wavelength bandwidth is selected which is less than the second bandwidth of the second wavelength region which again defines the particular optical emissions data which are to be collected on the first plasma process Plots are generated for a plurality of wavelength regions which have the third wavelength bandwidth and which are subsets of the second wavelength region over which optical emissions data are being collected on the first plasma process Each plot will then be specific to one of these wavelength region subsets, and will illustrate the change in area of the subject wavelength region over time The area of the subject wavelength region is reflective of or related to the intensity of the optical emissions in this particular wavelength region From these plurality of plots, at least wavelength region may be selected as the first wavelength region for identifying the occurrence of the first endpoint during the first plasma process Consider the following example which is illustrative of the subject nineteenth aspect Optical emissions data are collected on the first plasma process over a second wavelength which includes at least wavelengths from about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers The third bandwidth may be selected as 5 nanometers Each wavelength region having this 5 nanometer bandwidth and plotted for purposes of identifying an appropriate endpoint indicator wavelength region may be referred to as an endpoint evaluation wavelength region In order to alleviate the need for having prior knowledge of the specifics of the first plasma process for purposes of identifying the first wavelength region which will be used to call the first endpoint in subsequent executions of the same first plasma process, the number and relationship between the various endpoint evaluation wavelength regions may be selected to cover at least most, and more preferably the entirety of, the second wavelength region over which optical emissions data are being collected on the first plasma process As such, the endpoint evaluation wavelength regions may be disposed in overlapping relation or may be disposed in end-to-end fashion For instance, the first endpoint evaluation wavelength region may be from 250- 255 nanometers, the second endpoint evaluation wavelength region may be from 255-260 nanometers, the third endpoint evaluation wavelength region may be from 260-265 nanometers, and so forth up to the 995-1 ,000 endpoint evaluation wavelength region in the subject example Once the plots are generated for each of the endpoint evaluation wavelength regions they may be examined to identify one or more of the endpoint evaluation wavelength regions which may be candidates for the first wavelength region for calling the first endpoint The basic criteria for selecting a given endpoint evaluation wavelength region as a possible candidate for the first wavelength region is that the change in area over time plot of the subject endpoint evaluation wavelength region must have some type of identifiable event which occurs around the time at which the first endpoint should occur in the process 'Identifiable events" may include, for instance when a certain negative slope threshold is exceeded within the change in area over time plot for a given endpoint wavelength evaluation region, when there is a certain change in the rate of a negative slope within the change in area over time plot for a given endpoint wavelength evaluation region, when a positive slope threshold is exceeded within change in area over time plot for a given endpoint wavelength evaluation region, or when there is a certain change in the rate of a positive slope within the change in area over time plot for a given endpoint wavelength evaluation region Various "prerequisites" or "conditions precedent" may be imposed to the calling of endpoint from the change in area over time plot for a first wavelength region, such as that a certain threshold also must be met or exceeded in relation to the mean square error of the subject plot Those endpoint evaluation wavelength regions which do not have the requisite identifiable or significant event are eliminated from consideration as the first wavelength region for calling the first endpoint If there is only one endpoint evaluation wavelength region which has the requisite significant or identifiable event, this particular endpoint evaluation wavelength region may be selected as the first wavelength region for calling the first endpoint In many cases there will be a plurality of endpoint evaluation wavelength regions in which their respective plot of change in area over time exhibits an identifiable or significant event at about the time that the first endpoint should have occurred If a number of these endpoint evaluation wavelength regions are "sufficiently close," the first wavelength region for calling the first endpoint may be selected to encompass each of these endpoint evaluation wavelength regions For instance, if the plot of the 275-280 wavelength region, the plot of the 285-290 wavelength region, and the plot of the 300-305 wavelength region had the requisite identifiable or significant event, the first wavelength region could be defined as the 275-305 nanometer wavelength region Preferably no two adjacentmost endpoint evaluation wavelength regions are combined to define a particular first wavelength region if there is more than about a 15 nanometer bandwidth separating these two adjacentmost endpoint evaluation wavelength regions That is, if the plot of the 275-280 nanometer endpoint evaluation wavelength region had the requisite identifiable or significant event, if the plots of the 280- 285, 285-290, 290-295, and 295-300 nanometer endpoint evaluation wavelength regions did not have the requisite identifiable or significant event, and if the plot of the 300-305 endpoint evaluation wavelength region did have the requisite identifiable or significant event, it would not be desirable to define the first wavelength region for calling the first endpoint as the 275-305 nanometer wavelength region because of the 25 nanometer gap between the 275-280 and 300-305 endpoint evaluation wavelength regions which did exhibit the requisite identifiable or significant event in their respective plots of change in area over time In this case, both the 275-280 and 300-305 endpoint evaluation wavelength regions would remain candidates for the first wavelength region for calling the first endpoint One or both of these endpoint evaluation wavelength regions could be tested for accuracy in production and/or implemented to call endpoint in the above-described manner A twentieth aspect of the present invention may be characterized as a "data player" of sorts in that optical emissions data on a plasma process may be stored and thereafter used to evaluate one or more changes in a plasma monitoring system or the way in which the plasma process is being monitored or evaluated That is, the twentieth aspect may be used to conduct various experiments of sorts as to how making a certain change or combination of changes in the plasma monitoring system a particular plasma monitoring technique, or both would effect the results achieved by or the performance associated with the monitoring of plasma processes The subject "monitoring" may be for plasma health, endpoint, or both Preferably the twentieth aspect is implemented on a remote system which is interconnected with the plasma monitoring system in at least some way and which replicates or mimics at least portions of the plasma monitoring system so that these experiments of sorts may be conducted "off-line" so as to not affect production This is discussed in relation to the twenty-first aspect of the invention presented below What a "data player" is and its value in relation to monitoring plasma processing operations may be illustrated by an example Consider a situation where the 290-295 nanometer wavelength region was monitored to call a first endpoint in a first plasma process, and further that optical emissions data over the wavelength region extending from 250-1 ,000 nanometers were obtained/collected and stored throughout the entirety of a first execution of this first plasma process After this first execution of this first plasma process has been completed, "testing" of sorts may be done to evaluate whether a different wavelength region within the 250-1 ,000 nanometer wavelength region may be more appropriate for calling the first endpoint in subsequent executions of this same first plasma process in the same processing chamber This may be done by "replaying" the optical emissions data on the first execution of the first plasma process for an endpoint detection module which is being used to call the first endpoint, and directing this endpoint module to now monitor a different wavelength region to call the first endpoint For instance the endpoint detection module could be directed to now look at the 400-405 nanometer wavelength region versus the 290-295 nanometer wavelength region which was actually used to call the first endpoint in the production setting (e g , feeding the 400-405 nanometer optical emissions data to the same endpoint algorithm that was originally used to call the first endpoint (but with the 290-295 nanometer optical emissions data) to see when the first endpoint would be called with this new data) Other parameters of the endpoint detection module may be modified and tested in this same general manner Different endpoint detection techniques may also be tested in this same general manner Different wavelength regions for monitoring plasma health and/or different techniques for monitoring plasma health may be tested in this same general manner as well A twenty-first aspect of the present invention is a plasma monitoring network of sorts A first embodiment of this twenty-first aspect is a plasma processing system which includes a plurality of chamber clusters Each chamber cluster includes at these one plasma processing chamber and at least one plasma monitoring system which is interconnected with at least one of the processing chambers of the particular chamber cluster There may be a single plasma monitoring system for the entire chamber cluster, each chamber may have its own plasma monitoring system, or a single plasma monitoring system may service a plurality of processing chambers within a given chamber cluster but not all of such processing chambers The first embodiment of the twenty-first aspect further includes a clean room system One or more clean rooms may define this clean room system Each chamber cluster is contained within the clean room system Typically, a plurality of chamber clusters will be located in the same clean room However, the first embodiment of this twenty-first aspect covers a situation where one or more chamber clusters are located in a plurality of different clean rooms A master remote station is operatively interconnected with the plasma monitoring system(s) of each chamber cluster This master remote station is disposed outside of the clean room system and includes a display (e g , computer monitor) and data entry device (e g , keyboard) There is also a separate chamber cluster remote station for each of the plurality of chamber clusters Like the master remote station, each chamber cluster remote station is disposed outside of the clean room system and includes a display (e g , computer monitor) and data entry device (e g , keyboard) However, unlike the master remote station, a given chamber cluster remote station is operatively interconnected only with the plasma monitoring system(s) of its associated chamber cluster, and thereby not the plasma monitoring system(s) of any other chamber cluster Various refinements of the features in the above-noted first embodiment of the twenty-first aspect of the invention may be implemented, as well as various other features, either individually or in any combination The master remote station may have greater access rights to a given plasma monitoring system of a given chamber cluster than the chamber cluster remote station for this same given chamber cluster For instance, multiple modules may be associated with each of the plasma monitoring systems The master remote station may have access to a greater number of modules on a per plasma monitoring system basis than the corresponding chamber cluster remote station (i e , the chamber cluster remote station which interfaces with the plasma monitoring system(s) of a single chamber cluster) Examples of the above-noted modules include a data player module, a statistical analyzer module, a control module, and a data review module The data player module may have the characteristics discussed above in relation to the twentieth aspect of the present invention The statistical analyzer module may be configured to undertake various types of statistical analysis For instance the performance of a single processing chamber could be statistically analyzed against itself (e g , performance variations over time) Moreover the performance of one processing chamber could be statistically analyzed in relation to the performance of another processing chamber in the same or a different chamber cluster Similar comparisons may be made in relation to chamber clusters That is, the performance of a single chamber cluster could be statistically analyzed against itself (e g , performance variations over time) Moreover, the performance of a certain chamber cluster could be statistically analyzed in relation to one or more other chamber clusters The control module controls the performance of the associated plasma monitoring system, or more specifically one or more variable parameters associated with the associated plasma monitoring system Representative parameters would include the wavelength region being monitored to call a certain endpoint associated with the plasma process, the wavelength region being monitored to compare the performance of a current plasma process in a certain processing chamber with a previous execution of the same plasma process in the same processing chamber, timing considerations (e g , when various aspects of the monitoring of the plasma processes are initiated, terminated, or both) Typically only the master remote station will have access to the control module for a given plasma monitoring system, and therefore the chamber cluster remote station associated with this same plasma monitoring system will only be provided access to one or more of the data player module, the statistical analyzer module, or the data review module Finally, the data review module graphically illustrates the current plasma process being run on a certain processing chamber in at least some manner The data review module may be configured to simultaneously display multiple plasma processes being run on multiple chambers Representative examples of how the plasma process may be reviewed through the data review module would be to display the plot of change in area over time for the particular wavelength region being used to call a certain endpoint, to display a plot of a particular wavelength for purposes of calling endpoint, or to display one or more plots relating to how the current plasma process in proceeding in relation to a previous execution of this same plasma process The present invention will now be described in relation to the accompanying drawings which assist in illustrating its various pertinent features One application of the present invention is for processes which utilize plasma to provide at least one function or to achieve at least one predetermined result, and the present invention will hereafter be described in this context More specifically, the present invention will be described in relation to the running of plasma processes on wafers or the like from which semiconductor devices are formed (e g , etching where the "predetermined result" may be the removal of one or more layers, chemical vapor deposition where the predetermined result may be the buildup of one or more films, sputtering where the predetermined result may be the addition or removal of material) Brief Description of the Drawings Figure 1 is a schematic view of a wafer production system, Figure 2 is a perspective view of one embodiment of the wafer cassette incorporated in the wafer production system of Figure 1 Figures 3A-B are top and side views, respectively, of one embodiment of the wafer handling assembly incorporated in the wafer production system of Figure 1 , Figure 4 is a cross-sectional view of one embodiment of a plasma processing chamber which may be incorporated in the wafer production system of Figure 1 namely a dry etching chamber, Figure 5 is a schematic view of one embodiment of a gas delivery system for the processing chamber of Figure 4, Figure 6 is a schematic view of one embodiment of a plasma monitoring assembly which may be incorporated in the wafer production system of Figure 1 , Figure 7 is a flowchart of one embodiment of the plasma monitoring module used by the plasma monitoring assembly of Figure 6, Figure 8 is a spectral pattern of one embodiment of a plasma recipe which may be run on the system of Figure 1 , Figure 9 is a flowchart of one embodiment of a plasma spectra directory and its various subdirectories which may be used in plasma monitoring operations, Figure 10 is a flowchart of one embodiment of a general data management structure which may be utilized for the various subdirectories of the plasma spectra directory of Figure 9, Figure 11 is a flowchart of one embodiment of how data within the general data management structure of Figure 10 may be condensed/consolidated, Figure 12A is one embodiment of a data management structure which may be used for the normal spectra subdirectory of Figure 9, Figure 12B is one embodiment of a data management structure which may be used for the abnormal spectra and unknown spectra subdirectories of Figure 9, Figure 13 is a flowchart of one embodiment of a pattern recognition module which may be used by the current plasma process module of Figures 7 and 32 in the evaluation of a plasma process being run in the processing chamber of Figure 1 , Figure 14 is a flowchart of one embodiment of a process alert module which may be used by the current plasma process module of Figures 7 and 32 in the evaluation of a plasma process being run in the processing chamber of Figure 1 , Figure 15 is a flowchart of one embodiment of a startup module to access the current plasma process module of Figures 7 and 32 for the evaluation of a plasma process being run in the processing chamber of Figure 1 , Figure 16 is a flowchart of one embodiment of a startup subroutine which may be accessed by the startup module of Figure 15, Figures 17A-C are exemplary spectra of one type of plasma process that may be run in any of the processing chambers of Figure 1 and monitored by the current plasma process module, namely a three-step plasma recipe, Figures 18A-C are exemplary spectra of another type of plasma process that may be run in any of the processing chambers of Figure 1 and monitored by the current plasma process module, namely a plasma cleaning operation without first wet cleaning the chamber at the start, at an intermediate time, and end of such a plasma cleaning operation, respectively, Figures 19A-C are exemplary spectra of another type of plasma process that may be run in any of the processing chambers of Figure 1 and monitored by the current plasma process module, namely a plasma cleaning operation conducting after a wet clean of the chamber at the start, an intermediate time, and end of such a plasma conditioning operation, respectively, Figures 20A-C are exemplary spectra of another type of plasma process that may be run in any of the processing chambers of Figure 1 and monitored by the current plasma process module, namely a conditioning wafer operation at the start, an intermediate time, and end of such a conditioning wafer operation, respectively, Figure 21 is a flowchart of one embodiment of a plasma health subroutine which may be used by the plasma health module of Figures 7 and 32, Figure 22 is a flowchart of another embodiment of a plasma health subroutine which may be used by the plasma health module of Figures 7 and 32, Figure 23 is a flowchart of one embodiment of a plasma health/process recognition subroutine which may be used by the plasma health module of Figures 7 and 32, Figure 24 is a flowchart of another embodiment of a plasma health/process recognition subroutine which may be used by the plasma health module of Figures 7 and 32, Figure 25 is a flowchart of one embodiment of a plasma health/process step recognition subroutine which may be used by the plasma health module of Figures 7 and 32, Figures 26A-C are exemplary spectra from a "clean" processing chamber, from an "aging" processing chamber and from a "dirty" processing chamber, respectively, Figure 27 is a flowchart of one embodiment of a chamber condition subroutine which may be incorporated in the chamber condition module of Figures 7 and 32, Figure 28 is a flowchart of another embodiment of a chamber condition subroutine which may be incorporated in the chamber condition module of Figures 7 and 32, Figure 29 is a flowchart of another embodiment of a chamber condition subroutine which may be incorporated in the chamber condition module of Figures 7 and 32, Figures 30A-D are exemplary spectra from the processing chamber in a "dirty chamber" condition, at the end of a wet clean, at the end of a plasma clean, and at the end of a conditioning wafer operation, respectively, Figure 31 is a schematic view of another embodiment of a plasma monitoring assembly which may be incorporated in the wafer production system of Figure 1 , which includes the current plasma process module from Figure 7 above, and which also includes a calibration module, Figure 32 is a flowchart of one embodiment of a plasma monitoring module which may be used by the plasma monitoring assembly of Figure 31 , as well as by the plasma monitoring assembly of Figure 37 below, Figure 33 is a schematic view of one embodiment of the spectrometer assembly of Figure 31 , Figure 34 is one embodiment of the fiber optic cable assembly which operatively interfaces the window and plasma monitoring assembly in Figure 31 , Figure 35 is a schematic view of the axes of the calibration light sent and reflected by the inner and outer surfaces of the window of Figure 31 , Figure 36 is one embodiment a fixture assembly for interconnecting the fiber optic cable assembly of Figure 34 with the window on the processing chamber presented in Figure 31 , Figure 37 is a schematic view of another embodiment of a plasma monitoring assembly which may be incorporated in the wafer production system of Figure 1 , which includes the current plasma process module from Figure 7 above, and which also includes a calibration module, Figure 38 is a schematic view of the axes of the calibration light sent and reflected by the inner and outer surfaces of the window of Figure 37 Figure 39 is one embodiment a fixture assembly for interconnecting the fiber optic cables with the window on the processing chamber in the configuration presented in Figure 37, Figure 40 is a flowchart of one embodiment of the calibration module from Figure 32, Figure 41 is a flowchart of one embodiment of a calibration subroutine which may be used by the calibration module of Figure 40, Figure 42 is one embodiment of a spectra of a calibration light which may be used by the calibration module of Figure 40, Figure 43 is one embodiment of a spectra of that portion of the calibration light of Figure 42 which is reflected by the inner surface of the processing chamber window when there are at least substantially no deposits formed thereon, Figure 44 is a cutaway view of another embodiment of a spectrometer which may be used by the spectrometer assembly of Figure 31 and which is operatively interfaced with the calibration module of Figure 40, Figure 45 is a flowchart of another embodiment of a calibration subroutine which may be used by the calibration module of Figure 40, Figure 46A is one embodiment of a spectra of a calibration light which may be used by the calibration module of Figure 40 to identify an intensity shift condition, Figure 46B is another embodiment of a spectra of a calibration light which may be used by the calibration module of Figure 40 to identify an intensity shift condition, Figure 47A is one embodiment of a spectra of that portion of the calibration light of Figure 46A which is reflected by the inner surface of the processing chamber window when in a degraded or aged condition, Figure 47B is one embodiment of a spectra of that portion of the calibration light of Figure 46B which is reflected by the inner surface of the processing chamber window when in a degraded or aged condition, Figure 48 is a flowchart of another embodiment of a calibration subroutine which may be used by the calibration module of Figure 40, Figure 49 is a flowchart of one embodiment of a research subroutine which may be used by the research module of Figures 7 and 32, Figures 50A-C are exemplary plots of intensity versus time for 3 wavelengths generated by the research subroutine of Figure 49 from one running of a plasma recipe on product in one of the chambers from Figure 1 , Figures 51A-C are exemplary plots of intensity versus time for same 3 wavelengths presented in Figures 50A-C, but from another running of the same plasma recipe on product in the same processing chamber, Figure 52 is a flowchart of one embodiment of an endpoint detection subroutine which may be used by the endpoint detection module of Figures 7 and 32, Figure 53 is a flowchart of another embodiment of an endpoint detection subroutine which may be used by the endpoint detection module of Figures 7 and 32, Figure 54A is an exemplary spectra from a processing chamber at the start of a plasma process step, Figure 54B is an exemplary spectra which has been selected as being indicative of endpoint of the plasma process step from Figure 54A for use as a reference by the endpoint detection subroutine of Figure 53, Figure 54C is the difference between the spectra of Figures 54A and 54B in accordance with the endpoint detection subroutine of Figure 53 Figure 55A is an exemplary spectra from a processing chamber at an intermediate time of the plasma process step presented in Figure 54A Figure 55B is the same spectra from Figure 54B, Figure 55C is the difference between the spectra of Figures 55A and 55B in accordance with the endpoint detection subroutine of Figure 53, Figure 56A is an exemplary spectra from a processing chamber at the endpoint of the plasma process step presented in Figure 54A, Figure 56B is the same spectra from Figure 54B, Figure 56C is the difference between the spectra of Figures 55A and 55B in accordance with the endpoint detection subroutine of Figure 53, Figure 57 is a flowchart of another embodiment of an endpoint detection subroutine which may be used by the endpoint detection module of Figures 7 and 32, Figure 58 is an exemplary optical emissions output which would be indicative of the endpoint of a plasma process step in accordance with the endpoint detection subroutine of Figure 57, Figure 59 is a flowchart of one embodiment of a wafer distribution subroutine which may be incorporated in the wafer distribution module of Figures 7 and 32, Figure 60 is a flowchart of another embodiment of a wafer distribution subroutine which may be incorporated in the wafer distribution module of Figures 7 and 19 Figure 61 is another embodiment of a fixture for interconnecting an optical fiber with a processing chamber, Figure 62 is another embodiment of a research subroutine for identifying a wavelength region has an indicator for endpoint, Figures 63A-H are plots of change in area versus time for various wavelength regions, Figure 64 is another embodiment of an endpoint detection subroutine, Figure 65 is an embodiment of a plasma monitoring network, and Figure 66 illustrates various modules which may be accessed over the plasma monitoring network of Figure 65 Dp-tailed Description Wafer Production System 2 - Figure 1 A wafer production system 2 is illustrated in Figure 1 and is generally for executing one or more plasma-based processes (single or multiple step) on wafers 18 Semiconductor devices may be formed from wafers 18 processed by the system 2, including integrated circuit chips The system 2 generally includes a wafer cassette 6 which stores a plurality of wafers 18 and allows these wafers 18 to be readily transported to and from the system 2 One wafer cassette 6 is disposed in each of the two load lock chambers 28 of the wafer production system 2 A wafer handling assembly 44 is advanced into the respective load lock chamber 28, removes at least one of the wafers 18 from the wafer cassette 6, and transfers the wafer(s) 18 to one of the plurality of processing chambers 36 of the wafer production system 2 (four chambers 36a-d being illustrated) Other arrangements may be utilized for purposes of the present invention Control of the wafer handling assembly 44, as well as various other components of the wafer production system 2, is provided by a main control unit 58 (hereafter "MCU 58") In one embodiment the MCU 58 is a computer having at least one computer-readable storage medium and at least one processor, such as a desktop PC or a main-frame having satellite terminals Appropriately integrating the MCU 58 with one or more other components of the wafer production system 2 allows the MCU 58 to be the mam controller for one or more of, and preferably all of the chambers 36 of the wafer production system 2 (e g , controlling the plasma in each of the chambers 36) Integration may include operatively interfacing the MCU 58 with these various components and including the wafer handling assembly 44 Other hardware may also be operatively interconnected with the MCU 58, such as a display 59 for providing visual-based information to operations personnel (e g , a CRT or computer monitor), as well as a data entry device 60 (e g , mouse, light pen, keyboard) for allowing operations personnel to enter information used by or relating to the wafer production system 2 Plasma within the chambers 36 processes the enclosed wafer(s) 18 in some manner (e g , etching to remove a predetermined layer of material) A transparent window 38 is provided on each chamber 36 to allow optical emissions data to be obtained on the plasma recipe being run on the wafer(s) 18 in the respective chamber 36 Once the plasma process is completed, the wafer handling assembly 44 removes the wafer(s) 18 from the respective processing chamber 36 and transfers the wafer(s) 18 back to one of the wafer cassettes 6 in the associated load lock chamber 28 When all of the wafers 18 within one of the cassettes 6 have been plasma processed, the wafer cassette 6 is removed from the load lock chamber 28 and replaced with another cassette 6 with new wafers 18 to be plasma processed This may be done manually by operations personnel or in an automated manner by robots or the like Wafer Cassette 6 - Figure 2 More details regarding the embodiment of the wafer cassette 6 which is incorporated in the wafer production system 2 of Figure 1 are presented in Figure 2 The wafer cassette 6 includes a frame 10 defined by a pair of laterally spaced sidewalls 22 which are interconnected by a back panel 26, as well as a pair of end panels 8 The front of the frame 10 is substantially open such that the wafer handling assembly 44 may be advanced within and retracted from the wafer cassette 6 to remove wafers 18 from and provide wafers 18 to the associated wafer cassette 6 A plurality of longitudinally spaced and laterally disposed partitions 16 (e g , each partition 16 being disposed at least generally perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the cassette 6) are provided within the frame 10 for purposes of maintaining separation of adjacent wafers 18 Each pair of adjacent partitions 16 defines a pocket 14 in which a single wafer 18 may be placed Loading of wafers 18 within the wafer cassette 6 which are to be plasma processed may be accomplished by disposing the one of the end panels 8 of the cassette 6 on an appropriate supporting surface and manually loading wafers 18 into the cassette 6, with only one wafer 18 being disposed in any of the pockets 14 Once the wafer cassette 6 is loaded with wafers 18 to the desired degree, the cassette 6 may be transported to the appropriate load lock chamber 28 The wafer cassette 6 is then disposed on one of its ends 8 in a position such that its substantially open front faces and is accessible by the wafer handling assembly 44 Other configurations for wafer cassettes 6 may be utilized by the wafer production system 2, and automation may be implemented in any one or more of the loading of wafers 18 into the cassette 6 and the transport of the cassette 6 to and from the load lock chambers 28 of the wafer production system 2 Wafer Handling Assembly 44 - Figures 3A-3B Additional details regarding the wafer handling assembly 44 which is incorporated in the wafer production system 2 of Figure 1 are illustrated in Figures 3A-B Other types of wafer handling assemblies may be utilized by the wafer production system 2, such as the types disclosed in U S Patent Nos 5,280,983 to Maydan et al , issued January 25, 1994, and entitled "SEMICONDUCTOR PROCESSING SYSTEM WITH ROBOTIC AUTOLOADER AND LOCK" and 5,656,902 to Lowrance, issued August 12, 1997, and entitled "TWO-AXIS MAGNETICALLY COUPLED ROBOT", both of which patents are incorporated by reference in their entirety herein The wafer handling assembly 44 of Figures 3A-B generally includes a robotic wafer handler 48 which is disposed within a central chamber 70 of the wafer production system 2 Load lock chambers 28 and processing chambers 36 are thereby disposed about the wafer handling assembly 44 Movement of the robotic wafer handler 48 is realized through a wafer handler control motor 62 which is operatively interfaced with the wafer handier 48, and which in turn is operatively interfaced with and controlled by the MCU 58 (Figure 1 ) The wafer handler 48 includes a pivot 50 such that the wafer handler 48 may be pivoted or rotated about the pivot 50 to position the wafer handling assembly 44 to appropriately interface with one of the load lock chambers 28 or processing chambers 36 Wafers 18 are removed from and provided to the respective load lock chamber 28 or processing chamber 36 by a wafer blade 66 which interfaces with one of the wafers 18 when disposed in one of the pockets 14 of the wafer cassette 6 A vacuum chuck or the like may be incorporated on the wafer blade 66 to retain the wafer 18 on the blade 66 (not shown) The wafer blade 66 is interconnected with an arm assembly 54 which extends and retracts via pivotal-like action to axially advance and retract the wafer blade 66 to the appropriate position Processing Chamber 72 - Figures 4 and 5 One embodiment of a processing chamber which may be incorporated in the wafer production system of Figure 1 as one of the chambers 36 is presented in more detail in Figure 4 Other types/configurations of processing chambers may be utilized by the wafer production system 2 for purposes of the present invention as well, including those disclosed in U S Patent Nos 5,614,055 to Fairbairn et al , issued March 25, 1997, and entitled "HIGH DENSITY PLASMA CVD AND ETCHING REACTOR", and 5,641 ,375 to Nitescu et al , issued June 24, 1997, and entitled "PLASMA ETCHING REACTOR WITH SURFACE PROTECTION MEANS AGAINST EROSION OF WALLS", both patents of which are incorporated by reference in their entirety herein The processing chamber 74 of Figure 4 is specifically adapted for performing a plasma etching operation on a wafer(s) 18 when disposed therein (i e , to remove one or more layers from the wafer(s) 18 disposed in the chamber 36) The processing chamber 74 includes chamber sidewalls 78 which are disposed about a central, longitudinal axis 76 of the chamber 74 Access to the processing chamber 74 may be provided by a chamber cover 82 which is interconnected with the chamber sidewalls 78 in such a manner that at least in certain instances, at least a portion of the chamber cover 82 may be moved away from the chamber sidewalls 78 In the illustrated embodiment the chamber cover 82 is removed only to gain access to the interior of the processing chamber 74 for maintenance, cleaning, or both A window port 124 extends through a portion of the chamber sidewall 78 and is aligned with a transparent window 112 The window 112 includes an inner surface 116 and an outer surface 120, and provides a way for the plasma to be viewed exteriorly of the processing chamber 74 and further to provide a mechanism for obtaining optical emissions data on the plasma recipe being run on the wafer(s) 18 within the chamber 74 Protection of the chamber sidewalls 78 and the chamber cover 82 from the effects of plasma processes being conducted within the chamber 74 is provided by a bell jar 90 and a bell roof 86 which are each formed from transparent, dielectric materials (e g , quartz, sapphire) The bell jar 90 is spaced radially inward (e g , in the direction of the central, longitudinal axis 76 of the chamber 74) from the inner surface of the chamber sidewalls 78 The bell roof 86 is disposed above the bell jar 90 and is axially movable in a direction which is at least substantially parallel with the central, longitudinal axis 76 of the chamber 74 through interconnection with an elevator 98 Movement of the elevator 98 may be desirable for one or more purposes For instance, this movement may be used to change the spacing between a showerhead 94 and a wafer pedestal 106/wafer platform 102 which in one embodiment are the electrodes or "plasma generator" for the chamber 74 The wafer pedestal 106 is disposed radially inwardly of the bell jar 90 in spaced relation therewith, and the wafer platform 104 is disposed on top of the wafer pedestal 106 In one embodiment, both the wafer pedestal 104 and wafer platform 106 are formed from silicon-based materials since the wafers 18 are also commonly formed from silicon-based materials The wafer 18 is introduced into the processing chamber 74 through a wafer access 80 which extends through the chamber sidewall 78, and is disposed in a flat orientation on the upper surface of the wafer platform 104 Various mechanisms may be used to retain the wafer 18 on the wafer platform 104 during the running of the plasma process on the wafer 18 in the chamber 74, such as by drawing a vacuum through a vacuum port 108 which is formed on the wafer platform 104 or by using electrostatic charges (not shown) Transport of the wafer 18 into the processing chamber 74 is again provided by the wafer blade 66 of the wafer handling assembly 44 (Figures 1 and 3A-B) After the wafer blade 66 is retracted from the processing chamber 74, a vacuum is generated within the processing chamber 74 before the plasma process is initiated The showerhead 94 is interconnected with the elevator 98 such that it is axially movable therewith, and in one embodiment is also formed from a silicon- based material for the above-noted reasoning The showerhead 94 includes one or more apertures (not shown) for the purpose of dispersing feed gases within the vacuum chamber 84 in a manner to define a desired gas flow pattern for the plasma Gases are provided to the showerhead 94 through a gas inlet port 100 formed in the quartz bell roof 86 With appropriate gases being contained within the processing chamber 74 and under other appropriate conditions (e g , pressure, temperature, flow rate), an appropriate voltage may be applied to one or more of the wafer pedestal 106 and the showerhead 94 to create the plasma within the chamber 74 above the wafer platform 104 The wafer pedestal 106 and wafer platform 104, as well as the showerhead 94 thereby aiso function as electrodes in the illustrated embodiment as noted The electrical field generated by these electrodes also functions to effectively confine the plasma to the space between the electrodes Figure 5 illustrates one embodiment of a gas delivery system 150 which may be used to provide gases to the processing chamber 74 of Figure 4 for a given plasma process operation Other systems may be utilized as well The gas delivery system 150 includes a plurality of storage tanks 154, each of which is fiuidly interconnected with the processing chamber 74 either directly or indirectly Storage tanks 154b-d are available for containing one or more types of feed gases which will define the gas composition of the plasma within the vacuum chamber 84 Each storage tank 154b-d is fiuidly interconnected with a mixer 166 by gas lines 158b-d where the feed gases may be appropriately mixed prior to being provided to the processing chamber 74 through the showerhead 94 via the gas line 158e Mixing of the feed gases could also occur in a manifold (not shown) into which each of the feed gases would separately flow and which could be contained within or be part of the processing chamber 74 The manifold would then interface with the gas inlet port 100, and this type of manifold may also be used in combination with the mixer 166 In some cases the composition of the feed gases provided to the processing chamber 74 to define the plasma may be difficult to ignite This situation is remedied by including an appropriate gas in the storage tank 154a A gas composition which is more readily ignitable than the composition of the feed gases is contained within the storage tank 154a Ignition of the plasma would then be affected by directing a flow of the ignition gas from the storage tank 154a into the processing chamber 74, along with a flow of the desired feed gases from the storage tanks 154b-d, and using the ignition of the ignition gas to then ignite the feed gases to generate the plasma Plasma Monitoring Assembly 174 - Figures 6 and 7 The above-described components are obviously important to the overall function of the wafer production system 2 However, the present invention is more specifically directed to the monitoring or evaluation of the plasma itself Therefore the following components may be incorporated in any type of plasma- based system, including the foregoing One embodiment of an assembly for monitoring/evaluating plasma processes and which may be incorporated in the wafer production system 2 of Figure 1 is illustrated in Figure 6 The plasma monitoring assembly 174 operatively interfaces with the window 38 of the processing chamber 36 by receiving optical emissions of the plasma which pass out of the processing chamber 36 through the window 38 These optical emissions are "collected" by an appropriate fiber optic cable 178 which is positioned at or near the outer surface 42 of the window 38 Fixtures which illustrate ways of maintaining a fiber optic cable and a window of a processing chamber in a fixed positional relationship are presented in Figures 36 and 39 Optical emissions of the plasma within the processing chamber 36 during processing of a wafer 18 enter the fiber optic cable 178 and are directed to a spectrometer assembly 182 Both scanning-type and solid state spectrometers may be used as the spectrometer assembly 182 The assembly 182 may also include one or more appropriately interconnected spectrometers, each of which obtains optical emissions data from a different region The spectrometer assembly 182 separates these optical emissions into a plurality of individual wavelengths and provides these separate optical components to an array 186 of charge coupled devices (hereafter "CCD array 186") for conversion to a corresponding electrical signal A computer-readable signal is provided by the CCD array 186 to a plasma monitor control unit 128 (hereafter "PMCU 128") which is the primary control mechanism of the plasma monitoring assembly 174 In one embodiment, the PMCU 128 is a computer which may be configured to include, but not limited to, at least one motherboard, at least one analog-to-digital conversion board, at least one central processing unit (CPU) for each motherboard, and one or more types of computer-readable storage mediums such as at least one floppy disk drive, at least one hard disk drive, and at least one CD ROM drive Other hardware may be operatively interconnected with the PMCU 128, such as a display 130 for providing visual/audio-based information to operations personnel (e g , a CRT, LCD, or computer monitor), as well as one or more data entry devices 132 (e g , mouse, light pen, keyboard) for allowing personnel to enter information used by or relating to the plasma monitoring assembly 174 One PMCU 128 may be provided for each chamber 36, or the PMCU 128 may be configured to service multiple chambers 36 The PMCU 128 is also operatively interfaced or interconnected with the MCU 58 of the wafer production system 2 such that the PMCU and MCU 58 may communicate with each other The PMCU 128 includes a plasma monitoring module 200 and each of its sub-modules may be stored on a computer-readable storage medium associated with the PMCU 128 (e g , on a portable computer dιskette(s), on a hard drive, on a CD(s)) The plasma monitoring module 200 and these sub-modules are illustrated in Figure 7 One sub-module is a startup module 202 which provides a way of accessing other sub-modules through a current plasma process module 250 The current plasma process module 250 of the plasma monitoring module 200 facilitates the monitoring or evaluation of the various types of plasma processes which may be conducted within the chamber 36 through the evaluation of optical emissions data of the plasma in the chamber 36 In the case of the Figure 6 embodiment, optical emissions data are collected and delivered by the fiber optic cable 178 to the spectrometer assembly 182 which divides the light up into its individual optical components Data representative of these optical emission components are then made available to the current plasma process module 250 through the CCD array 186 as described above Evaluation or monitoring of the current plasma process through the current plasma process module 250 is facilitated by collecting optical emissions from the plasma preferably to include at least wavelengths from within the UV range to within the near infrared range, and thereby including the visible light spectrum In one embodiment, optical emissions of the plasma in the processing chamber 36 which are obtained and available for evaluation (e g , by the current plasma process module 250 manually by the appropriate personnel) include at least those wavelengths from about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers (inclusive), and more preferably at least those wavelengths from about 150 nanometers to about 1 ,200 nanometers (inclusive) Hereafter the above-noted desired range or bandwidth of optical emissions data which are obtained/collected of the plasma in the chamber 36, and which includes each of the above-noted ranges or bandwidths, will be referred to as the "Preferred Optical Bandwidth " Optical or wavelength resolutions within and throughout the Preferred Optical Bandwidth are preferably no more than about 1 nanometer, and even more preferably no more than about 0 5 nanometers (presently contemplating a wavelength resolution of 04) The term "wavelength resolution" in this context means the amount of separation between adjacent wavelengths in the subject optical emissions data which is collected Therefore, if the wavelength resolution being used to collect optical emissions data from the plasma in the chamber 36 is 1 nanometer, no more than a 1 nanometer spacing will exist between any two data points within and throughout the Preferred Optical Bandwidth Although equal spacings will typically be utilized in relation to the wavelength resolution within and throughout the Preferred Optical Bandwidth, this need not be the case such that "wavelength resolution" encompasses equal spacings, unequal spacings, and combinations thereof Hereafter, the above-noted magnitude for the optical or wavelength resolution will be referred to as the "Preferred Data Resolution " Another factor relating to the effectiveness of the current plasma process module 250 in relation to the amount of optical emissions data of the plasma in the chamber 36 is the times at which this data is taken during the subject plasma process Optical emissions data of the plasma in the chamber 36 are preferably obtained at least every 1 second, and more preferably at least every 1 /3 second Although equal spacings will typically be utilized in relation to the times at which optical emissions data is collected on the plasma in the chamber 36, this need not be the case such that equal time spacings, unequal spacings, and combinations thereof may be utilized Hereafter, the above-noted timing magnitudes for obtaining optical emissions data of the plasma in the chamber 36 will be referred to as the "Preferred Data Collection Time Resolution " The spectrometer assembly 182 illustrated in Figure 6 should be capable of meeting the above-noted criteria, and a number of implementations may be utilized For instance, the spectrometer assembly 182 may be of the scanning type in which the spectrometer assembly 182 would include structure to scan the spectrum to obtain data encompassing the Preferred Optical Bandwidth using the Preferred Data Resolution and at the Preferred Data Collection Time Resolution (e g , scan a first optical emissions segment or region of the 250-550 nanometer wavelengths, scan a second segment of the 500-750 nanometer wavelengths, and scan a third segment of the 700-950 nanometer wavelengths, each of which overlaps so that the possibility of losing data is reduced and further to facilitate alignment of spectral segments) The spectrometer assembly 182 may also be a solid state device Multiple subunits or processing cards may be connected in parallel relation to function similar to the scanning type noted above That is, each subunit or processing card of the solid state device would then provide information on a specific optical emissions segment or region within the Preferred Optical Bandwidth using the Preferred Data Resolution and at the Preferred Data Collection Time Resolution Exemplary Plasma Recipe Spectra - Figure 8 A representative or exemplary spectra in computer-readable form which may be made available to the current plasma process module 200 of Figure 7 for analysis is presented in Figure 8 Only a portion of the Preferred Optical Bandwidth is represented by the spectra 246 However, it serves to illustrate certain principles associated with the present invention since the evaluation of the current plasma process need not be of the entire Preferred Optical Bandwidth in each case The spectra 246 contains data within the wavelength range of 400 nanometers to about 700 nanometers and at a certain fixed point in time in a plasma process being conducted within the processing chamber 36 of Figure 1 (e g , at a current time t n ) Various characteristics of the spectra 246 of Figure 8 may be used in the analysis undertaken by the current plasma process module 250 of Figure 7 These characteristics include the overall pattern of the spectra 246, one or more of the location and intensity of one or more of intensity peaks 248 in the spectra 246, and one or more of the relative location and relative intensity of one or more of the intensity peaks 248 The current plasma process module 250 of Figure 7 operatively interfaces with a collection of spectra obtained from one or more plasma processes previously conducted within the subject processing chamber 36 Generally, the current plasma process module 250 receives data from the current plasma process being conducted within the plasma processing chamber 36, and in all but one case (the research module 1300) compares this data or at least a portion thereof with data from one or more plasma processes previously conducted within this very same plasma processing chamber 36 to evaluate or monitor the current plasma process This comparison provides certain information regarding the current plasma process depending upon which sub- module(s) of the current plasma process module 250 is being utilized Each of these sub-modules will be discussed in more detail below in relation to the relevant figures However, understanding how the data is organized for access by the current plasma process module 250 may facilitate a more complete understanding of these sub-modules Plasma Spectra Directory 284 - Figures 9-12B One embodiment of how the collection of data on prior plasma processes may be organized for use by the current plasma process module 250 is illustrated in Figure 9 The plasma spectra directory 284 of Figure 9 includes a number of subdirectories or subsets of categorically similar data is typically specific to a single processing chamber 36 (although the same directory 284 could be used for multiple chambers 36 if the data within the directory 284 was indexed in some way to the specific chamber 36), is accessed by one or more of the submodules of the current plasma process module 250, and is preferably stored in a computer-readable medium of or associated with the PMCU (e g , one or more computer diskettes, hard drive, one or more CDS) Relevant data which is included in each data entry in each of these subdirectories of the plasma spectra directory 284 is a spectra (optical emissions data), and in all but one case (spectra of calibration light subdirectory 310) is a spectra of the plasma in the processing chamber 36 at the relevant time and typically within the Preferred Optical Bandwidth and at the Preferred Data Resolution unless otherwise noted herein Plasma processes which are to be used as a standard of sorts for evaluating/monitoring plasma processes currently being run in the processing chamber 36, or to assess the health or condition of the plasma during such plasma processes, are stored in a subdirectory of the plasma spectra directory 284 of Figure 9 which is entitled the "Spectra of "Normal" Plasma Processes" and identified by reference numeral 288 (hereafter "normal spectra subdirectory 288") Actual spectral data from one or more plasma processes which have been conducted in the processing chamber 36 are stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 associated with this chamber 36 Various categories or genera of plasma processes may be stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288, such as the above-noted plasma recipes, plasma cleaning operations or plasma cleans (with or without previously conducting a wet clean), and conditioning wafer operations, and one or more executions of plasma processes within each of these categories may also be stored in the subdirectory 288 Each category of plasma process may be organized in a "folder" or the like of the normal spectra subdirectory 288, or may have a code which identifies it as being representative of a particular category/genus of plasma process to group categorically similar processes together (e g, a folder for "normal" plasma recipes, a separate folder for "normal" plasma cleans which are run without first wet cleaning the chamber 36, a separate folder for "normal" plasma cleans which are run after a wet clean of the chamber 36, and a separate folder for "normal" conditioning wafer operations) Spectral data is used by the current plasma process module 250 to determine if subsequent plasma processes conducted in this very same processing chamber 36 are proceeding in accordance with at least one of the plasma processes stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 Entries in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 are thereby used as a "model" or "standard" for the evaluation of plasma processes conducted in this very same processing chamber 36 at some future time How data is actually entered in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 will be discussed in more detail below in relation to the startup module 202 and Figures 13-14 Suffice it to say for present purposes that entries in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 are from actual plasma processes conducted in the subject chamber 36 These plasma processes are either confirmed (e g , by post-plasma processing testing) or assumed (and typically later confirmed) to have proceeded in a desired or predetermined manner, or more specifically without any substantial/significant errors or aberrations No pre-analysis or knowledge of any plasma process is required to use the current plasma process module 250 and the normal spectra subdirectory 288 to evaluate a plasma process currently being conducted in the processing chamber 36 Spectral data from a plasma process ABC conducted in a given chamber 36 may be recorded in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 one day simply for purposes of determining if any subsequent running of this same plasma process ABC in this same chamber 36 has proceeded in accordance with the spectral data from the plasma process ABC previously recorded in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 Errors or aberrations which have been previously encountered while running a plasma process in the processing chamber 36 are contained within a subdirectory of the plasma spectra directory 284 of Figure 9 which is entitled "Spectra of "Abnormal" Plasma Processes" and identified by reference numeral 292 (hereafter "abnormal spectra subdirectory 292") Data relating to any of the plasma processes referenced above in relation to the normal spectra subdirectory 288 may also be stored in the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292, and the above-noted organizational techniques may be utilized here as well Entries to the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 are made when a given plasma process conducted in the processing chamber 36 does not proceed in the desired or predetermined manner (e g , when the process has not proceeded according to the relevant plasma process(es) of the normal spectra subdirectory 288), and further when the cause or causes of the error or aberration has been identified to the plasma spectra directory 284 This typically requires analysis of at least that portion of the spectral data from the time when the error or aberration in the subject plasma process first occurred, as well as possibly spectral data from the remainder of the subject plasma process Errors or aberrations in a plasma process will typically be evident in the spectra of the plasma in the processing chamber 36 Moreover, by obtaining data on the current plasma process in the Preferred Optical Bandwidth, at the Preferred Data Resolution, and at the Preferred Data Collection Time Resolution, the chances of obtaining optical emissions data which is indicative of the subject error or aberration is enhanced When spectral data on a current plasma process being conducted in the processing chamber 36 deviates from the corresponding spectral data in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 in the determination of the current plasma process module 250, the module 250 may then compare this "deviating spectral data" on the current plasma process with spectral data in the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 Any number of actions may be initiated if the current plasma process module 250 identifies a "match" between the spectral data from the plasma process currently being conducted in the processing chamber 36 and spectral data in the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 These actions may include issuing an appropriate alert(s) of the error condition, addressing one or more aspects of or relating to the control of the chamber 36, or both as will be discussed in more detail below in relation to the process alert module 428 of Figure 14 Spectral data from a plasma process which is currently being conducted in the subject processing chamber 36, which does not "match" any plasma process stored within the normal spectra subdirectory 288, and which further does not "match" with corresponding spectral data in the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292, is recorded in a subdirectory of the plasma spectra directory 284 which is entitled "Spectra of "Unknown" Plasma Processes" and identified by reference numeral 296 (hereafter "unknown spectra subdirectory 296") There are a number of circumstances when data from a plasma process which is being currently conducted in the processing chamber 36 will be recorded in the unknown spectra subdirectory 296 Any error or aberration which is "new" to the current plasma process module 250 (i e , spectral data, indicative of an error or aberration, which has not been previously recorded in the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292) will result in relevant data from the current plasma process being recorded in the unknown spectra subdirectory 296 Another circumstance where data may be entered in the unknown spectra subdirectory 296 is when the current plasma process being conducted in the processing chamber 36 is actually a new plasma process in relation to the current plasma process module 250 That is, the subject plasma process may very well be proceeding in accordance with the desired or predetermined manner, but data on this particular plasma process has not have been previously recorded in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 of Figure 9 As such, the spectral data of the current plasma process would not match any plasma process in the normal spectra subdirectory 288, and should not match any corresponding spectral data in the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 When an "unknown" condition is encountered during operations, an appropriate alert may be issued, control of the current process may be addressed, or both Spectral data recorded in the unknown spectra subdirectory 296 from prior plasma processes will typically be analyzed by personnel at some point in time after the process has been terminated If the spectral data from a plasma process recorded in the unknown spectra subdirectory 296 is identified as being a new plasma process, and if a determination is made to use this spectral data as a standard for evaluating further runnings of this same plasma process on this same processing chamber 36 this spectral data may be transferred to the normal spectra subdirectory 292 Entries may also be made to the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 from the unknown spectra subdirectory 296 Analysis of the spectral data from a particular plasma process which is recorded in the unknown spectra subdirectory 296 may lead to the conclusion that the spectral data is associated with one or more particular errors/aberrations which is identifiable by its spectral data The relevant spectral data from the unknown spectra subdirectory 296 may then be transferred to the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 The plasma spectra directory 284 of Figure 9 also contains data which is indicative of when the endpoint has been reached of an entire plasma process or a discernible portion thereof such as a plasma step of a single or multi-step plasma recipe or other plasma process "Endpoint" in the context of a plasma process or a discernible portion thereof is that time in the plasma process when the plasma within the processing chamber 36 has achieved a certain predetermined result Each plasma step in a plasma recipe typically has one or more characteristics in its corresponding spectra which will indicate that the desired predetermined result has been achieved, as typically does the end of a plasma clean which was initiated without first wet cleaning the chamber 36, a plasma clean which was initiated after wet cleaning the chamber 36, and a conditioning wafer operation Spectral data of a plasma process conducted in a chamber 36 may be analyzed after the plasma process is terminated to identify one or more spectra (or portions thereof such as one or more individual wavelengths) which are indicative that endpoint of the subject plasma process or plasma process step has been reached Spectral data which is indicative of endpoint from the various above-noted categories of plasma processes may be stored in a subdirectory of the plasma spectra directory 284 of Figure 9 which is entitled "Spectra of Endpoint Characterιstιc(s)" and identified by reference numeral 316 (hereafter "endpoint subdirectory 316") The current plasma process module 250 may use the information contained in the endpoint subdirectory 316 to issue an appropriate alert(s) of the identification of an endpoint condition, to address one or more aspects of or relating to the control of the chamber 36, or both Multiple runnings of plasma processes within the chamber 36 may "age" the chamber 36 due to the nature of the plasma processes, and this aging may adversely affect the performance of the chamber 36 in some manner Indications that the chamber 36 may be in need of some type of cleaning may be reflected by the spectra of the plasma in the chamber 36 Spectral data may be included in the plasma spectra directory 284 of Figure 9 which corresponds with a condition where "cleaning" of the interior of the processing chamber 36 would be desirable "Dirty chamber condition" spectral data may be recorded in the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292, in which case the "dirty chamber condition" would then be characterized as a known error or aberration consistent with the discussion above on the abnormal subdirectory 292 Alternatively, a separate subdirectory may be employed as illustrated in Figure 9 in the nature of a "Spectra of "Dirty Chamber Conditions" Subdirectory" and identified by reference numeral 300 (hereafter "chamber condition subdirectory 300") The current plasma process module 250 may use this information on "dirty chamber conditions" to identify when a processing chamber 36 is in condition for cleaning, and further such that appropriate actions may thereafter be undertaken A final subdirectory of the plasma spectra directory 284 of Figure 9 is a calibration light spectra subdirectory 310 which does not contain spectra of plasma from the chamber 36 Instead, one or more spectra of one or more calibration lights are stored in the subdirectory 310 Generally, a calibration light, whose spectra is in the calibration light subdirectory 310, is directed at the window 38 of the processing chamber 36 A comparision is made between the spectral pattern of the calibration light from the subdirectory 310 and the spectral pattern of that portion of the calibration light which is reflected by the inner surface 40 of the window 38 on the processing chamber 36 The results of the comparison are used to determine the type and amount of calibration which should be implemented in relation to the operation of the current plasma process module 250 as will be discussed in more detail below in relation to the calibration module 562 and Figures 40-48 The above-described structure of the plasma spectra directory 284 and its various subdirectories presented in Figure 9 is just that - a general structure which organizes categorically similar data for use by the current plasma process module 250 and its various sub-modules The manner in which the data used by the current plasma process module 250 is actually stored is not particularly relevant for purposes of the present invention However, it should be appreciated that data should be stored in a manner which allows the current plasma process module 250 to execute its monitoring/evaluation function in a timely fashion Preferably, this is on at least a substantially "real-time" basis and sub-second acquisition, analysis, and control is available through the module 250 More specifically, acquisition of data analysis of this same data, and initiation of a protocol(s) based upon this analysis may all be completed in less than a second through the current plasma process module 250. Continuing to discuss the storage of spectral data used by the current plasma process module 250 in relation to the directory/subdirectory structure discussed above in relation to Figure 9, one embodiment of how data may be stored in this directory/subdirectory structure is illustrated in Figure 10. The plasma spectra directory 284 may have the same subdirectories as presented in Figure 9, although only the normal spectra subdirectory 288 and abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 are illustrated for convenience and only data on one category of plasma process which may be stored in the normal subdirectory 288 is illustrated (plasma recipes). Review of the normal spectra subdirectory 288 of Figure 10 indicates that spectra on multiple plasma recipes, which have been previously run on product in the processing chamber 36 which is associated with the plasma spectra directory 284, are each stored in their own main data entry 350. This would also be the case with other categories of plasma processes stored in the normal subdirectory 288. That is, each main data entry 350 is reserved for storing information which is used to evaluate plasma processes which are to be conducted in this same processing chamber 36. Each main data entry 350 for a given plasma process has a plurality of data segments 354 associated therewith, and each of these data segments 354 will include at least a spectra (e.g., Figure 8) of the plasma in the processing chamber 36 at a certain point in time and preferably within the Preferred Optical Bandwidth at the Preferred Data Resolution. The spectra associated with each data segment 354 may be stored as a single spectra which covers the Preferred Optical Bandwidth, or may be stored as multiple spectra which collectively cover the Preferred Optical Bandwidth. Spectra for the data segments 354 are taken periodically throughout the running of a plasma process within the processing chamber 36 through the window 38 on the chamber 36 (e.g., by the plasma monitoring assembly 174 of Figure 6 or any of the embodiments illustrated in Figures 31 and 37 below) using the Preferred Data Collection Time Resolution. Although the entirety of the plasma process may be recorded in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 in this manner, sometimes the plasma is rather unstable when it first comes on in the chamber 36. Therefore, it may be desirable to not retain optical emissions data in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 from this unstable time period. Entries of plasma processes in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 may consist of a plurality of totally different types or species of plasma processes within a given category or genus as also illustrated in Figure 10. Plasma recipe A is stored under main data entry 350a, which is different from a plasma recipe B which is stored under main data entry 350b, which is different from a plasma recipe "X" which is stored under main data entry 350c. Multiple runnings of the same plasma recipe or process may also be recorded in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 as well if desired (not shown). For instance, spectral data from two separate runnings of plasma recipe A on the same type of product in the associated processing chamber 36 may actually be included in the normal spectra subdirectory 288. Evaluation of a current plasma recipe being run on product in the subject processing chamber 36 would then potentially involve the comparison of optical emissions data on the current process in relation to both of these main data entries 350. The optical emissions data within the normal spectra subdirectory 288 of Figure 10 may be consolidated or condensed to eliminate the storage of redundant data, to increase the speed of the search of the normal spectra subdirectory 288 by the current plasma process module 250, or both. Figure 11 illustrates one way in which this may be accomplished in the case of the normal spectra subdirectory 288a for one example where Plasma Recipes A-D are stored in the directory 288a. The same principles would apply to any type of plasma process which is stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288. Plasma Recipe A under main data entry 358a and Plasma Recipe B under main data entry 358b each have the same spectra for purposes of the current plasma process module 250 from time t., (the first time data is recorded in the subdirectory 288a for the subject plasma recipe) to time t n (the "nth" time data is recorded in the subdirectory 288a for the subject plasma recipe). Instead of storing the spectra over this time range twice in the normal spectra subdirectory 288a (once under main data entry 358a for Plasma Recipe A and once under mam data entry 358b for Plasma Recipe B), the multiple spectra from this time range are stored only once in common data segments 362a-c More than 3 common data segments 362 may obviously be used Nonetheless, common data segments 362a-c are thereby associated with both Plasma Recipe A of mam data entry 358a and Plasma Recipe B of mam data entry 358b At time t n+1 (i e , the first time data is recorded in the normal spectra directory 288a after the time t n ) and until the end of the plasma recipe in the example presented by Figure 11 , however, the spectra of Plasma Recipe A under main data entry 358a and the spectra Plasma Recipe B under mam data entry 358b differ for purposes of the current plasma process module 250 As such, Plasma Recipe A under mam data entry 358a and Plasma Recipe B under mam data entry 358b each then include their own individual data segments 366a-c and 366d-f respectively, over the time period from t n+1 to t n+x (the "xth" time data is recorded in the normal spectra subdirectory 288a after the time t n ) Each of the Plasma Recipes A and B end at the same time for purposes of the example of Figure 11 (i e , at time t n+x ), although in a commercial setting this may not be the case The normal spectra subdirectory 288b of Figure 11 also has mam data entries 358c and 358d for Plasma Recipes C and D, respectively The same data storage concept used in relation to Plasma Recipes A and B is likewise employed for Plasma Recipes C and D in the normal spectra subdirectory 288a The spectra of Plasma Recipe C under data main entry 358c and Plasma Recipe D under mam data entry 358d are the same for purposes of the current plasma process module 250 from time t., to time t n Instead of storing the spectra over this time range twice in the normal spectra subdirectory 288b (once under main data entry 358c for Plasma Recipe C and once under mam data entry 358d for Plasma Recipe B), the multiple spectra from this time range are stored only once in common data segments 362d-h in the normal spectra subdirectory 288a Common data segments 362d-h are thereby associated with both Plasma Recipe C of mam data entry 358c and Plasma Recipe D of mam data entry 358d At time t n and until the time t n+x of the plasma recipe in the example presented by Figure 11 , however, the spectra of Plasma Recipe C under mam data entry 358c and the spectra of Plasma Recipe D under main data entry 358d differ for purposes of the current plasma process module 250 As such Plasma Recipe C under mam data entry 358c has its own individual data segments 366g-k over the time period from t n+1 to t n+x , while Plasma Recipe D under mam data entry 358d in turn has its own individual data segments 366l-p over this same time period At time t n+x and until the end of the plasma recipe in the example presented by Figure 11 at t n+y , however, the spectra of Plasma Recipe C under main data entry 358c and the spectra of Plasma Recipe D under mam data entry 358d again are the same for purposes of the current plasma process module 250 As such, Plasma Recipe C under main data entry 358c and Plasma Recipe D under mam data entry 358d have common data segments 362i-z over the time period from t n+x to t n+y Each of the Plasma Recipes C and D end at the same time for purposes of the example of Figure 11 , although in a commercial setting this again may not be the case Each data segment 354 of each plasma process stored under a mam data entry 350 in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 of Figure 10 may contain a multiplicity of data types relevant to the monitoring of the current plasma process with the current plasma process module 250 A representative example is presented in Figure 12A where these various data types of data are presented in data fields 322 which are associated with each data segment 354 Spectral patterns of the plasma in the processing chamber 36 is a significant data type for comparing the current plasma process with the plasma spectra directory 284, and these spectra are stored in a spectra field 322d in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 of Figure 12A Each data segment 354 in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 also includes a time field 322a where the time associated with the spectra in the spectra field 322d is recorded (e g , the time into the plasma process when the spectra is taken) Data in the time field 322a may be used in various ways by the current plasma process module 250 as will be discussed in more detail below Further information is at least associated with each mam data entry 350 in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 "Associated" in this context means that this information may be provided once for each main data entry 350 for a given plasma process or for only a few times which is less than the total number of data segments 354 under a particular mam data entry 350, but it also encompasses a situation where this information is actually provided for each data segment 354 of the subject mam data entry 350 which is not as desirable because of redundancies Fields for these types of information include a plasma process "genus" field 322h (e g , to identify whether the main data entry 350 is a plasma recipe, plasma clean, or conditioning wafer operation), a wafer identifier field 322b (e g , for information which corresponds with an identifier, such as a number or code, which appears on the wafer 18 which is to have a plasma recipe run thereon and which is used for tracking purposes), a plasma process "species" field 322c (a subset of a plasma process "genus" such as different types of plasma recipes (e g , plasma recipe A and plasma recipe B)), a plasma process step field 322e (e g , to identify the step of a particular plasma recipe or any other plasma process which provides a different function or achieves a different result than other portions of the process), a maximum total plasma process step time field 322f (e g , the maximum amount of time allowed to complete a given plasma step of a multi-step plasma recipe or other process), and a maximum total plasma process time field 322g (e g , the maximum amount of time allowed to complete an entire plasma process (each of its steps)) Certain of this information will be inapplicable to certain genus of plasma processes and/or certain species of plasma processes within a certain plasma process genus Information provided to the above-noted fields may be input with the data entry device 132 of Figure 6 although the information for the wafer identifier field 322b may be automatically read from the wafer 18 and input to the subject mam data entry 354 (e g , scanner) The plasma spectra directory 284 of Figure 10 also illustrates one way of storing data for entries in the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 A review of the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 of Figure 10 indicates that spectral data on multiple known errors or aberrations are each stored in a mam data entry 346 for evaluating future plasma processes which are conducted in the same processing chamber 36 where these errors or aberrations occurred As noted above, these errors in the mam data entries 346 have preferably been identified (e g , the cause(s) of the error has been determined), and are thereby a "known" condition which may be encountered when running a plasma process in the processing chamber 36 Each mam data entry 346 having one specific error therein is illustrated as having a plurality of data segments 354 associated therewith, and each of these data segments 354 will include at least a spectra (e g , Figure 8) of the plasma from the processing chamber 36 which is a deviation from the relevant spectra of the corresponding plasma process in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 and which is indicative of the subject error or aberration The spectra associated with each data segment 354 under the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 may be of the Preferred Optical Bandwidth using the Preferred Data Resolution Alternatively, the spectra associated with the data segments 354 under the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 may only include that portion of the spectrum which contains the characterιstιc(s) which are indicative of the error in question (i e , an optical emissions segment which is contained within, but smaller than, the Preferred Optical Bandwidth) Further information relevant to the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 is illustrated in Figure 10 Spectral patterns for the data segments 354 under each main data entry 346 of the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 are illustrated as having been recorded periodically during the running of the entire plasma process within the processing chamber 36 (e g , using the Preferred Data Collection Time Resolution) Data on the entire plasma process could be retained in the abnormal subdirectory 292 In this case the time i referenced in the data segments 354m, 354q, and 354u would be the first spectra obtained of the subject plasma process, while the time t n would be the last spectra obtained of the subject plasma process at the termination thereof (e g , endpoint of the last step in the process, or the endpoint of the plasma process if there is not more than one step) This situation may result in the storage of unnecessary data in the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 Consider a situation where a plasma recipe is being run on product within the processing chamber 36 and has proceeded according to the normal spectra subdirectory 288 for the first 90 seconds of the plasma recipe Assume that only about 10 additional seconds are required to complete the plasma recipe (i e , to achieve the result associated with the last step of the recipe) Also assume that an error occurs at the 91 second mark in the current plasma recipe Unless the data on the first 90 seconds of the plasma recipe provides some type of indication as to the upcoming error which again occurred at the 91 second mark in the current plasma recipe of this example, this data will not be useful for retention in the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 In this case the spectra at the time t 91 could be the first spectra which did not "match" with any of the plasma recipes in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 No other spectra need be included under the main entry 346 if this one spectra sufficiently identifies the error (not shown) However, it may be desirable to record in the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 all spectra which are obtained after the error has been identified and up until the plasma process is terminated at the time t n , or at least a few spectra at various time intervals Flexibility is provided by the abnormal subdirectory 292 in that the amount of data included under each of the main data entries 346 in which the errors are contained may be independently selected Therefore, the data segments 354 under each mam data entry 346 of the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 may not necessarily provide a complete history of a plasma process in which an error occurred Multiple data types may be included in each data segment 354 associated with each error in each main data entry 346 of the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 of Figure 10 A representative example is presented in Figure 12B where these various data types are contained within data fields 338 which are associated with each data segment 354 under each mam data entry 346 of the subdirectory 292 Spectral patterns of the plasma in the processing chamber 36 are a significant data type for comparing the current plasma process with the plasma spectra directory 284, and these spectra are stored in a spectra field 338b of the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 of Figure 12B of each data segment 354 Moreover, the category or genus of the subject plasma process may be identified in a plasma process genus field 338e (e g , plasma recipe, plasma clean, conditioning wafer operation), a particular type or species of a given category or genus of plasma process may be identified in a plasma process species field 338f (e g , a particular type of plasma recipe), and the type of plasma step may be identified in a plasma process step field 338g Data in addition to the above-described spectra may be associated with each of the data segments 354 under each mam data entry 346 for known error/aberrations within the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 Each data segment 354 of each main data entry 346 may also include a time field 338a for containing information on the time which is associated with the spectra in the subject data segment 354 Other information associated with the data segments 354 under each mam data entry 346 for known error/aberrations within the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 includes information which identifies the error Any textual identification or description of the error stored under a mam data entry 346 may be included in an error field 338c of the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 This information would typically be manually entered by personnel using the data entry device 132 (e g , Figure 6) after the spectra was analyzed and the cause(s) of the error(s)/aberratιon(s) was identified The current plasma process module 250 includes error identification capabilities as will be discussed in more detail below Once the current plasma process module 250 identifies a match between the current optical emissions data and a relevant spectra or portion thereof in the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292, information on the corresponding error/aberration may be issued based upon information in the error field 338c Moreover, corrective actions may be undertaken based upon the contents of this same error field 338c In this regard each data segment 354 under each mam data entry 346 for known error/aberrations within the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 may also include a protocol field 338d Information contained within the protocol field 338d will somehow relate to how the subject error or aberration may or should be addressed, or more specifically what action or actions may or should be undertaken to address the error Single or multiple protocols may be stored in any one protocol field 338d (e g , more than one protocol may be appropriate to address a certain condition) Once the current plasma process module 250 identifies a match between the current spectra and a relevant spectra in the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292, how the corresponding error/aberration is addressed may be based upon information contained in the subject protocol field 338d Data regarding process control parameters or conditions associated with the processing chamber 36 may also be included in each of the above-described subdirectories of the plasma spectra directory 284 for a specific data entry, particularly in the case of the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 and the unknown conditions subdirectory 296 These would include conditions which are typically monitored in a plasma process, such as the types of feed gases being used or the composition of the plasma, temperatures within one or more regions of the chamber 36, the pressure within the processing chamber 36, power settings, and gas flow rates Pattern Recognition Module 370 - Figure 13 Certain key principles of the present invention are simply based on whether one spectral pattern matches another spectral pattern (e g , does the spectral pattern of the plasma in the chamber 36 "match" the pattern of the relevant spectra in the relevant subdirectory of the plasma spectra directory 288) In many cases this determination may be made through the pattern recognition module 370 which is presented in Figure 13 Various "pattern recognition techniques" may be employed by the pattern recognition module 370 to provide the above-noted function One such pattern recognition technique is embodied by the flowchart depicted in Figure 13 and may be generally characterized as a point-by-point pattern recognition technique The pomt-by- pomt pattern recognition technique which is embodied by the pattern recognition subroutine 374 of Figure 13 is contained within step 378 The intensity at a first wavelength in the current spectra at the current time t c (a fixed point in time) is compared with the intensity at this same first wavelength of the relevant spectra from a Target Directory Whichever sub-module of the current plasma process module 250 calls the pattern recognition module 370 will designate which particular subdirectory of the plasma spectra directory 284 is to be searched by the module 370 for "matching" patterns (and thereby defines the Target Directory) The sub-module which calls the pattern recognition module 370 may also establish what will constitute a "matching" pattern That is, what may be a "matching spectra" in relation to one sub-module of the current plasma process module 250 may not be a "matching spectra" in relation to another of its sub-modules If the intensities of the two subject spectra are within a "match limit" of each other at this first wavelength in the subject optical emissions, the patterns of the two subject spectras are initially considered a "match" and the analysis is repeated at a second wavelength which is displaced and different from the first wavelength and which defines a second "point" on which the above-noted pomt- by-pomt analysis is repeated The particular "match limit" which is used by the pattern recognition subroutine 374 may be specific to which sub-module of the current plasma process module 250 calls the pattern recognition subroutine 374 as noted The above-described point-by-point analysis is repeated by "advancing along" the entirety of the current spectra at typically pre-seiected wavelength increments (e g , every nanometer) Typically, a fixed wavelength increment will be utilized by step 378, such that the comparison between the two subject spectra will be made at every "x" nanometers throughout the entirety of the entire "bandwidth" of the spectra However, there need not be equal spacings between each of the "points" examined by the pattern recognition subroutine 374 Another match criterion which may be used in combination with the above-noted point-by-point comparison relates to how many of the examined points must be within the "match limit" in order for the two subject spectra to be considered a match The sub-module which calls the pattern recognition subroutine 374 may require each "point" examined in the subject point-by-point analysis to be within the selected match limit in order for the two spectra to be considered a match Alternatively, something less than 100% may also be utilized For instance, having at least 95% of the points being within the match limit may equate with the two subject spectras being considered a match Furthermore, the average variation of the multiplicity of points examined by the pattern recognition subroutine 374 may be calculated and compared with an average associated with the relevant spectra from the Target Directory to determine if it is within a predefined tolerance Any combination of the foregoing may be implemented for determining what is a "match " A number of factors will affect the accuracy which may be attributed to the results achieved by the execution of step 378 in the pattern recognition subroutine 374 of Figure 13 One such factor is the "match limit" which will be discussed in relation to the point-by-point comparison technique, but which will be equally applicable to the averaging discussed above In this case, the "match limit" is the amount that the intensity associated with a point in the current spectra at a certain point in time t c will be allowed to deviate from the intensity of the relevant spectra from the Target Directory, and yet still be considered a "match" for purposes of the pattern recognition subroutine 374 Two types of "match limits" which may be utilized include a raw difference basis and a percentage difference basis In the case of a "raw difference basis", a fixed number of intensity units is established and input to the pattern recognition subroutine 374 and which thereby defines the boundary of a "match" (e g , the "raw difference basis" limit may be established at ±"x" intensity units where "x" is a value which is input to the pattern recognition subroutine 374, such that the intensity at each wavelength of the current spectra checked by the pattern recognition subroutine 374 must be within ±"x" intensity units of the intensity at each of the corresponding wavelengths of the relevant spectra from the Target Directory in order to be considered a "match") In the case of having a "match limit" based upon a "percentage difference basis," a fixed percentage is established and input to the pattern recognition subroutine 374 and which thereby defines the boundary of a "match" between corresponding intensities of the current spectra and the relevant spectra from the Target Directory (e g , the "raw difference basis" limit may be established at ±"x" percent, such that the intensity at each wavelength of the current spectra checked by the pattern recognition subroutine 374 must be within ±"x" percent of the intensity at each of the corresponding wavelengths of the relevant spectra from the Target Directory in order to be considered a "match") Both the "raw difference" and "percentage difference" may be used simultaneously as a "match limit" by the pattern recognition subroutine 374 as well (i e , both criterion must be satisfied in order for the spectras to be considered a "match") The "match lιmιts"are equally applicable to when the above-noted averaging technique is used as well Regardless of which type of "match limit" is employed, it is entered for use by the pattern recognition subroutine 374 Another factor which affects the accuracy which may be attributable to the results of the pattern recognition subroutine 374 of Figure 13 is the analytical wavelength resolution used in the above-described point-by-point analysis "Analytical Wavelength Resolution" in this context means the wavelength increments at which the above-described point-by-point analysis will be performed throughout the subject spectra Although the plurality of wavelengths for the above-noted pomt-by-pomt analysis could be random throughout the bandwidth of the subject spectra, preferably a pattern is used such as a fixed wavelength increment For instance, if the analytical wavelength resolution is established at 1 nanometer and input to the pattern recognition subroutine 374, the above-noted pomt-by-pomt analysis of step 378 would be performed at each 1 nanometer increment across the entirety of the Preferred Optical Bandwidth Preferably the Analytical Wavelength Resolution used by the pattern recognition subroutine 374 is no more than about 2 nanometers, and even more preferably no more than about 0 5 nanometers Hereafter, this will be referred to as the "Preferred Analytical Wavelength Resolution " Summarizing step 378 of the pattern recognition subroutine 374 of Figure 13 in the case where the current spectra extends from 200 nanometers to 900 nanometers and where the Analytical Wavelength Resolution is 1 nanometer a comparison is made of the intensities at the 200 nanometer wavelength from the current spectra at the current time t c (from the current plasma process being run within the processing chamber 36) and from the relevant spectra from the Target Directory If the difference between these two intensities is within the "match limit" input to the pattern recognition subroutine 374, whether using a raw difference theory, a percentage difference theory, or a combination of a raw difference theory and a percentage difference theory (e g , the difference in intensity must be no more than a certain, input number of intensity units and must also be within a certain, input number of percentage points of each other in the case of a combination), the 200 nanometer wavelength "point" of the current spectra and the relevant spectra from the Target Directory will be characterized as a "match" at the current time t c The point-by-point analysis will then continue at the 201 nanometer wavelength in the above-described manner, and will be repeated at each 1 nanometer increment until reaching the last 900 nanometer wavelength Results of the point-by-point comparison of step 378 for the current spectra at the current time t c will then be provided to step 380 of the pattern recognition subroutine 374 of Figure 13 for use by the sub-module of the current plasma process module 250 which called the pattern recognition module 370 Control of the plasma monitoring operations is then returned by step 382 of the pattern recognition subroutine 374 to the sub-module of the current plasma process module 250 which called the pattern recognition module 370 Some plasma processes change very rapidly and some plasma processes are of relatively short duration (e g , some plasma steps of a plasma recipe are no more than about 5 seconds) Therefore, spectral data should be taken at least every 1 second and the analysis of this data should be completed by the pattern recognition subroutine 374 as fast as possible In the case where the plasma process is a plasma recipe which will be discussed in more detail below in relation to the plasma health subroutine 253 of Figure 21 , the identification of the current plasma recipe and the analysis of the performance of the processing chamber 36 (e g , plasma health) should be completed at least before the next wafer 18 is loaded into the chamber 36 for another running of a plasma recipe on this product within the chamber 36 The pattern recognition subroutine 374 of Figure 13 is able to meet the demands through simplifying the analysis of the spectra of the plasma in the processing chamber 36 The sum total of the analysis provided by the pattern recognition subroutine 374 is simply whether the pattern of the current spectra "matches" the pattern of the relevant spectra from the Target Directory There is no need to locate or define peaks in the spectra of the plasma from the process currently being conducted in the processing chamber 36 in the analysis used by the pattern recognition subroutine 374 at each of the limits Nor is any attempt made by the pattern recognition subroutine 374 to identify the various chemical species currently in the plasma in the processing chamber 36 through spectral analysis Again, the only determination made by the subroutine 374 is whether the current spectral pattern ' matches" the relevant spectral pattern in the Target Directory In one embodiment the pattern recognition subroutine 374 is able to execute step 378 for a spectra defined by wavelengths at least within the range of about 150 nanometers to about 1 ,200 nanometers with an analytical wavelength resolution of no more than about 1 nanometer (i e , execute the pomt-by-pomt analysis at least at every 1 nanometer increment) in no more than about 1 second, and preferably in no more than about 0 5 seconds Process Alert Module 428 - Figure 14 Various conditions which may be encountered by the current plasma process module 250 may result in the transfer of control to or the sharing of control with the process alert module 428 of Figure 14 One or more subroutines may be included under the process alert module 428 Each of these subroutines may present various options in relation to how the relevant condition or situation is addressed which resulted in the activation of the process alert module 428 In the case of the process alert subroutine 432 of Figure 14, two categories of "actions" are made available - the issuing of one or more alerts and addressing the control of the subject plasma process in some manner One or more alarms, alerts, or the like may be activated if the alarm alert function of the process alert subroutine 432 of Figure 14 is enabled at its step 454 in relation to the subject condition or situation At least one visual alarm may be activated in step 458 of the process alert subroutine 432 Exemplary visual alarms include displaying a general indication of the existence of the relevant condition (e g , a flashing light), a more specific indication of the subject condition (e g , providing a textual description of the identified condition or situation), or both Appropriate locations where information relating to the subject condition may be presented include the display 130 associated with the particular processing chamber 36 where the subject condition was encountered, the display 59 associated with the wafer production system 2 which may be characterized as a master control panel of sorts for the wafer production system 2, any master control panel for the entire fabrication facility incorporating the wafer production system 2, any computer network on which the wafer production system 2 is included, or on any combination of the foregoing Other visual indications may be employed alone or in combination with any of the foregoing Audio and any other types of alarms may also be employed Another option available under the process alert subroutine 432 of Figure 14 relates at least in some manner to the control of the plasma process and which may be accessed through step 436 of the process alert subroutine 432 Any spectra which is associated with a condition, or the identification of the condition itself, which will trigger the activation of the process alert subroutine 432 may be included in or associated with a step 448 of the subroutine 432 One or more protocols which have been established for when this spectra or condition is encountered in the chamber 36 may be included in an associated step 450 Multiple spectra or conditions may be included in any one step 448 The commonality between these spectra/conditions included in or associated with a step 448 is the categorically similar protocol included in its associated step 450 Five categorical protocols are presented in Figure 14 Step 450a presents a protocol category which is the modification of one or more process control parameters One or more spectra from the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292, one or more conditions, or both, may be included in step 448a of the process alert subroutine 432 which will access step 450a Step 450a is directed toward a protocol category which is to attempt to "address" (e g , correct/remedy) the subject condition in the current plasma process being run in the chamber 36 The protocol associated with step 450a of the process alert subroutine 432 more specifically provides for the modification or adjustment of one or more process control parameters in a manner which has been previously determined to be appropriate to address the subject condition Adjustment of the process control parameters associated with the current plasma process may be automatically undertaken if desired by the facility incorporating the wafer production system 2 through operatively interfacing the process alert subroutine 432 with the appropriate process controller(s) (e g , by sending an appropriate signal from the PMCU 128 to the MCU 58 of Figure 1 which controls the wafer production system 2) Manual adjustment of one or more process control parameters is also contemplated by step 450a of the process alert subroutine 432 Execution of step 450a in this case would entail informing the appropriate personnel of the protocol(s) associated with the subject condition such that these personnel could manually initiate the appropriate action if desired Notwithstanding the presentation of a single "modify process control parameters" protocol in Figure 14, it should be appreciated that different process control modifications may be initiated for different spectra/conditions associated with step 448a One or more spectra may be associated with a condition which requires modification of the process control parameters in one way, while one or more spectra associated with another condition may require modification of the process control parameters in another way Moreover, any one or more spectra or one or more conditions associated with step 448a may have one or more process control protocols associated therewith For instance, in the case where step 450a is not directly integrated with the relevant process controller(s), a listing of possible corrective actions which may be undertaken to address the associated condιtιon(s) may be provided for consideration by the appropriate personnel Integrating step 450a with one or more controllers associated with the wafer production system 2 may still utilize multiple process control protocols for any one or more spectra/conditions Attempts to address the subject condition associated with step 448a may first be pursued through a first protocol associated with this condition and step 450a If this is unsuccessful in addressing the subject condition, a second protocol associated with the subject condition and step 450a may then be undertaken and so forth Another categorical protocol which may be included in the process alert subroutine 432 of Figure 14 relates to terminating the current plasma process One or more spectra which are representative of one or more conditions, or the identification of the condιtιon(s) itself, may be included in or associated with step 448b of the subroutine 432 which accesses step 450b Step 450b contains one or more protocols which are directed toward terminating the subject plasma process, although typically termination of the current plasma process will simply entail terminating the gas flow to the chamber 36 and the electrical componentry which are responsible for creating the plasma Termination of the current plasma process may be automatically undertaken if desired by the facility incorporating the wafer production system 2 through operatively interfacing the process alert subroutine 432 with the appropriate process controller(s) (e g , by the PMCU 128 sending an appropriate signal to the MCU 58) Manual termination of the current plasma process is also contemplated by step 450b Execution of step 450b in this case may then simply entail apprising the appropriate personnel that a condition has been identified where termination of the current plasma process being run in the processing chamber 36 is recommended such that the appropriate action may be manually undertaken if desired Cleaning operations may also be initiated through the process alert subroutine 432 of Figure 14 One or more spectra from the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 or the chamber condition subdirectory 300, or again simply the identification of the relevant condition, may be included in/associated with step 448e of the subroutine 432 which in turn accesses step 450e Step 450e contains a protocol which is directed toward initiating some type of a cleaning of the interior of the processing chamber 36 Cleaning operations may be automatically undertaken if desired by the facility incorporating the wafer production system 2 through operatively interfacing the process alert subroutine 432 with the appropriate process controller(s) (e g , by the PMCU 128 sending an appropriate signal to the MCU 58) Manual implementation of these actions is also contemplated by step 450e In this regard, the execution of step 450e in the process alert subroutine 432 of Figure 14 may simply entail apprising personnel that it is recommended that the current plasma process being run in the processing chamber 36 be terminated due to the detected dirty chamber condition, and that a cleaning operation be subsequently manually initiated One or more spectra/conditions associated with step 448e may be associated with different protocols in step 450e For instance, one protocol of step 450e corresponding with one or more spectra/conditions associated with step 448e may relate to a plasma cleaning operation which may be initiated in accordance with the foregoing Other spectra or conditions associated with step 448e may access a protocol of step 450e which relates to a wet clean which may be initiated in accordance with the foregoing Spectra or conditions within the chamber 36 which are of a nature such that the wafer distribution sequence should be affected in some manner by their existence may be included in or associated with step 448c The protocol set forth in step 450c thereby addresses the manner in which wafers 18 are distributed to the various processing chambers 36 of the wafer production system 2 through the wafer distribution module 1384 which will be discussed in more detail below in relation to Figures 59-60 Addressing the sequence of distribution of wafers 18 to the processing chambers 36 of the wafer production system 2 may be automatically undertaken if desired by the facility incorporating the wafer production system 2 through operatively interfacing the process alert subroutine 432 with the appropriate process controller(s) (e g , wafer distribution module 1384, MCU 58) Manual techniques are also contemplated by step 450c in that the execution of step 450c of the process alert subroutine 432 may simply entail apprising personnel that it is recommended that the distribution sequence to the chambers 36 of the system 2 be manually addressed because of the existence of the subject condition Finally, plasma process/plasma process step endpoint may be addressed through the process alert subroutine 432 of Figure 14 In this regard, one or more spectra indicative of the endpoint of the subject plasma process or discrete portion thereof (e g , plasma process step), or the identification of the plasma process/process step itself, may be included in or associated with step 448d The protocol set forth in step 450d addresses how the identification of the occurrence of the particular endpoint should be addressed This may include terminating the subject plasma process/process step, initiating the next plasma process/step (e g , if the subject plasma step is not the last step of a given plasma recipe or other process), or both depending upon the nature of the plasma process Automation and manual techniques are contemplated by step 450d as in the above-noted cases The control of the plasma monitoring operations is relinquished by the process alert subroutine 432 of Figure 14 through steps 440 (if only the alarm alert function is enabled at step 454) or 462 (if the process control feature is enabled at step 436) Depending upon the circumstances, control may be returned to the particular sub-module of the current plasma process module 250 which called the process alert module 370. Another option which may be employed is to return control of the plasma monitoring operations in a particular case or in ail cases to the startup module 202 of Figure 7 through execution of steps 440 or 462. Startup Module 202 - Figures 15-16 Information on what is happening in the processing chamber 36 (e.g., spectra of the plasma in the chamber 36) is made available to the current plasma process module 250 for evaluation of the current plasma process operation through its various "sub-modules" as generally discussed above and as will be addressed in more detail below in relation to the following relevant figures. Access to the various "sub-modules" of the current plasma process module 250 may be controlled through the startup module 202 of Figure 15. As such, the startup module 202 may be viewed as a main menu of sorts for the various options that are available through the current plasma process module 250. One embodiment of a startup routine which may be used by the startup module 202 is illustrated in Figure 15 and provides the above-noted "main menulike" function. The startup routine 203 basically allows personnel to "enter" in some manner the type of action to be undertaken such that control of the plasma monitoring operations may be transferred to the appropriate sub-module of the current plasma process module 250. "Entry" may be accomplished by providing a listing on the display 130 associated with the PMCU 128 (e.g., Figure 6) of all of the actions which may be undertaken and allowing personnel to select which option should be pursued with the data entry device 132. Another option would be to allow personnel to input the action to be initiated using the data entry device 132. Still another option would be for the startup routine 203 to sequentially scroll down through a listing of the various options. Finally, no input need be provided as the current plasma process module 250 may just immediately begin comparing the current plasma process to the plasma spectra directory 284 (e.g., using an appropriate order for searching the various subdirectories). Three "categorical" actions may be initiated through the startup routine 203 First, certain calibration operations may be undertaken through step 136 of the startup routine 203 which accesses a calibration module 562 through execution of step 140 The calibration module 562 will be discussed in more detail below in relation to Figures 40-48 Research in relation to the current plasma process to be run in the chamber 36 may be initiated through step 144 For instance, research may be undertaken to identify one or more characteristics which are indicative of the endpoint of a particular plasma process or plasma process step This is accomplished through execution step 148 of the startup routine 203 which calls a research module 1300 which will be discussed in more detail below in relation to Figures 49-51 C A final option available through the startup routine 203 of Figure 15 relates to current plasma processes (i e , any plasma process run in the chamber 36 which is not recorded in the plasma spectra directory 284) Plasma processes such as plasma processing qualification/production wafers (step 230), plasma cleaning operations without first doing a wet clean of the chamber 36 (step 234), plasma cleaning operations conducted after the chamber 36 has been wet cleaned (step 238), and conditioning wafer operations (step 242) each may be accessed through the startup routine 203 The endpoint of these types of plasma processes, a specific portion thereof, or both may be determined through an endpoint detection module 1200 which will be discussed in more detail below in relation to Figures 52-58 and which is called by step 240 of the startup routine 203 The "health" of these types of plasma processes may also be evaluated through the plasma health module 252 which will be discussed in more detail below in relation to Figures 21-25 and which is called through execution of step 236 of the startup routine 203 Step 236 of the startup routine 203 of Figure 15 relates to a plasma health evaluation and calls the startup subroutine 204 of Figure 16 Two mam options may be pursued in relation to "plasma health" through the startup subroutine 204 of Figure 16 Either a current plasma process may be recorded in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 to be used as a standard for evaluating plasma processes subsequently run in the chamber 36, or the current plasma process may be evaluated against the normal spectra subdirectory 288 In this regard step 208 of the startup subroutine 204 of Figure 16 inquires as to whether the plasma process to be conducted in the subject processing chamber 36 should be recorded in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 associated with this chamber 36 If the "response" to the inquiry of step 208 is a "yes" the startup subroutine 204 proceeds to step 224 where a determination is made as to the status of the plasma in the processing chamber 36 - specifically whether the plasma is "on" through optical analysis by the current plasma process module 250 One way to determine if the plasma is "on" in the chamber 36 is to determine when the spectra obtained from the processing chamber 36 "matches" any spectra stored in the plasma spectra directory 284 or any of its subdirectories, such as through the pattern recognition module 370 of Figure 13 Another way in which this may be done is to determine when any of the spectra from the interior of the processing chamber 36 have at least a certain number of discrete peaks of a least a certain intensity Using the same principles discussed above in relation to the pattern recognition module 370 of Figure 15 may also identify this type of spectra through the current plasma process module 250 Determining when there is at least a certain change in the optical emissions from within the chamber 36 may also be indicative that the plasma is "on" (e g , going from a "dark" condition to a "light" condition) Regardless of how the determination is made as to whether plasma exists in the processing chamber 36 the "plasma on" indication may be appropriately conveyed to operations personnel or others in one or more of the above-noted manners Once plasma is present in the processing chamber 36, the startup subroutine 204 proceeds to step 228 where at least spectral data of the current plasma process is recorded in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 Preferably this encompasses the Preferred Optical Bandwidth at the Preferred Data Resolution and using the Preferred Data Collection Time Resolution After the plasma process is terminated, the subroutine 204 returns to the "mam menu-like" startup routine 203 of Figure 15 via step 226 The other alternative available through the startup subroutine 204 of Figure 16 is to evaluate the current plasma process to be run in the subject processing chamber 36 against spectral data already recorded in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 In the example presented in Figure 16, this is accomplished by exiting step 208 of the startup subroutine 204 under a "no" logic condition, which directs the startup subroutine 204 to proceed to step 212 Step 212 inquires as to whether the plasma process to be run in the processing chamber 36 should be evaluated against spectral data in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 Since the two mam options available under the startup subroutine 204 are to either record data or evaluate spectral data of the current plasma process against spectral data already recorded in the normal spectra subdirectory 288, and further since the subroutine 204 reached step 212 because a "decision" was made at step 208 of the subroutine 204 to not record data in the normal spectra subdirectory 288, a response of "no" at step 212 merely redirects the startup subroutine 204 to start over Responding "yes" at step 212, however, directs the startup subroutine 204 to proceed from step 212 to step 216 Step 216 inquires as to whether the plasma is on in the processing chamber 36, and therefore may be identical to step 224 discussed above Once plasma exists within the processing chamber 36, the startup subroutine 204 proceeds to 220 where control of plasma monitoring operations is transferred to the plasma health module 252 such that the health of the plasma process may be assessed The "record" or "compare" options may be presented in other ways than as set forth in the start-up subroutine 203 Plasma Health Evaluations The plasma health module 252 of Figures 7 is also included in the embodiment of Figure 32 and evaluates the overall health of the plasma in the subject chamber 36 or the "plasma health " "Plasma health" as used herein means the state or the condition of the plasma process as it relates to plasma performance when compared to typical "normal" plasma behavior resulting in usable product The "condition" of the plasma in turn may be characterized as the cumulative result of all parameters having an effect on the plasma in the processing chamber Stated another way, "plasma health" may be equated with a condition where a current plasma process is proceeding in accordance with one or more plasma processes stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 In this regard, the plasma health module 252 is able to determine if the current plasma process being conducted within the processing chamber 36 is progressing "normally" through a comparison of at least a portion of the optical emissions from the processing chamber 36 during the plasma process with the relevant spectra or portion thereof in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 Spectral patterns of the plasma in the chamber 36 will change as the plasma process progresses Moreover, the spectral patterns of the plasma in the chamber 36 differ in relation to the category of plasma process being run This is evidenced by a review of exemplary spectra from a plasma recipe, a plasma clean conducted without first wet cleaning the chamber 36, a plasma clean executed after a wet clean of the chamber 36, and a conditioning wafer operation presented below In each case, "intensity" is plotted along the "y" axis and expressed in "counts" which is reflective of the intensity level, while "wavelength" is plotted along the "x" axis in nanometers Exemplary Plasma Recipe Spectra - Figures 17A-C An example of a multiple step plasma recipe run on a wafer 18 in the chamber 36 is illustrated in Figures 17A-C in which the spectra of the plasma in the processing chamber 36 varies with a change in the current plasma step Figures 17A-C present a spectra 744 of an exemplary first plasma step of an exemplary plasma recipe A, a spectra 752 of an exemplary second plasma step of this same plasma recipe A, and a spectra 760 of an exemplary third plasma step of this same plasma recipe A, respectively Each of these spectra 744, 752, and 760 are characterized by a number of peaks 748, 756, and 764, respectively, of varying intensities at various wavelengths A comparison of the spectra 744, 752, and 760 reveals that their associated patterns differ, including without limitation as follows 1 ) at about the 425 nanometer wavelength region, peak 748a in the spectra 744 of Figure 17A has an intensity of about 3,300, peak 756a in the spectra 752 of Figure 17B has an intensity of about 3,000, and peak 764a in the spectra 760 of Figure 17C has an intensity of about 2,100, 2) at about the 475 nanometer wavelength region, peak 748b in the spectra 744 of Figure 17A has an intensity of about 3,200, peak 756a in the spectra 752 of Figure 17B has an intensity of about 3,900, and there is no peak in the spectra 760 of Figure 17C, but the corresponding intensity (noise) is about 500, 3) at about the 525 nanometer wavelength region, peak 748c in the spectra 744 of Figure 17A has an intensity in excess of 4,000, peak 756c in the spectra 752 of Figure 17B has an intensity of about 3,400, and peak 764c in the spectra 760 of Figure 17C has an intensity of about 2,750, 4) at about the 587 nanometer wavelength region, there is no peak in the spectra 744 of Figure 17A, but the intensity is about 500 (noise), there is no peak in the spectra 752 of Figure 17B, but the intensity is about 490 (noise), and peak 764d in the spectra 760 of Figure 17C has an intensity of about 3,000 These distinctions between the spectra 744, 752, and 760 show that it is possible to distinguish between the various steps of a plasma recipe, as well to evaluate the progression of a plasma recipe, through an evaluation of the spectral pattern of the plasma in the chamber 36 during the plasma recipe Exemplary Plasma Cleaning Operation Spectra With No Prior Wet Clean - Figures 18A-C Representative spectra are presented in Figures 18A-C to illustrate how the optical emissions of the plasma within the processing chamber 36 changes over time during a plasma clean conducted without first doing a wet clean of the chamber 36 Figure 18A presents a spectra 770 of an exemplary plasma when the processing chamber 36 is in a dirty chamber condition and while plasma is present in the process chamber 36 without any product therein Figure 18B presents a spectra 774 of this same exemplary plasma at an intermediate time of the plasma clean in which the dirty chamber condition has begun to be addressed by the plasma clean Finally, Figure 18C presents a spectra 778 of this same exemplary plasma at the end of the plasma clean at which time the interior of the processing chamber 36 is deemed to be in condition to return to commercial production (e g , to etch integrated circuit designs on a production wafer 18) This spectra 778 may be selected by the operator of the facility implementing the wafer production system 2 as being indicative of the chamber 36 being in proper condition for resumption of production However, it should be appreciated that there is not necessarily a "bright line" as to when a chamber 474 is in condition to return to production Therefore, the selection of the spectra [02 778 as being indicative of a 'clean chamber condition" may be somewhat arbitrary Each of the spectra 770, 774, and 778 are characterized by a number of peaks 772, 776, and 780, respectively, of varying intensities at various wavelengths A comparison of the spectra 770, 774, and 778 reveals that their associated patterns are in fact different, including without limitation as follows 1 ) at about the 625 nanometer wavelength region, peak 772e in the spectra 770 of Figure 18A has an intensity of about 500, peak 776e in the spectra 774 of Figure 18B has an intensity of about 300, and there is no substantial peak in the spectra 778 of Figure 18C, 2) at about the 675 nanometer wavelength region, peak 772f in the spectra 770 of Figure 18A has an intensity of about 4,000, peak 776f in the spectra 774 of Figure 18B has an intensity of about 1 ,000, and there is no substantial peak in the spectra 778 of Figure 18C, and 3) at about the 685 nanometer wavelength region, peak 772g in the spectra 770 of Figure 18A has an intensity of about 3,400, peak 776g in the spectra 774 of Figure 18B has an intensity of about 2,200, and peak 780g in the spectra 778 of Figure 18C has an intensity of about 700 These distinctions between the spectra 770, 774, and 778 show the progression of a plasma clean is evident in the spectral pattern of the plasma in the chamber 36 during the plasma clean More than one entry of a plasma cleaning may be required in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 depending upon a variety of factors For instance, the spectral data of a plasma cleaning which is run after the chamber 36 has been running a first type of plasma recipe may look different than a plasma cleaning which is run after the chamber 36 has been running a second type of plasma recipe which is different from the first type of plasma recipe Exemplary Plasma Cleaning Operation Spectra Conducted After Wet Clean - Figures 19A-C Representative spectra of one plasma cleaning operation of the chamber 36 after it has been wet cleaned are illustrated in Figures 19A-C Figure 19A presents a spectra 1328 of the exemplary plasma in the processing chamber at the start of such a plasma cleaning of the chamber 36, while Figure 19B presents a spectra 1336 of the exemplary plasma at an intermediate point in such a plasma cleaning of the chamber 36, and while Figure 19C presents a spectra 1344 of the exemplary plasma at the end of such a plasma cleaning of the chamber 36 Each of the spectra 1328, 1336, and 1344 are characterized by a number of peaks 1332, 1340, and 1348, respectively, of varying intensities at various wavelengths A comparison of the spectra 1328, 1336, and 1344 reveals that their respective patterns are different, including without limitation as follows 1 ) at about the 625 nanometer wavelength region, peak 1332e in the spectra 1328 of Figure 19A has an intensity of about 600, peak 1340e in the spectra 1336 of Figure 19B has intensity of about 500, and peak 1348e in the spectra 1344 of Figure 19C has an intensity of about 450, 2) at about the 668 nanometer wavelength region, peak 1332f in the spectra 1328 of Figure 19A has an intensity in excess of 4,000, peak 1340f in the spectra 1336 of Figure 50B has intensity of about 1,000, and peak 1348f in the spectra 1344 of Figure 19C has an intensity of about 400, and 3) at about the 685 nanometer wavelength region, peak 1332g in the spectra 1328 of Figure 19A has an intensity in excess of 3,400, peak 1340g in the spectra 1336 of Figure 19B has intensity of about 2,300, and peak 1348g in the spectra 1344 of Figure 19C has an intensity of about 1 ,400 These distinctions between the spectra 1328, 1336, and 1344 show that the progression of a plasma cleaning operation is evident in the spectral pattern of the plasma in the chamber 36 during the plasma clean More than one entry of a plasma clean may be required in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 depending upon a variety of factors For instance, the spectral data of a plasma clean run on a chamber 36 after a wet clean may look different than a plasma clean that is run on a new chamber 36 which has not been wet cleaned Moreover, the spectral data of a plasma clean which is run after the chamber 36 has been running a first type of plasma recipe may look different than a plasma clean which is run after the chamber 36 has been running a second type of plasma recipe which is different from the first type of plasma recipe Exemplary Conditioning Wafer Operation Spectra - Figures 20A-C Representative spectra of a conditioning wafer operation are illustrated in Figures 20A-C Figure 20A presents a spectra 1288 of an exemplary plasma in the processing chamber 36 at the start of a conditioning wafer operation, Figure 20B presents a spectra 1292 of an exemplary plasma at an intermediate point in the conditioning wafer operation, and Figure 20C presents a spectra 1296 of an exemplary plasma at the end of the conditioning wafer operation. Each of the spectra 1288, 1292 and 1296 are characterized by a number of peaks 1290, 1294, and 1298, respectively, of varying intensities at various wavelengths. A comparison of the spectra 1288, 1292, and 1296 reveals that there are certain differences in their respective patterns, including without limitation as follows: 1 ) at about the 440 nanometer wavelength region, peak 1290a in the spectra 1288 of Figure 20A has an intensity of about 3,550, peak 1294a in the spectra 1292 of Figure 20B has an intensity of about 3,750, and peak 1298a in the spectra 1296 of Figure 20C has an intensity of about 4,000; 2) at about the 525 nanometer wavelength region, peak 1290b in the spectra 1288 of Figure 20A has an intensity of about 2,800, peak 1294b in the spectra 1292 of Figure 20B has an intensity of about 2,900, and peak 1298b in the spectra 1296 of Figure 20C has an intensity of about 2,800; 3) at about the 595 nanometer wavelength region, peak 1290d in the spectra 1288 of Figure 20A has an intensity of about 2,100, peak 1294d in the spectra 1292 of Figure 20B has an intensity of about 2,150, and peak 1298d in the spectra 1296 of Figure 20C has an intensity of about 2,125; 4) at about the 675 nanometer wavelength region, peak 1290e in the spectra 1288 of Figure 20A has an intensity of about 600, peak 1294e in the spectra 1292 of Figure 20B has an intensity of about 250, and there is no peak in the spectra 1296 of Figure 20C; and 5) at about the 685 nanometer wavelength region, peak 1290f in the spectra 1288 of Figure 20A has an intensity of about 1 ,450, peak 1294f in the spectra 1292 of Figure 20B has an intensity of about 600, and there is no peak in the spectra 1296 of Figure 20C. These distinctions between the spectra 1288, 1292, and 1296 show that the progression of a conditioning wafer operation is evident in the spectral pattern of the plasma in the chamber 36 during the operation. More than one entry of a conditioning wafer operation may be required in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 depending upon a variety of factors. For instance, the spectral data of a conditioning wafer operation which is run after the chamber 36 has only been plasma cleaned may look different than the spectral data of a conditioning wafer operation which is run in the chamber 36 after it has been both plasma cleaned, wet cleaned, and then again plasma cleaned. Moreover, the spectral data of a conditioning wafer operation run after the chamber 36 has been running a first type of plasma recipe may look different than a conditioning wafer operation which is run after the chamber 36 has been running a second type of plasma recipe which is different from the first type of plasma recipe. Plasma Health Module 252 - Figures 21-25 The current plasma process module 250 of Figures 7 and 32 is available for monitoring the health of any plasma process which is conducted within the processing chamber 36 first through a comparison of at least a portion of its spectral data with at least a portion of the spectral data stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 (Figure 9). Plasma recipes (whether run on production wafers 18 or qualification wafers 18), plasma cleans (with or without wet cleans), and conditioning wafer operations, as well as the health of any other plasma process, may each be evaluated through the plasma health module 252. How the plasma health module 252 deals with the presence of having different categories of plasma processes stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288, as well as in the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 and the unknown spectra subdirectory 296 which are also used in the plasma health evaluation of a current plasma process being run in the chamber 36, is really a matter of preference. Some ways of dealing with the existence of multiple categories of plasma processes may affect the speed of the evaluation by the plasma health module 252 more than others. For instance, the plasma health module 252 may limit its comparison of the current plasma process to the same category or genus of plasma processes stored in the normal spectra directory 288 and abnormal spectra directory 292. Appropriate "identifying information" may be input into the plasma process genus field 322h (Figure 12A) associated with each plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 and the plasma process genus field 333e (Figure 12B) associated with each plasma process (or portion thereof) stored in the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292. Moreover, the current plasma process to be conducted in the chamber 36 may be identified to the plasma health module 252 in some manner. This may be accomplished through the startup module 202 of Figure 15 (e.g., through including appropriate process category or genus identifying information in steps 230, 234, 238, and 242 of the startup subroutine 203, which is passed onto step 236 of the subroutine 203, and which may be then passed on to the plasma health module 252). Reducing the number of entries in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 and abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 which are compared with the current plasma process may and typically will increase the speed of evaluation of the health of the current plasma process by the plasma health module 252. However, there may be advantages to not imposing a plasma process category or genus match criterion when selecting data from the normal spectra subdirectory 288 and/or abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 which is to be available for comparison with the current plasma process. Plasma health is also preferably evaluated by comparing optical emissions from the current plasma process in the chamber 36 with the plasma spectra directory 284 over at least those wavelengths within the Preferred Optical Bandwidth based upon the Preferred Data Resolution, and using the Preferred Analytical Wavelength Resolution. However, in some cases some subset of the optical emissions data of the plasma in the chamber 36 may be used to monitor the plasma health. One such circumstance is when processing speed is or potentially is an issue. There are a number of ways of selecting the amount of optical emissions data to monitor the health of a plasma process. The data within the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 of Figure 9 may be used to generate the subset of data which may be reviewed for purposes of monitoring the plasma health. For instance, the plasma health evaluation may be conducted over optical emissions segments which include those wavelengths which are indicative of errors which occurred in processes previously conducted within the chamber 36. One alternative is to define an optical emissions segment ±25 nanometers on each side of each wavelength of a spectra in the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 which is indicative of an error from a previous plasma process. For instance, if errors from previous runs are reflected at the 325, 425, and 575 wavelengths, the plasma health may be evaluated by looking at each of the 300-350, 400-450, and 550-600 nanometer region. A smaller optical emissions segment for monitoring plasma health may also be selected by defining a range which includes each of those wavelengths which are indicative of errors from the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292. For instance, if errors from previous runs are reflected at the 325, 425, and 575 wavelengths, the plasma health may be evaluated by looking at the wavelength region from about 325 nanometers to about 575 nanometers. It may be desirable to include a "buffer" on each of the endpoints of this range as well (e.g., extend by about 25 nanometers on each end of the range). The above may be further limited by limiting the plasma health evaluation to those optical emissions segments which include only errors from the same type of plasma process which is to be run in the chamber 36 (e.g., same plasma recipe). Finally, information on endpoint of the plasma process or discrete portion thereof may be used to define the wavelengths to be evaluated in relation to plasma health. As will be discussed in more detail below in relation to the endpoint detection module 1200 and Figure 52, endpoint may be called based upon a change at one or more specific wavelengths. Plasma health may be evaluated by looking at a ±25 nanometer region around each wavelength which is used to call endpoint. Notwithstanding the foregoing, plasma health should be evaluated over at least a 50 nanometer wavelength in which data has been collected at the Preferred Data Resolution, and again is preferably undertaken using the Preferred Optical Bandwidth. Plasma Health Subroutine 253 - Figure 21 One embodiment of a subroutine is illustrated in Figure 21 which may be used by the plasma health module 252 to evaluate whether a current plasma process is proceeding in accordance with at least one plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 of Figure 9 (e.g., indicative of a "healthy" plasma). Summarily, spectral data is taken during and more preferably throughout the entirety of the execution of the current plasma process which is being run within the processing chamber 36. Consideration should be given to the first part of a plasma process being somewhat unstable. Spectral data from the current plasma process is first compared against the normal spectra subdirectory 288 to determine if the current plasma process "matches" any plasma process stored within the normal spectra subdirectory 288. As long as the current plasma process "matches" at least one plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288, the current plasma process is characterized as being "normal" or "healthy" and the plasma health subroutine 253 will continue to limit its search for "matching" spectra to the normal spectra subdirectory 288. However, oftentimes there is an error or aberration during a plasma process which may have some type of adverse effect on the desired end result of the plasma process, and this should be identifiable from the spectra of the plasma in the chamber 36. During an error or aberration in a plasma process currently being run, the spectra of the plasma in the chamber 36 should no longer "match" any plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288. The plasma health subroutine 253 will then discontinue its search of the normal spectra subdirectory 288 for evaluating the current plasma process and start comparing the current plasma process with the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 of Figure 9. Errors or aberrations in plasma processes which have been encountered before by the plasma health subroutine 253 on this same chamber 36, and which have had their corresponding cause or causes identified, are recorded in the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292. Actions which may be initiated if spectral data of the current plasma process "matches" at least one spectra in the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 range from issuing an appropriate alert to addressing one or more process control features of the wafer production system 2 as discussed above in relation to the process alert subroutine 432 of Figure 14. All of the data in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 and the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 is obtained from the processing chamber 36 on which the plasma health module 252 is being used to evaluate any plasma process currently being run or which was run in this very same chamber 36. Building of the library of information for the normal spectra subdirectory 288 and abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 takes time to allow the plasma health subroutine 253 to "learn" from the chamber 36 and the plasma processes being run therein. Circumstances will therefore likely arise where the spectral data of the plasma from the current plasma process cannot be found in either the normal spectra subdirectory 288 or the abnormal spectra subdirectory 296 by the plasma health subroutine 253 Information of this type is stored for the subroutine 253 in the unknown spectra subdirectory 296 of Figure 9 It will likely remain an "unknown condition" until the spectral data can be properly analyzed and the "cause" identified, at which time the relevant spectral data may be transferred to either the normal spectra subdirectory 288 or the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 to upgrade the plasma health subroutine's 253 knowledge of the processing chamber 36 and its associated plasma processes Specifics of the plasma health subroutine 253 will now be addressed in the case where the plasma process is a plasma recipe being run on wafers 18 in the chamber 36 An exemplary general procedure for running a plasma recipe on wafers 18 is as follows First, a cassette 6 having a plurality of production wafers 18 therein, as well as possibly one or more qualification wafers, is transferred into one of the load lock chambers 28 (Figure 1 ) The wafer handling assembly 44 will retrieve one of the wafers 18 from the cassette 6 and transport the same into the processing chamber 36 At this time, the plasma in the chamber 36 is off The chamber 36 is sealed and the plasma is ignited to run a plasma recipe on the wafer 18 Typical practice is to run the same plasma recipe on the entire cassette 6 After the completion of the plasma recipe on the first wafer 18, the plasma is turned off, the chamber 36 is opened, and the wafer handling assembly 44 retrieves the wafer 18 from the chamber 36 and provides the same back to its corresponding slot in the cassette 6 Once all of the wafers 18 of the cassette 6 have been processed in this manner (usually 1-3 qualification wafers are used for a cassette 6 having 24 wafers 18 and may be included anywhere within the cassette 6), the cassette 6 may be removed from the load lock chamber 28 and replaced with another cassette 6 of wafers 18 The qualification wafers 18 from the plasma processed cassette 6 may then be tested (destructively or non-destructively), while semiconductor devices may be formed from the production wafers 18 Plasma processes, whether are run on qualification or production wafers 18, in the processing chamber 36 are evaluated by the plasma health module 252. Usually no more than a 1 minute time lapse exists between the time one production wafer 18 is removed from the processing chamber 36 and the time the plasma recipe is initiated on the next production wafer 18 which is loaded into the chamber 36. The plasma health module 252 is able to complete its evaluation of a plasma recipe which was run on a production wafer 18 before the plasma recipe is initiated on the next production wafer 18 since the plasma health module 252 effectively relies on pure pattern recognition techniques, and not chemical analysis or chemical species identification techniques. Moreover and as will be discussed in more detail below, the plasma health module 252 is able to not only determine the identify of the plasma process, but to determine that the plasma process is being run on a qualification wafer 18 versus a production wafer 18. Data which relates to the current plasma process being run on product in the processing chamber 36 at the current time t c is obtained for evaluation by the plasma health subroutine 253 of Figure 21 through execution of step 254. Although step 254 is referenced in Figure 21 in relation to merely a "spectra" or optical emissions data, as noted above, other types of data may be taken at/associated with this time as well (e.g., the time into the plasma recipe at which the associated spectra was obtained from the chamber 36). A comparison is then made at step 258 of the plasma health subroutine 253 between the spectra of the current plasma process obtained at step 254 (current plasma process) and the relevant spectra from the normal spectra subdirectory 288 (stored plasma process). For facilitating the initial understanding of how the health of a plasma process may be evaluated by the process health module 252, the normal spectra directory 288 will hereafter be described as having only a single plasma process stored therein ("Recipe A"). How the health of a current plasma process may be handled by the plasma health module 252 in the situation where multiple plasma processes are stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 is addressed in the discussion of the plasma health/process recognition subroutines 790, 852, and 924 presented below in relation to Figures 22-24. Step 258 of the plasma health subroutine 253 calls the pattern recognition module 370 of Figure 13 to undertake a comparative analysis between the 11 spectra of the plasma in the chamber 36 at the current time t c and the relevant spectra of Recipe A from the normal spectra subdirectory 288. This is affected by step 258 of the subroutine 253 setting the Target Directory used by the pattern recognition module 370 to the normal spectra subdirectory 288. Only the normal spectra subdirectory 288 is then searched by the pattern recognition module 370 at this time, through execution of step 258 of the plasma health subroutine 253, to determine if there is a "match" between the current spectra at the current time t c and Recipe A as stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288. Which spectra of Recipe A is actually compared with the current spectra in this instance is addressed below after the discussion of the loop 190 of the subroutine 253 is completed. The pattern recognition module 370 of Figure 13 returns control of the plasma monitoring operation back to the plasma health subroutine 253 of Figure 21 after the pattern recognition module 370 has determined whether there is a "match" between the spectra at the current time t c (from step 254 of the plasma health subroutine 253) and the relevant spectra of Recipe A from the normal spectra subdirectory 288 in the subject example. The result ("match" or "no match") of the analysis by the pattern recognition module 370 is actually provided to step 260 of the plasma health subroutine 253 of Figure 21. If the current spectra at the current time t c was a "match" with the relevant spectra of Recipe A, the evaluation by the plasma health subroutine 253 will continue in relation to the normal subdirectory 288. In this regard, the plasma health subroutine 253 inquires at step 261 as to whether the current plasma process being conducted in the processing chamber 36 has been terminated, or more accurately if there are any more spectra from the subject current plasma process being run in the chamber 36 to be evaluated by the subroutine 253. Other information on the subject current plasma process may be provided through execution of step 194 of the plasma health subroutine 253 which calls other sub- modules of the current plasma process module 250 as will be discussed in more detail below (e.g., to access a chamber condition evaluation function, to access an endpoint determination function). Additional optical emissions data on the current plasma process for evaluation by the plasma health subroutine 253 is made available through execution of step 278 At step 278 the "clock" of the subroutine 253 is effectively reset Step 278 of the subroutine 253 more specifically provides for adjustment of the "clock" by a predetermined increment "n" to thereby increase the current time t c by an increment of "n " The magnitude of "n" defines that portion of the collected data which will be analyzed All of the data may be analyzed, or only a portion thereof (e g , only every other "piece" of optical emissions data may actually be analyzed) Hereafter, this concept will be referred to as the Analytical Time Resolution In one embodiment, the Analytical Time Resolution in relation to plasma health is at least at every 1 second, and more preferably at least at every 300 milliseconds The plasma health subroutine 253 then returns to step 254 where the next spectra of the plasma in the processing chamber 36 from the execution of the current plasma process is obtained for the subroutine 253 at the new current time t c such that the same may be evaluated in accordance with the foregoing There are a number of ways to define what is the "relevant spectra" of a plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 for comparison with the current spectra of the plasma in the chamber 36 at the current time t c through the plasma health subroutine 253 Relevance may be time dependent and will hereafter be referred to as a "time dependency requirement " In the subject example where the only plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 is Recipe A, the relevant spectra of Recipe A to be compared with the spectra of the plasma in the chamber 36 at the current time t c would be limited to that spectra for Recipe A which is associated with this same current time t c if a time dependency requirement was used That is, the spectra of the plasma in the chamber 36 during the current plasma process at time t., would be compared with Recipe A's spectra which is associated with the same time t 1 through execution of step 258 of the plasma health subroutine 253, the spectra of the plasma in the chamber 36 during the current plasma process at time t 2 would be compared with the Recipe A's spectra which is associated with the same time t 2 through execution of step 258 of the subroutine 253, and so forth This time dependency requirement for determining what is the "relevant spectra" may be used regardless of which subdirectory of the plasma spectra directory 284 is being "searched" by the pattern recognition module 370. In theory, a time dependency requirement is an acceptable way to evaluate whether a current plasma process is proceeding in accordance with any one or more plasma processes stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288. From a practical standpoint this is not necessarily the case. Variations throughout the wafers 18 in a given wafer cassette 6 on which the same plasma recipe is typically run may affect the amount of time required to complete one or more of the plasma steps of the current plasma recipe being run in the chamber 36. For instance, the thickness of a certain layer to be etched away by a certain step of the plasma recipe may vary from wafer 18 to wafer 18 within an acceptable tolerance. Conditions within the chamber 36 may also have an effect on the amount of time required to reach the endpoint of one or more plasma steps of a given plasma recipe or any other plasma process for that matter. For instance, as the interior of the chamber 36 ages by the formation of deposits within the interior, by the etching away of materials from the interior, or both, the performance of the chamber 36 may change. Changing the performance of the chamber 36 may change the amount of time required to reach the endpoint of one or more steps of a given plasma recipe. Other factors may affect timing issues associated with other types of plasma processes run in the chamber 36. Failing to account for these types of factors will result in the plasma health subroutine 253 issuing false alarms, or more specifically an indication that a current plasma process does not conform with at least one plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 when such is not the case. Alternatives to the time dependency requirements exist for determining what is the "relevant spectra" of a given plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 for comparison with the spectra of the plasma in the chamber 36 at the current time t c from the current plasma process. "Relevant" in the context of the plasma health subroutine 253, and in fact for each sub- module of the current plasma process module 250, may simply be whether the current plasma process being run in the chamber 36 is progressing in a manner consistent with at least one of the plasma processes stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288, although not necessarily at the same speed and therefore not being time dependent Hereafter this will be referred to as a "progression dependency requirement" and is exemplified by the following The first spectra obtained for the plasma health subroutine 253 at the current time t, is compared with one or more spectra of Recipe A in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 in the subject example The spectra of Recipe A which matched the spectra of the plasma in the chamber 36 at the current time t,, and which has the earliest time associated therewith, is identified as the current status spectra of Recipe A This accounts for the possible, although likely improbable, situation where a spectra at time t, in a given plasma process is substantially the same as a spectra at, for instance, time t 100 in this same plasma process The next spectra obtained for the plasma health subroutine 253, or the spectra at time t 2 in the example, is first compared with this same current status spectra of Recipe A in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 If the current spectra at the current time t 2 still matches this current status spectra of Recipe A, the current status spectra of Recipe A remains unchanged However, if the spectra of the plasma in the chamber 36 from the current plasma recipe being run on product in the chamber 36 at the current time t 2 does not match the current status spectra of Recipe A, the pattern recognition module 370 will look to see if this current spectra matches the spectra of Recipe A which follows (in time) the current status spectra in Recipe A A "match" between the current spectra of the plasma in the processing chamber 36 at the current time t c and the spectra of Recipe A which follows the current status spectra means that the current plasma process is progressing accordingly, and this later in time "matching spectra" in Recipe A is now the current status spectra of Recipe A The foregoing logic will continue to repeated so long as the current plasma process is progressing in accordance with Recipe A of the normal spectra subdirectory 288 This progression dependency requirement may be used regardless of which subdirectory of the plasma spectra directory 284 is being searched by the pattern recognition module 370 Moreover, the logic may be that the current spectra is first checked against the next spectra following (in time) the current status spectra, and then back against the current status spectra only if there is not match for purposes of determining if the process is progressing (e.g., assume progression at the same rate and only look back if necessary). The loop 190 defined by steps 254, 258, 260, 261 , and 278 of the plasma health subroutine 253 will continue to be re-executed until one of two events occurs. One event which will cause the plasma health subroutine 253 to exit the loop 190 is when all of the spectral data on the current plasma process has been evaluated by the subroutine 253 in accordance with the foregoing. That is, the entirety of the current plasma process run in the processing chamber 36 proceeded in accordance with at least one of the plasma processes recorded in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 ("at least one" referring to the fact that more than one entry of a given plasma process may be included in the normal spectra subdirectory 288), or in the subject example Recipe A. Control of the plasma monitoring operations is then transferred from the plasma health subroutine 253 back to, for instance, the startup module 202 of Figure 15 through execution of step 279 of the plasma health subroutine 253. It should be noted that the results of "normal" runs may be recorded in a "normal run" log file. Data such as that presented in Figure 12A may be included in this "normal run" log file and will provide a historical record of the subject plasma process. If data storage space is an issue, the spectral data may be omitted from the historical record although it is desirable to retain this data. Moreover, this historical data need not be stored for access by the current plasma process module 250. For instance, the historical data may be stored on a network associated with the wafer production system 2 or any other data storage area. The plasma health subroutine 253 may also exit the loop 190 (the evaluation of the current spectra at the current time t c in relation to the normal spectra subdirectory 288 of Figure 9) when this current spectra is no longer a "match" with any plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288. This would be the case when at some point in time the current plasma recipe being run on product within the processing chamber 36 was not a "match" with Recipe A of the normal spectra subdirectory 288 in the subject example. The results of the pattern recognition module 370 of Figure 13 provided back to step 260 of the plasma health subroutine 253 in this case would cause the subroutine 253 to proceed from step 260 to step 266. Step 266 of the plasma health subroutine 253 calls the pattern recognition module 370 of Figure 13 to undertake a comparative analysis between the spectra of the plasma in the chamber 36 at the current time t c and the relevant spectra of the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292. This is accomplished by step 266 of the subroutine 253 setting the Target Directory used by the pattern recognition module 370 to the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292. Only the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 is then searched by the pattern recognition module 370 through execution of step 266 to determine if there is a "match" between the current spectra of the plasma in the chamber 36 at the current time t c and the relevant spectra stored in the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292. A number of options exist in relation to which spectra of the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 of Figure 9 are actually compared with the current spectra of the plasma in the processing chamber 36 at the current time t c using the above-described analysis provided by the pattern recognition module 370. Each spectra stored within the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 may and preferably does have a time associated therewith, which is the time into the plasma process in which the spectra was obtained from within the chamber 36 (i.e., its corresponding t c ). The search of the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 for "matches" by the pattern recognition module 370 may be limited to those spectra which were recorded at the same current time t c or within a predetermined amount of time on each side of the subject current time t c (e.g., ±"x" seconds of the subject current time t c ). For example, if the current spectra was obtained 20 seconds into a plasma process being run in the processing chamber 36, the point-by-point analysis embodied by step 386 of the pattern recognition subroutine 374 of Figure 13 may be performed in relation to only those spectra within the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 which were also recorded at the same 20 second time period or within ± 10 seconds (or any other desired amount) of this time period. Another subset of the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 which may be used as a refining search criteria is the plasma process category/genus, or even the plasma process type or species within a plasma process category/genus having multiple types/species of plasma processes (e.g., a specific type of plasma recipe). That is, only those spectra in the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 which are associated with a plasma process which is at least possibly the same as that currently being run on product within the processing chamber 36 will be analyzed by the pattern recognition module 370 using a plasma process criterion. "Potential" matching processes is used in this situation because at the time of the error in the current plasma process, the plasma health module 252 may not have narrowed down the identification of the current plasma process to a single plasma process within the normal spectra subdirectory 288. How the plasma health module 252 may identify a current plasma process being run on product in the processing chamber 36 is addressed below in relation to the plasma health/process recognition subroutines 790, 852, and 924 of Figures 22- 24. The plasma step of a plasma process may also be used as a refining search criterion for which spectra of the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 are analyzed by the pattern recognition module 370. That is, only those spectra in the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 which are associated with a plasma step of a multiple step plasma process which is still possibly a match with a current plasma step being run within the processing chamber 36 will be analyzed by the pattern recognition module 370 in this case. "Potential" is used in relation to matching plasma steps of plasma processes in this situation because at the time of the error in the current plasma process, the plasma health module 252 may not have narrowed down the identification of the current plasma step and process to a single plasma step of a single plasma process within the normal spectra subdirectory 288. How the plasma health module 252 may identify a current plasma step of a current plasma process being run in the processing chamber 36 is through the plasma health/process step recognition subroutine 972 which will be discussed below in relation to Figure 25. Any combination of the foregoing may be used as initial search criteria to initially refine the search of the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292. Finally, no refining search criteria need be used. That is, the search of the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 for "matches" may compare the current spectra at the current time t c with each spectra within the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292, thereby removing both the time element and plasma process category/plasma process type within a given plasma process category/plasma step element as required "initial match" criteria. The pattern recognition module 370 returns control of the plasma monitoring operation back to the plasma health subroutine 253 of Figure 21 after the pattern recognition module 370 has determined whether there is a "match" between the spectra of the plasma in the chamber 36 at the current time t c (from step 254 of the plasma health subroutine 253) and the relevant spectra from the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292. The result ("match" or "no match") of the analysis by the pattern recognition module 370 is provided to step 276 of the plasma health subroutine 253 of Figure 21. If the current spectra of the plasma in the processing chamber 36 at the current time t c was a "match" with at least one spectra in the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292, the plasma health subroutine 253 effectively takes two actions and these actions may be undertaken in any order, including simultaneously. One of these actions is that the plasma health subroutine 253 will proceed to step 274 which calls the process alert module 428 which was discussed above in relation to Figure 14. Generally, alerts may be issued as to the identification of the abnormal condition, control of the wafer production system 2 may be addressed, or both through the process alert module 428. Another action which is taken by the plasma health subroutine 253 in this type of case is to record data of the remainder of the plasma process in an "abnormal run" log file for historical purposes. At a minimum, spectral data is recorded in an "abnormal run" log file through execution of step 264 for the current time t c (the first spectra which did not "match" any relevant plasma process stored in the subdirectory 288, but which did "match" at least one entry in the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292). Proceeding from step 264 to step 265 of the plasma health subroutine 253 of Figure 21 , a determination is made as to the status of the current plasma process. Any termination of the plasma process, or more accurately recordation of data on the remainder of the process, will cause the subroutine 253 to proceed to step 267 where control of the plasma monitoring operations may be returned to, for instance, the startup module 202 of Figure 15 Continuation of the plasma process after the error is identified will cause the subroutine 253 to proceed from step 265 to step 268 where the current time t c is increased by a factor of "n" such that another spectra of the plasma in the chamber 36 can be obtained for the subroutine 253 at this new current time t c through step 272 for recordation in the "abnormal run" log file The magnitude of "n" may be the Preferred Analytical Time Resolution Steps 264, 265, 268, and 272 will continue to be repeated in the described manner to continue to record data in the "abnormal run" log file until the current plasma process is terminated, at which time the subroutine 253 will exit at step 267 as described Circumstances will be encountered where the current spectra of the plasma in the processing chamber 36 at the current time t c will not "match" any plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288, and further where this current spectra will not "match" any relevant spectra stored in the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 This is referred to herein as an "unknown condition " The plasma health subroutine 253 of Figure 21 handles this type of situation by exiting step 276 to where the subroutine 253 effectively takes two actions, and these actions may be undertaken in any order and including simultaneously One of these actions is that the plasma health subroutine 253 will execute step 256 which calls the process alert module 428 discussed above in relation to Figure 14 Generally, alerts may be issued as to the existence of the unknown condition, control of the wafer production system 2 may be addressed, or both through the process alert module 428 Another "action" which is taken by the plasma health subroutine 253 in this type of case is to record data of the remainder of the plasma process in the unknown spectra subdirectory 296 At a minimum, spectral data is recorded in the unknown spectra subdirectory 296 through execution of step 270 for the current time t e (the first spectra which did not "match" any relevant plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288, and which also did not "match" any relevant entry in the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292) Proceeding from step 270 to step 283 of the plasma health subroutine 253, a determination is made if the current I20 plasma process has been terminated (e g , is the plasma "off' in the chamber 36) Any termination of the plasma process will cause the subroutine 253 to proceed to step 281 where control of the plasma monitoring operations may be returned to, for instance, the startup module 202 of Figure 15 Continuation of the plasma process after the unknown condition is encountered will cause the subroutine 253 to proceed from step 283 to step 280 where the current time t c is increased by a factor of "n" (e g , Preferred Data Collection Time Resolution) such that another spectra of the plasma in the chamber 36 can be obtained for the subroutine 253 at this new current time t c through step 282 for recordation in the unknown spectra subdirectory 296 Steps 270, 283, 280, and 282 will continue to be repeated in the described manner until the current plasma process is terminated or until data on the remainder of the process has been recorded in the subdirectory 296, at which time the subroutine 253 will exit at step 281 as described Plasma process runs which are recorded in the unknown spectra subdirectory 296 are typically subsequently analayzed to attempt to identify the cause of the unknown condition as noted above If the unknown condition actually turns out to be a new plasma process, the data recorded in the unknown spectra subdirectory 296 may be transferred to the normal spectra subdirectory 288 New spectral patterns from this new plasma process will then be available to assess further runnings of plasma processes on this same processing chamber 36 If the unknown condition turns out to be an error with an associated cause, some or all of the data from the subject run recorded in the unknown spectra subdirectory 296 may be transferred to the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 At least one new spectral pattern which is representative of the newly identified error condition will then be available to assess further runnings of plasma processes on this same processing chamber 36 through the plasma health module 252 Plasma Health/Process Recognition Subroutine 790 - Figure 22 Another embodiment of a subroutine which may be used by the plasma health module 252 is presented in Figure 22 Not only is the health or condition of the plasma assessed by the subroutine 790 in Figure 22, but the particular plasma process which is being run in the chamber 36 is also identified. That is, the subroutine 790 is able to determine the identify of the plasma process (e.g., to distinguish between different types of plasma recipes, to distinguish between the same plasma recipe run on a production wafer 18 and a qualification wafer 18, etc). Consequently, the subroutine 790 is characterized as a plasma health/process recognition subroutine 790. The plasma health/process recognition subroutine 790 also presents one way in which a current plasma process being run in the subject chamber 36 may be evaluated against multiple plasma processes stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 of Figure 9. These very same principles may be implemented in the plasma health subroutine 253 of Figure 21. A number of prerequisites are addressed before the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 790 actually initiates its analysis of the current plasma process being run in the processing chamber 36. The order in which these steps are executed is not important to the present invention. Initialization of the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 790 includes setting the Target Directory associated with the pattern recognition module 370 of Figure 13 to the normal spectra directory 288 of Figure 9 at step 796 of the subroutine 790. Generally, the pattern recognition module 370 is used by the subroutine 790 to compare the pattern of a "run spectra" (i.e., a spectra of the plasma from the processing chamber 36 during a plasma process being run in the processing chamber 36) with the relevant spectra of the plasma processes stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288. Preparation for the analysis of the current plasma process being run in the chamber 36 by the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 790 also requires execution of step 816 which "calls up" or "flags" the first plasma process in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 which is to be compared with the current plasma process by the subroutine 790. The logic of the subroutine 790 is to compare the current plasma process being run in the processing chamber 36 with only one plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 at a time. That is, the subroutine 790 will first compare the current plasma process with Process A in the normal spectra subdirectory 288. If the current plasma process deviates from Process A, then the subroutine 790 will compare the entirety of the subject current plasma process with Process B in the normal spectra subdirectory 288. Only if the current plasma process deviates from Process B will other plasma processes stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 be compared one at a time with the current plasma process by the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 790. As in the case of the plasma health subroutine 253 discussed above in relation to Figure 21 , the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 790 may be configured to make all plasma processes stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 292 available for comparison with the current plasma process, or the above-noted refining criterion/criteria may be used. The first spectra of the plasma in the processing chamber 36 obtained for the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 790 is through execution of step 794 and which is also part of the initialization of the subroutine 790. This spectra is associated with the time t 0 (hereafter "start time t 0 "), and is stored along with each spectra obtained for the subroutine 790 until its analysis is completed. Any failure to retain the spectra of the current plasma process would not allow the subroutine 790 to use its "one process at a time" comparative logic. Assume that the first plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 292 to be compared with the current plasma process being run in the chamber 36 is Process A. The first step of the subroutine 790 which is repeated for each plasma process evaluated by the subroutine 790 is step 798 where a current time t c variable is introduced, and further where this current time t c is set equal to the starting time t 0 . Comparison of the current plasma process being run in the processing chamber 36 with the data from step 816 is undertaken at step 800 where the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 790 is directed to proceed to the pattern recognition module 370 of Figure 13. An analysis of the spectra of the plasma from the processing chamber 36 at the current time t c is undertaken at step 800 to determine if the pattern of this current spectra is a "match" with the relevant spectra of Process A of the normal spectra subdirectory 288. As discussed above in relation to Figure 13, the "match determination" is effectively a comparison of the patterns of the two noted spectra to determine if the pattern of the current spectra is sufficiently similar to the pattern of the relevant spectra of Process A from the normal spectra subdirectory 288 to be considered a "match" therewith. "Relevance" in terms of which spectra of a given plasma process from the normal spectra subdirectory 288 is compared with the spectra of the plasma in the chamber 36 at the current time t c by the subroutine 790 may be determined in accordance with either the time dependency requirement or the progression dependency requirement discussed above in relation to the plasma health subroutine 253 of Figure 21. The results of the analysis from step 800 are evaluated at step 812 of the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 790. If the spectra of the plasma in the processing chamber 36 associated with the current plasma process at the current time t c is a "match" with the relevant spectra of Process A in the normal spectra subdirectory 288, the subroutine 790 proceeds to step 802 where the results are displayed. For instance, an indication may be provided to operations personnel on the display 130 (Figure 6), or by any of the other methods described above, that the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 790 has determined that the current plasma process being run in the processing chamber 36 corresponds, through the current time t c , with Process A. It may be inaccurate and therefore inadvisable at this point in time to indicate that the plasma process currently being run in the processing chamber 36 is definitively Process A. Specifically, the comparison of the current plasma process with the normal spectra subdirectory 288 up to this time has been limited to Process A. The spectra of the plasma in the chamber 36 up through the current time t c could in fact also "match" the relevant spectra of one or more other plasma processes stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288. However, this has not yet been determined as the logic employed by the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 790 is to evaluate the current plasma process being run in the processing chamber 36 against only a single plasma process in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 at a time. Therefore, at this time all that should be said is that the current plasma process is potentially Process A. The status of the evaluation of the current plasma process is checked at step 806 of the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 790. Execution of step 806 determines if all of the data from the current plasma process has been evaluated by the subroutine 790 (e.g., has all the data obtained up until the plasma goes "off been evaluated). Any continuation of the current plasma process or a failure to have examined all of its optical emissions data will cause the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 790 to proceed to step 804 which causes the current time t c to be adjusted by an increment of "n." The magnitude of "n" defines the Analytical Time Resolution, and preferably the Preferred Analytical Time Resolution is implemented. For instance, if the start time to was set at one second (where the initial spectra reading was obtained for the subroutine 790 at step 794) and the variable "n" was set at two seconds, the current time t c upon exiting step 804 would be 3 seconds. The spectra at this new current time t c from the processing chamber 36 is then obtained for the subroutine 790 at step 808, and the subroutine 790 returns to step 800 where the pattern of this new spectra is compared with the pattern of the relevant spectra of Recipe A to determine if they "match" in accordance with the foregoing. Steps 800, 812, 802, 806, 804, and 808 define a loop 818 which continues to be executed to compare the current plasma process being run in the processing chamber 36 with one of the plasma processes stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 (Process A in the subject example) until one of two conditions exists. One of these conditions is where the current plasma process has been completed and "matched" an entire plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288. In this case, the subroutine will exit from step 806 to step 810. Control of the plasma monitoring operations may be returned by step 810 to, for instance, the startup module 202 of Figure 15. Another condition where the subroutine 790 will exit the loop 818 is when the spectra of the plasma in the processing chamber 36 at the then current time t c does not "match" with the relevant spectra of the plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 currently being used by the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 790 (Process A in the subject example). In this case, the subroutine 790 will exit from step 812 to step 814. Step 814 basically inquires as to whether each plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 has been compared with the current plasma process by the subroutine 790 through the loop 818. If at least one plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 has not yet been used as a comparative standard for the current plasma process after the subroutine 790 has exited the loop 818, the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 790 will proceed from step 814 to step 822 where data on the next plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 is recalled in some manner for use by the subroutine 790. This data on a plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 is recalled for evaluation by the subroutine 790 against the current plasma process from the time ^ through the latest current time t c (i.e. , from the very beginning of this plasma process). That is, the subroutine 790 returns to step 798 from step 822 where the current time t c is returned to the start time t 0 , and the loop 818 of the subroutine 790 is entered to evaluate the current plasma process against the next plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 in the above-described manner. There will be cases where the current plasma process being run in the chamber 36 does not "match" any plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288. In this case the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 790 will exit step 814 and proceed to step 820. The protocol of step 820 generally directs the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 790 to determine if the current plasma recipe has encountered a known error/aberration which is stored in the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292. Therefore, the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 790 may include the portion of the plasma health subroutine 253 of Figure 21 which pertains to the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 and the unknown spectra subdirectory 296 for that matter (i.e., starting with step 266 of the subroutine 253 and including everything thereafter). The spectra of the current plasma process which is compared with the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 in the manner discussed in relation to the plasma health subroutine 253 of Figure 21 would be the spectra following (in time) the spectra of the last current time t c which matched any of the plasma processes stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288. Consider an example in which t 0 is 1 second and "n" is 2 seconds, and further where the current plasma process "matched" with Process A up until time t 39 , the current plasma process "matched" with Process B until time t 61 , and the current plasma process "matched" with Process C until only time t 3 . The spectra from the current plasma process being run in the processing chamber 36 which proceeded the longest time into any of the plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 before any deviation was identified would be the spectra at time t 61 from Process B. Therefore, the spectra at the time t 63 would be that which is compared with the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 in the manner described above in relation to the plasma health subroutine 253 of Figure 21. If the plasma process identified by the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 790 was a plasma recipe stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288, a variation of the subroutine 790 may be implemented which may enhance the speed of the plasma health evaluation. Once the subroutine 790 identifies that the current plasma process being run in the chamber 36 is a plasma recipe (only one of the categories of plasma processes which may be evaluated by the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 790), the logic of the subroutine 790 may be modified such that the subroutine 790 would thereafter at least start its analysis of each subsequent plasma process run in the chamber 36 with that plasma recipe from the normal spectra subdirectory 288 which was previously identified by the subroutine 790. If the "matching" plasma process from the normal spectra subdirectory 288 happened to be the last one which was evaluated against the current plasma process by the subroutine 790, significant plasma health evaluation time could be saved by having it be the first plasma process from the normal spectra subdirectory 288 which is compared with the next plasma process run in the chamber 36. This could be particularly useful when using the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 790 to evaluate plasma recipes run on a cassette 6 of production wafers 18 since the same plasma recipe is typically run on each production wafer 18 from a given cassette 6. The ability of the subroutine 790 to distinguish between the same plasma recipe run on a qualification wafer 18 versus a production wafer 18 provides for further variations along this same line. Assume that the first wafer 18 was actually a production wafer 18 and that the plasma recipe was identified in the first running of this plasma recipe as being for a production wafer 18. Each wafer 18 subsequently processed could first be checked against the plasma recipe run for a production wafer 18 from the normal spectra subdirectory 288, and then against the plasma recipe run for a qualification wafer 18 from the normal spectra subdirectory 288. Plasma Health/Process Recognition Subroutine 852 - Figure 23 The plasma health/process recognition subroutine 790 of Figure 22 may be described as incorporating a "series" logic. That is, the comparison of the current spectra of the plasma in the processing chamber 36 at the current time t c is made in relation to only one plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 at a time. A plasma health/process recognition subroutine which may be used by the process health module 252 and which proceeds with a "parallel" logic is presented in Figure 23. The plasma health/process recognition subroutine 852 of Figure 23 begins at step 854 where the Target Directory for the pattern recognition module 370 of Figure 13 is set to the normal spectra subdirectory 288 (i.e., the search for "matching" spectra will initiate in the normal spectra subdirectory 288). Another preliminary step of the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 852 is at step 856 where a logic operator Flag 2 is set to "T" for each of the plasma processes stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 to be evaluated through the subroutine 852. The order in which steps 854 and 856 are executed is not particularly important in relation to the present invention. Data relating to the current plasma process being run on product in the processing chamber 36 is obtained for the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 852 at step 860. Included in this data is at least a spectra of the plasma within the processing chamber 36 during the execution of a plasma process within the processing chamber 36 at the current time t c which was obtained from the chamber 36 over the Preferred Optical Bandwidth and at the Preferred Data Resolution. Basically, a comparison is thereafter made of the pattern of this current spectra at the current time t c with the relevant spectra of each plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 which has matched the current plasma process being run in the processing chamber 36 up until the now current time t c , and this comparison is made before spectra associated with a later current time t c is compared with these plasma processes stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 Stated another way, the current plasma process is effectively concurrently compared with each plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 which has "matched" the current plasma process being run in the processing chamber 474 up until the current point in time If the current spectra at a current time t c does not match a particular plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288, this plasma process is dropped from the list of possible plasma processes and spectra at new, later in time, current times t c are no longer compared with this plasma process "Relevance" in terms of which spectra of a given plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 is compared with the spectra of the plasma in the chamber 36 at the current time t c by the subroutine 852 may be determined in accordance with either the time dependency requirement or the progression dependency requirement discussed above in relation to the plasma health subroutine 253 of Figure 21 Moreover, as in the case of the plasma health subroutine 253 discussed above in relation to Figure 21, the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 852 of Figure 23 may be configured to make all plasma processes stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 292 available for comparison with the current plasma process, or the subroutine 852 may be configured such that only those certain plasma processes are made available to the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 852 The spectra at the current time t c from step 860 of the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 852 is effectively concurrently compared with each of the relevant plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 the first time through the mam body of the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 852 The logic operator "Flag 2 " associated with each such plasma process has been set to "T" at the previous step 856, so the subroutine 852 will proceed through steps 864 (Process A), 880 (Process B), and 892 (Process "X") to steps 868 (Process A), 884 (Process B), and 892 (Process "X") to where the subroutine 852 is directed to proceed to the pattern recognition module 370 of Figure 13 The pattern recognition module 370 determines if the pattern of the current spectra at the current time t c is a "match" with the relevant spectra of the subject plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 (Process A in the case of step 868, Process B in the case of step 884, and Process "X" in the case of step 896) If the current spectra at the current time t c "matches" the relevant spectra of the subject plasma process, the subroutine 852 proceeds to step 872 where the "clock" of the subroutine 852 is adjusted by increasing the current time t c by a factor of "n" The magnitude of "n"defιnes the Analytical Time Resolution The subroutine 852 then proceeds from step 872 to step 916 where all of the plasma processes from the normal spectra subdirectory 288 which are still a potential "match" for the current plasma process being run in the processing chamber 36 are displayed to the appropriate personnel (e g , on display 132 in Figure 6) Another spectra at this new current time t c is then obtained for the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 852 back at step 860 and the foregoing is repeated so long as the evaluation of the entirety of the current plasma process has not yet been completed by the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 852 as noted in its step 918 When the current plasma process is terminated and all spectral data has been evaluated by the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 852, the subroutine 852 proceeds from step 918 to 920 where control of plasma monitoring operations may be returned to, for instance, the startup module 202 of Figure 15 Some plasma processes stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 being used by the subroutine 852 sooner or later will fail to "match" the current plasma process being run in the processing chamber 36 That is, the pattern recognition module 370 will determine that the pattern of the spectra at the current time t c does not match the relevant spectra of the subject plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 One or more of steps 868, 884, and 896 will then exit in such a manner that the logic operator "Flag 2 "of their respective plasma process will be set to "F" (at step 876 for Process A, at step 888 for Process B, at step 900 for Process "X") Any plasma process in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 having its logic operator "Flag 2 " set to "F" will no longer be compared to the current plasma process being run in the processing chamber 36 by the pattern recognition module 370 through the subroutine 852 Step 868 associated with Process A will be bypassed through step 864 when the logic operator "Flag 2 " for Process A is set to "F", step 884 associated with Process B will be bypassed through step 880 when the logic operator "Flag 2 " for Process B is set to "F", and step 896 associated with Process "X" will be bypassed through step 892 when the logic operator "Flag 2 " for Recipe "X" is set to "F" As long as at least one plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 has "matched" each spectra at each new incremental time t c from step 860, the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 852 will continue via steps 904 and 912 However, if this is not the case, the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 852 will exit from step 904 to step 908 The protocol of step 908 is directed to determining if the current plasma process being run in the processing chamber 36 has encountered a known error/aberration that is stored in the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 Therefore, the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 852 may include the portion of the plasma health subroutine 253 of Figure 21 which pertains to the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 and the unknown spectra subdirectory 296 for that matter (i e , starting with step 266 of the subroutine 253 and including everything thereafter, but not shown) The spectra compared with the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 in step 266 of the plasma health subroutine 253 would be the spectra associated with the last current time t c from step 860 of the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 852 Now consider an example where there are three plasma processes recorded in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 (e g, Process "X" is Process C), where "n" from step 872 is one second, where step 860 was first executed for time t 1 t where a time dependency requirement is being used by the subroutine 852 to define what is the relevant spectra from a given plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288, and where the current plasma process being run in the processing chamber 36 has matched each of Processes A, B, and C through the current time t 10 (i e , steps 868 (Process A), 884 (Process B), and 896 (Process C) have each been executed 10 times) The "clock" of the subroutine 852 is then adjusted at step 872 to t 11 τ the spectra of the plasma in the processing chamber 36 at this new time t„ is obtained for the subroutine 852 at step 860, and the subroutine 852 proceeds to steps 868, 884, and 896 since the logic operator "Flag 2 " associated with each plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 is still "T" (steps 864, 880, and 892 each exit as a "yes" condition) Assume that the current plasma process still matches Processes A and B from the normal spectra subdirectory 288 at the now current time i u , but no longer matches Process C of the subdirectory 288 at the now current time t,., In this case, step 868 for Process A and step 884 for Process B would each still exit "yes" and proceed to step 872 where the clock of the subroutine 852 would be adjusted to t 12 The logic operator "Flag 2 " for Processes A and B would also still be "T", while step 896 for Process C would exit to step 900 where the logic operator "Flag 2 " for Process C would be set to "F" As such, step 916 would indicate that the current plasma process was now only potentially Processes A and B The spectra for the new time t 12 is obtained for the subroutine 852 at step 860 in the subject example, and the subroutine 852 proceeds to the logic operator check for each of the plasma processes stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 The subroutine 852 would continue the comparison of the current plasma process being run in the processing chamber 36 with Processes A and B in the subject example, through steps 864 and 868 for Process A and through steps 880 and 884 for Process B However Process C would no longer be compared with the current plasma process at the current time t 12 since step 892 associated with Process C would bypass its associated comparison step 896, and would instead proceed to step 904 The subroutine 852 would proceed with the comparison of the current plasma process being run in the processing chamber 36 with the normal spectra subdirectory 288 since the logic operator "Flag 2 " for each of Process A and B at step 904 was still "T" at the now current time t 12 based upon the logic from step 904 Now consider that the spectra at the current time t 12 matches the spectra at this same time t 12 for Process A (via step 868), but not for Process B (via step 884). The logic operator "Flag 2 " for Process B would then be set to "F" at step 888. Moreover, the "clock" of the subroutine 852 would be adjusted to t 13 at step 872, and step 916 would indicate that Process A from the normal spectra subdirectory 288 was the only remaining possibility for the current plasma process being run within the processing chamber 36. The spectra for the new current time t 13 is obtained for the subroutine 852 at step 860 in the subject example, and the subroutine 852 proceeds to the logic operator check for each of the plasma processes stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 which are available to the subroutine 852. The subroutine 852 would continue the comparison of the current plasma process being run in the processing chamber 36 only with Process A through its associated steps 864 and 868. Plasma Processes B and C would no longer be compared with the current plasma process since step 880 associated with Process B would bypass its comparison step 884 and direct the subroutine 852 to instead proceed to step 904, and since step 892 associated with Process C would bypass its comparison step 896 and direct the subroutine 852 to proceed to step 904. The subroutine 852 would proceed with the comparison of the current plasma process being run in the processing chamber 36 with the normal spectra subdirectory 288 via step 904 since the logic operator "Flag 2 " for Process A is still "T" at the now current time t 13 . Completion of an entire plasma process which was run in the processing chamber 36 while matching at least one plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 (Process A in the above-noted example) will cause the subroutine 852 to exit from step 918 and proceed to step 920. Control of the plasma monitoring operations may then be returned by step 920 of the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 852 to, for instance, the startup module 202 of Figures 13. Plasma Health/Process Recognition Subroutine 924 - Figure 24 Yet another embodiment of a plasma health subroutine which may be used by the plasma health module 252 is illustrated in Figure 24. The plasma health/process recognition subroutine 924 is generally directed to achieving an increase in the speed of the comparison between the current plasma process being run in the processing chamber 36 and the normal spectra subdirectory 288 by at least initially limiting the search within the subdirectory 288 to a single plasma process of the subdirectory 288 In this regard, personnel are allowed to indicate which plasma process is to be run in the processing chamber 36 For instance, the data entry device 60 for the mam control unit 58 (Figure 1 ) may be used to select a plasma recipe to be run from a list of plasma recipes on the display 130 The startup module 202 could prompt personnel to input the recipe if desired through execution of step 230 of the startup routine 203 of Figure 16 More typically, the recipe to be run on a certain lot of wafers 18 will be input somewhere in the fabrication facility (e g , main control panel), and when the chamber 36 "reads" the lot from this wafer 18, the plasma recipe which was input in association with this lot will be automatically run Once the selection has been made at step 928, the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 924 proceeds to step 932 to confirm that this plasma process is in fact stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 Information in the process genus field 322h (e g , plasma recipe, plasma clean, conditioning wafer) and/or process species type field 322c (e g , a specific plasma recipe) of Figure 12A may be used by step 932 of the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 924 of Figure 24 A spectra of the plasma in the processing chamber 36 at the current time t c is obtained for the subroutine 924 at step 940 if the process selected or input at step 928 was located in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 through execution of step 936 This current spectra is compared with the relevant spectra of the selected plasma process in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 The comparison at step 944 of the recipe recognition subroutine 924 determines if the pattern of the current spectra at the current time t c (from the current plasma process being run in the processing chamber 36) is a "match" with the relevant spectra of the selected plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 "Matches" in accordance with step 944 may be evaluated through the pattern recognition module 370 of Figure 15 "Relevance" in terms of which spectra of the selected plasma process in the normal subdirectory 288 is compared with the spectra of the plasma in the chamber 36 at the current time t c by the pattern recognition module 370 may be determined in accordance with either the time dependency requirement or the progression dependency requirement discussed above in relation to the plasma health subroutine 253 of Figure 21 A number of actions are undertaken if there is a "match" at step 944 of the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 924, and the order of execution of these steps is relatively insignificant in relation to the present invention Initially, the "clock" of the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 924 is adjusted by a factor of "n" (which defines the Analytical Time Resolution) at step 948 to provide a new current time t c Moreover, the identification of the plasma process of the current operation is displayed to appropriate personnel through execution of step 964 (e g , on the display 130 of Figure 6) Finally, step 958 inquires as to whether all of the data of the current plasma process has been evaluated Steps 940, 944, 948, 964, and 958 of the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 924 are repeated so long as the current plasma process being run on product within the processing chamber 36 is a "match" with the selected plasma process from step 928 and until all of the data on the current plasma process has been evaluated by the subroutine 924, in which case control of plasma monitoring operations is transferred to, for instance, the startup module 202 of Figure 15 through execution of step 962 of the subroutine 924 Any failure of the current plasma process to "match" the process from step 928 will cause the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 924 to proceed from step 944 to an options module 952 It should be noted that the options module 952 may also be accessed if the plasma process selected in step 928 is not initially located in the normal spectra subdirectory 299 How the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 924 proceeds in these type of circumstances will likely be determined by the operator of the facility which implements the wafer production system 2 Access to the entirety of the normal spectra subdirectory 288 for comparison against the current plasma process may be implemented by step 960 including protocol to call the plasma health subroutine 253 of Figure 21 , the plasma health/process recognition subroutine [35 790 of Figure 22, or the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 852 of Figure 23 Notification of the deviation of the current plasma process from the process selected in step 928 of the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 924 may be provided through execution of step 956 which calls the process alert module 428 discussed above in relation to Figure 14 and which may also offer one or more protocols in relation to this condition if the process control feature is enabled at step 436 of the process subroutine 432 Other options such as allowing the present plasma process to be terminated (even though it may be a valid plasma process) may also be provided (not shown) A variation of the subroutine 924 relates to the fact that the same plasma recipe is typically run on an entire cassette 6, and that the cassette 6 may have one or more qualification wafers 18 in with the production wafers 18 Even though the same plasma recipe is run on these wafers 18, certain differences between the production wafers 18 and the qualification wafer(s) 18 may produce differences in their respective spectral patterns The logic of the subroutine 924 may be to first compare the current plasma process against the same plasma recipe associated with a production wafer 18 in the normal spectra subdirectory 288, and to compare the current plasma recipe against the same plasma recipe associated with a qualification wafer 18 in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 only if the current plasma recipe does not "look" like a plasma recipe for a production wafer 18 Moreover, entries for both production and qualification wafers of this same plasma recipe could be simultaneously evaluated in the manner presented above in relation to the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 852 of Figure 23 when the plasma recipe is input to the subroutine 924 Plasma Health/Process Step Recognition Subroutine 972 - Figure 25 Another embodiment of a subroutine which may be used by the plasma health module 252 is presented in Figure 25 Not only does the subroutine 972 of Figure 25 monitor or evaluate the health of the plasma from a plasma process being run in the processing chamber 36, but the subroutine 972 is also able to identify the current plasma step of the current plasma process being run in the processing chamber 36 As such, the subroutine 972 is characterized as a plasma health/process step recognition subroutine 972 Two factors are key to providing this plasma step identification function One is that the steps of the subject plasma process actually differ sufficiently in relation to their subject spectra such that they can be distinguished as is the case of the multi-step recipe illustrated in Figures 17A-C above Another is that the identify of the plasma step be associated in some manner with its corresponding spectra, such as through inputting information to the plasma step field 322e discussed above in relation to Figure 12A The plasma health/process step recognition subroutine 972 proceeds with a "parallel" logic and in the same manner as the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 852 of Figure 23 The plasma health/process step recognition subroutine 972 of Figure 25 begins at step 976 where the Target Directory for the pattern recognition module 370 of Figure 13 is set to the normal spectra subdirectory 288 (i e , the search for "matching" spectra will initiate in the normal spectra subdirectory 288) Another preliminary step of the plasma health/process step recognition subroutine 972 is at step 980 where a logic operator Flag 3 is set to "T" for each of the plasma processes stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 The order in which steps 976 and 980 are executed is not particularly important to the present invention Data relating to the current plasma process being run in the processing chamber 36 is obtained for the subroutine 972 at step 984 Included in this data is a spectra of the plasma within the processing chamber 36 during execution of a plasma process being run within the processing chamber 36 at the current time t c Basically, a comparison is thereafter made of the pattern of this current spectra at the current time t c with the pattern of the relevant spectra of each plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 which has matched the current plasma process up until the now current time t c and which has been made available to the subroutine 972 This comparison is made before the pattern of spectra associated with a later in time current time t c is compared with these same processes stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 Stated another way, the current plasma process is effectively concurrently compared with each plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 which has "matched" the current plasma process up until the current point in time and which is made available to the subroutine 972 If at any time the spectra at the current time t c from the current plasma process does not match a particular process in the normal spectra subdirectory 288, this plasma process is dropped from the list of possible plasma processes and spectra at new, later in time, current times t c are no longer compared with this particular plasma process "Relevance" in terms of which spectra of the selected plasma process is compared with the spectra of the plasma in the chamber 36 at the current time t c by the subroutine 972 may be determined in accordance with either the time dependency requirement or the progression dependency requirement discussed above in relation to the plasma health subroutine 253 of Figure 21 Moreover, as in the case of the plasma health subroutine 253 discussed above in relation to Figure 21 , the plasma health/process step recognition subroutine 972 of Figure 25 may be configured to make all plasma processes stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 292 available for comparison with the current plasma process, or the subroutine 972 may be configured such that only those certain of these plasma processes are made available to the subroutine 972 in any of the above-described manners The spectra at the current time t c from step 984 of the plasma health/process step recognition subroutine 972 is effectively concurrently compared with each plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 the first time through the mam body of the subroutine 972 The logic operator "Flag 3 " associated with each plasma process has been set to "T" at the previous step 980, so the subroutine 972 will proceed through steps 988 (Process A), 996 (Process B), and 1004 (Process "X") to steps 992 (Process A), 1000 (Process B), and 1008 (Process "X") to where the subroutine 972 is directed to proceed to the pattern recognition module 370 of Figure 13 The pattern recognition module 370 determines if the pattern of the current spectra at the current time t c is a "match" with the pattern of the relevant spectra of the subject plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 (Process A in the case of step 992, Process B in the case of step 1000, and Process "X" in the case of step 1008) If the pattern of the current spectra at the current time t c "matches" the pattern of the relevant spectra of the subject plasma process from the subdirectory 288, the subroutine 972 proceeds to step 1012 where the clock of the subroutine 972 is adjusted by increasing the current time t c by a factor of "n" The magnitude of "n"defιnes the Analytical Time Resolution (i e , what portion of the collected data is actually analyzed) The subroutine 972 then proceeds from step 1012 to step 1016 where all of the plasma processes from the normal spectra subdirectory 288 which are still a potential "match" for the current plasma process being run in the processing chamber 36 are displayed to the appropriate personnel (e g , on display 130 in Figure 6) Moreover, the specific process step, if any, of each of these potential plasma processes is also displayed at step 1016 Another spectra at the new current time t c is then obtained back at step 984 and the foregoing is repeated so long as the evaluation of the entirety of the current plasma process has not yet been completed by the plasma health/process step recognition subroutine 972 as noted in step 1044 When the plasma process is terminated and all spectral data has been evaluated by the plasma health/process step recognition subroutine 972, the subroutine 972 will proceed from step 1044 to 1048 where control of plasma monitoring operations may be returned to, for instance, the startup module 202 of Figure 15 Some plasma processes in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 sooner or later will fail to "match" the current plasma process being run in the processing chamber 36 That is the pattern recognition module 370 will determine that the pattern of the spectra at the current time t c does not match the pattern of the relevant spectra of the subject plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 One or more of steps 992, 1000, and 1008 will then exit in such a manner that the logic operator "Flag 3 "of their respective plasma process will be set to "F" (at step 1020 for Process A, at step 1024 for Process B, at step 1028 for Process "X") Any plasma process stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 in which its logic operator "Flag 3 " is set to "F" will no longer be compared to the current plasma process by the pattern recognition module 370 Step 992 associated with Process A will be bypassed through step 988 when the logic operator "Flag 3 " for Process A is set to "F", step 1000 associated with Process B will be bypassed through step 996 when the logic operator "Flag 3 " for Process B is set to "F", and step 1008 associated with Process "X" will be bypassed through step 1004 when the logic operator "Flag 3 " for Process "X" is set to "F" As long as at least one plasma process from the normal spectra subdirectory 288 has "matched" each spectra at each new incremental time t c from step 984, the plasma health/process step recognition subroutine 972 will continue via steps 1032 and 1036 However, if this is not the case, the subroutine 972 will proceed from step 1032 to step 1040 The protocol of step 1040 is directed to determining if the current plasma process being run in the processing chamber 36 has encountered a known error/aberration that is stored in the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 Therefore, the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 972 may include the portion of the plasma health subroutine 253 of Figure 21 which pertains to the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 and the unknown spectra subdirectory 296 (i e , starting with step 266 of the subroutine 253 and including everything thereafter) The spectra compared with the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 would then be the spectra associated with the last current time t c from step 984 of the plasma health/process step recognition subroutine 972 Exemplary "Aging Chamber" Spectra - Figures 26A-C The primary purpose of the plasma health module 252 is to monitor the health of the plasma used to execute a plasma process within the chamber 36 As noted above, the running of plasma processes on product in the chamber 36 will eventually start to adversely impact its performance This "aging" chamber condition is often, if not always, reflected by the spectra of the plasma in the chamber 36 during a plasma process How the pattern of the spectra of the plasma may change over time as the chamber 36 "ages" is illustrated in Figures 26A-C Figure 26A presents a spectra 1052 of an exemplary plasma when the processing chamber 36 is in a clean condition and while running a corresponding plasma recipe on product (e g , a "healthy" plasma) Figure 26B presents a spectra 1060 of this same exemplary plasma after a number of plasma recipes have been conducted within the processing chamber 36 and while this same plasma recipe is actually being run on product in the chamber 36 Although the plasma recipes run in the chamber 36 between the times associated with Figure 26A and 26B have started to age the chamber 36, the interior of the chamber 36 has not sufficiently degraded the health of plasma to the point where the chamber 36 needs to be cleaned Finally, Figure 26C presents a spectra 1068 of this same exemplary plasma, during the running of the same plasma recipe on product in the same chamber 36 as presented in Figures 26A-B, and where the running of the previous plasma recipes on product in the processing chamber 36 has further deteriorated the condition of the interior of the processing chamber 36 This spectra 1068 may be selected by the operator of the facility implementing the wafer production system 2 as being indicative of the chamber 36 being in condition for cleaning (e g , "dirty/unhealthy plasma", a "dirty chamber" condition) For instance, if the product processed in the chamber 36 was defective in some manner, and if analysis of the product traced the cause back to the condition of the chamber 36, spectral data from the run associated with this defective product may be selected as being indicative of the subject condition However, it should be appreciated that it may be desirable to have a dirty chamber condition identified before it starts ruining product processed in the chamber 36 That is, it may be desirable to identify a trend which is that the condition of the chamber 36 is degrading and associate this trend with a dirty chamber condition such that product is not lost because of a dirty chamber condition This may be implemented by associating spectral data from runs previous to that where the defective product was produced with a dirty chamber condition (even though the product produced thereby was not yet defective) Each of the spectra 1052, 1060, and 1068 are characterized by a number of peaks 1056, 1064, and 1072, respectively, of varying intensities (plotted along the "y" axis and expressed in "counts" which is reflective of the intensity level) at various wavelengths (plotted along the "x" axis in nanometers) A comparison of the spectra 1052, 1060, and 1068 reveals that their associated patterns are in fact different, including without limitation as follows 1 ) at about the 440 nanometer wavelength region, peak 1056a in the spectra 1052 of Figure 26A has an intensity of about 3,300, peak 1064a in the spectra 1060 of Figure 26B has an intensity of about 3,300, and peak 1072a in the spectra 1068 of Figure 26C has an intensity of about 2,700, 2) at about the 525 nanometer wavelength region, peak 1056b in the spectra 1052 of Figure 26A has an intensity of about 2,800, peak 1064b in the spectra 1060 of Figure 26B has an intensity of about 2,900, and peak 1072b in the spectra 1068 of Figure 26C has an intensity of about 2, 100, 3) at about the 560 nanometer wavelength region, peak 1056d in the spectra 1052 of Figure 26A has an intensity of about 400, peak 1064d in the spectra 1060 of Figure 26B has intensity of about 700, and peak 1072d in the spectra 1068 of Figure 26C has an intensity of about 1 ,200, 4) at about the 595 nanometer wavelength region, peak 1056e in the spectra 1052 of Figure 26A has an intensity of about 2,100, peak 1064e in the spectra 1060 of Figure 26B has intensity of about 2,000, and peak 1072e in the spectra 1068 of Figure 26C has an intensity of about 2,000, and 5) at about the 625 nanometer wavelength region, there is substantially no peak in the spectra 1052 of Figure 26A, although this region has an intensity of about 200 (noise), peak 1064f in the spectra 1060 of Figure 26B has intensity of about 900, and peak 1072f in the spectra 1068 of Figure 26C has an intensity of about 1 ,500 These are but a few examples, as it should be clear that the peaks 1056 of spectra 1052 of Figure 26A, the peaks 1064 of the spectra 1060 of Figure 26B, and the peaks 1072 of the spectra 1068 of Figure 26C differ as to one or more of their respective wavelengths and intensities in a manner which would allow these types of spectra to be used as a basis to determine when to clean the chamber 36 That is, the distmctiveness of the patterns between the spectra 1052, 1060, and 1068 may be utilized to apprise the appropriate personnel of the condition of the processing chamber 36 in relation to cleaning schedules At least two options exist for implementing the spectra in the plasma spectra directory 284 of Figure 9 which are at least deemed indicative of a chamber 36 which is in need of cleaning Spectra of plasma in a dirty chamber condition may be included in the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 of Figure 9 In this case, the plasma health subroutine 253 of Figure 21 , the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 790 of Figure 22, the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 852 of Figure 23, the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 924 of Figure 24, and the plasma health/process step recognition subroutine 972 of Figure 25 would each then include "chamber condition monitoring" capabilities in the manner presented above How one or more spectra which is indicative of a dirty chamber condition may be obtained is as follows Consider the situation where a plasma recipe being run on product in the processing chamber 36 does not "match" any plasma recipe stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288, and further does not "match" any of the known errors/aberrations stored in the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 such as discussed above in relation the plasma health subroutine 253 of Figure 21 The spectra of the plasma from this plasma recipe would then be stored in the unknown spectra subdirectory 296 When spectra from this plasma recipe are subsequently examined and determined to be associated with a dirty chamber condition, at least one of the spectra from this plasma recipe which did not "match" any entry in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 or the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 may be selected as being indicative of the dirty chamber condition This spectra may then be transferred to the abnormal spectra subdirectory 292 such that this spectra will be identified as a known error condition The protocol which may be implemented (either automatically or manually) upon encountering this same condition in subsequent executions of plasma processes in this same chamber 36 may be as set forth above in the discussion of the process alert subroutine 432 of Figure 14 One or more alerts of the dirty chamber condition may also be issued consistent with the above discussion Chamber Condition Module 1084 - Figures 27-29 Another way of implementing spectra indicative of a dirty chamber condition is to include this data in a chamber condition subdirectory 300 and to utilize a chamber condition module 1084 which is separate from the plasma health module 252 One embodiment of a subroutine which may be used to monitor the condition of the chamber 36 through a comparative analysis with the chamber condition subdirectory 300 is illustrated in Figure 27 There are a number of ways in which the chamber condition subroutine 406 of Figure 27 may be implemented to monitor current plasma processes being run in the chamber 36. The loop 190 of the plasma health subroutine 253 of Figure 16 may include protocol in its step 194 to call the chamber condition subroutine 406 of Figure 27. That is, the subroutine 406 may be called by the plasma health subroutine 253 for each execution of step 254 of the subroutine 253 where a current spectra at the current time t c is obtained for the subroutine 253. This same spectra may then be made available to the chamber condition subroutine 406 through execution of step 410 of the subroutine 406. The pattern of this spectra may then compared with the pattern of spectra in the chamber condition subdirectory 300 at step 412 (step 408 of the subroutine 406 sets the Target Directory for the pattern recognition module 370 of Figure 13 to the chamber condition subdirectory 300). More specifically, step 412 of the chamber condition subroutine 406 directs the subroutine 406 to go to the pattern recognition module 370 of Figure 13. If the pattern of the spectra of the plasma in the processing chamber 36 at the then current time t c does not "match" the pattern of any spectra in the chamber condition subdirectory 300, the chamber condition subroutine 406 will proceed from step 414 to step 416. Control is then returned to the loop 190 of the plasma health subroutine 253 of Figure 21 where the "clock" is adjusted by an increment of "n" at its step 278. Another spectra is then obtained for the chamber condition subroutine 406 at this new current time t c when step 194 of the loop 190 from the plasma health subroutine 253 of Figure 21 is again encountered, which calls the chamber condition subroutine 406 of Figure 27 for a repetition of the above-described analysis. Any of the subroutines 790, 852, 924, and 972 for providing plasma health evaluations may include this type of feature (not shown). The chamber condition subroutine 406 of Figure 27 will continue to execute in the above-noted manner until one of two conditions is met. The first is when plasma monitoring operations are terminated through the plasma health subroutine 253 of Figure 21 , such as when all of the data on the current plasma process has been evaluated and the plasma processing operations have been terminated. The second condition which will cause the termination of the chamber condition subroutine 406 in the above-described manner is when the pattern recognition module 370 indicates that there is a match between the spectra of the plasma in the processing chamber 36 at the then current time t c and at least one spectra in the chamber condition subdirectory 300. In this case the subroutine 406 will proceed from step 414 to step 418 where the chamber condition subroutine 406 of Figure 44 transfers control to the process alert module 428 where any of the actions described above in relation to a dirty chamber condition may be initiated. The chamber condition subroutine 406 may be run in parallel with the plasma health module 252 each time the plasma health module 252 is accessed (e.g., by having step 236 of the startup routine 203 also include protocol to call the chamber condition subroutine 406). In this case, an additional step of adjusting the clock would have to be included, as well as a loop defined by this step as well as steps 410, 412, and 414 in a manner similar to the other subroutines presented herein. There are ways of determining when the interior of the processing chamber 36 is in condition for cleaning other than comparing a pattern of a current spectra of the plasma in the chamber 36 against the pattern of a spectra which has been previously associated with a dirty chamber condition. One such way is implemented by the chamber condition subroutine 1088 presented in Figure 28. The premise employed by the chamber condition subroutine 1088 is that the interior of the processing chamber 36 has degraded to the point where a cleaning operation should be employed when the time required to complete any plasma step of a multiple step plasma process takes longer than a time limit previously established for the plasma step. The time required to complete a plasma step may increase as the condition of the interior of the processing chamber 36 degrades. As an example, a given plasma step may take 30 seconds to achieve its desired/predetermined end result in a "clean" processing chamber 36, may take 50 seconds in a chamber 36 which is at an intermediate time in relation to a "cleaning" cycle, and may take in excess of 70 seconds under dirty chamber conditions. In some cases the processing chamber 36 may actually degrade to the point where the result of the plasma step may never be realized Therefore, the chamber condition subroutine 1088 assumes that when a given plasma step takes longer than its associated time limit, the associated cause is the existence of a dirty chamber condition Since the chamber condition subroutine 1088 needs to "know" the identify of both the plasma process and the process step to execute its analysis, the chamber condition subroutine 1088 may be integrated in some manner with the operation of any one or more of the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 790 of Figure 22, the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 852 of Figure 23, or the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 924 of Figure 24 (e g , by being incorporated therein, by being called simultaneously therewith) In each of these cases, once the identity of the plasma process is determined, one will know each of the particular plasma steps which are included in this plasma process In addition, the chamber condition subroutine 1088 may also be integrated in some manner with the plasma health/process step recognition subroutine 972 of Figure 25 which identifies the current plasma step being executed in the chamber 36 Referring to Figure 28, a maximum time limit for each plasma step, if any, of the plasma process to be run in the chamber 36 should be obtained by the chamber condition subroutine 1088 at its step 1092 Personnel may manually input the maximum time limit for the subject plasma step(s) of the plasma process with the data entry device 132 for purposes of step 1092 of the chamber condition subroutine 1088 A more preferred approach is to include these time limits in the maximum total process step time field 322f for the mam data entry 350 of the plasma process as stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 (Figure 12A) The maximum time limit may be empirically determined and input to the subject maximum total process step time field 322f Alternatively, the limits referred to in step 1092 may simply coincide with a time in which the operator of the fabrication facility employing the wafer production system 2 has determined is necessary to maintain a desired production rate, which would then be input to the subject maximum total process step time field 322f Information for step 1092 of the chamber condition subroutine 1088 may then be automatically retrieved from the corresponding maximum total process step time field 322f of Figure 12A which is associated with the current plasma process step being run in the chamber 36 The amount of time required to complete each plasma step of the current plasma process being run in the processing chamber 36 is monitored at step 1096 of the chamber condition subroutine 1088 A process step clock (not shown) is started once the subject plasma step is initiated and will not stop until the termination of this plasma step Step 1096 may utilize the endpoint detection module 1200 to be discussed below in relation to Figures 52-58 to identify the endpoint of the current plasma step A comparison is made at step 1 100 of the chamber condition subroutine 1088 between the time spent on the current plasma step from step 1096 and its associated maximum time limit from step 1092 So long as this limit has not yet been exceeded, the chamber condition subroutine 1088 will proceed to step 1 108 where a determination is made as to whether the current plasma process has been terminated Any continuation of the plasma process will allow the chamber condition subroutine 1088 to continue its analysis through execution of steps 1096 and 1 100 as described When the plasma process is terminated, however, the subroutine 1088 will proceed from step 1 108 to step 1 112 where control of plasma monitoring operations may be returned to, for instance, the startup module 202 of Figure 15 The chamber condition subroutine 1088 will continue to execute in the above-noted manner unless the time spent on the current plasma process step exceeds its corresponding maximum time limit In this case the chamber condition subroutine 1088 will proceed from step 1 100 to step 1 104 where the process alert module 428 of Figure 14 is called for a dirty chamber condition, and where the above-noted types of actions may then be undertaken If the process alert module 428 of Figure 14 is configured to return control to the module which called the module 428, the chamber condition subroutine 1088 may include a step after step 1 104 to return control of plasma monitoring operations to, for instance, the startup module 202 of Figure 15 Another way of determining when the interior of the processing chamber 36 is in condition for cleaning is embodied by the chamber condition subroutine 1 120 presented in Figure 29 and which may be implemented in the same way as the chamber condition subroutine 1088 described above in relation to Figure 28 The premise employed by the chamber condition subroutine 1120 is that the interior of the processing chamber 36 has degraded to the point where a cleaning operation should be employed when the time required to complete an entire plasma process (all of the plasma steps) takes longer than a time limit previously established for completing the plasma process The time required to complete an entire plasma process may increase as the condition of the interior of the processing chamber 36 degrades, such as by the formation of deposits on its interior surfaces As an example, a given plasma process may take 180 seconds to achieve its desired/predetermined result in a "clean" processing chamber 36, may take 220 seconds in a chamber 36 which is at an intermediate time in relation to a "cleaning" cycle, and may take in excess of 300 seconds when in a dirty chamber condition In some cases the processing chamber 36 may actually degrade to the point where the desired end result of the plasma process may never be realized Therefore, the chamber condition subroutine 1120 assumes that when a given plasma process takes longer than its associated time limit, the associated cause is the existence of a dirty chamber condition Since the chamber condition subroutine 1120 needs to "know" the identify of plasma process to execute its analysis, the chamber condition subroutine 1120 may be integrated in some manner with the operation of any one or more plasma health/process recognition subroutine 790 of Figure 22, the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 852 of Figure 23, or the plasma health/process recognition subroutine 924 of Figure 24 (e g , by being incorporated therein, by being called simultaneously therewith) In addition, the chamber condition subroutine 1088 may also be integrated in some manner with the plasma health/process step recognition subroutine 972 of Figure 25 which also identifies the current plasma process being executed in the chamber 36, as well as the individual process step Referring to Figure 29, a maximum time limit for the plasma process to be run in the chamber 36 is input to the chamber condition subroutine 1120 at its step 1124 Personnel may manually input the maximum time limit for the subject plasma process with the data entry device 132 for purposes of step 1124 of the chamber condition subroutine 1120 A more preferred approach is to include this time limit in the maximum total process time field 322g for the mam data entry 350 of the subject plasma process as stored in the normal spectra subdirectory 288 The maximum time period may be empirically determined and input to the subject maximum total recipe time field 322g Alternatively, the limit referred to in step 1124 may simply coincide with a time in which the operator of the fabrication facility employing the wafer production system 2 has determined is necessary to maintain a desired production rate, which would then be input to the subject maximum total recipe time field 322g Information for step 1124 may then be automatically retrieved from the corresponding maximum total process time field 322g of Figure 12A which is associated with the current plasma process being run in the chamber 36 The amount of time required to complete the current plasma process being run in the processing chamber 36 is monitored at step 1128 of the chamber condition subroutine 1120 A recipe clock (not shown) is started once the plasma process is initiated (e g , when the plasma comes "on" in the chamber 36) and will not stop until the plasma process is terminated (e g , when the plasma goes "off' in the chamber 36) Step 1128 may also utilize the endpoint detection module 1200 to be discussed below in relation to Figures 52- 58 A comparison is made at step 1132 of the chamber condition subroutine 1120 between the time spent on the current plasma process from step 1128 and its associated maximum time limit from step 1124 So long as this limit has not yet been exceeded, the chamber condition subroutine 1120 will proceed to step 1140 where a determination is made as to whether the current plasma process has been terminated Any continuation of the plasma process will allow the chamber condition subroutine 1120 to continue its analysis through execution of steps 1128 and 1132 in the described manner When the plasma process is terminated, however, the subroutine 1120 will proceed from step 1140 to step 1144 where control of plasma monitoring operations may be returned to, for instance, the startup module 202 of Figure 15 The chamber condition subroutine 1120 will continue to execute in the above-noted manner unless the time spent on the current plasma process exceeds its corresponding maximum time limit In this case the chamber condition subroutine 1120 will proceed from step 1132 to step 1136 where the process alert module 428 of Figure 14 is called based upon a dirty chamber condition, and where the above-noted actions may be undertaken If the process alert module 428 of Figure 14 is configured to return control to the module which called the module 428, the chamber condition subroutine 1120 may include a step after step 1136 to return control of plasma monitoring operations to, for instance, the startup module 202 of Figure 15 Exemplary Spectra of Cleaning Procedure - Figures 30A-D Some time after a "dirty chamber condition" has been identified in any of the above-noted manners, the chamber 36 will undergo a cleaning operation of some type Figures 30A-D illustrate the differences in the spectral patterns of the plasma in the chamber 36 at various stages to illustrate how the current plasma process module 250 not only can evaluate the health of the subject plasma process, but how it can distinguish between different types of plasma processes through spectral analysis Figure 30A is an exemplary spectra of a plasma recipe being conducted in a processing chamber 36 which has been determined to be in need of a cleaning operation Compare this spectra 1440 of Figure 30A with the spectra 1450 of Figure 30D which is this same plasma recipe in this same processing chamber 36, but when in a clean condition and after a conditioning wafer operation has been completed to prepare the chamber 36 for processing production wafers 18 Note the different intensities of the peaks in these two spectras 1440 and 1450 at the various wavelengths There are two strong peaks around the 550 nanometer wavelength region in the spectra 1440 of Figure 30A, compared to only one strong peak in this wavelength region of the spectra 1450 of Figure 30D Also note the existence of a strong peak in the spectra 1440 of Figure 30A at about the 625 nanometer wavelength region, compared with no strong peak in the spectra 1450 of Figure 30D These differences can be readily identified to in turn identify when the processing chamber 36 should be cleaned in at least some manner The cleaning protocol illustrated in Figure 30 starts with a wet clean where the chamber 36 is vented and opened such that interior surfaces of the chamber 36 may be wiped with one or more appropriate solvents. A plasma cleaning operation may have been previously run in the chamber 36, but may have been unable to adequately address the condition of the interior of the chamber 36 to the desired degree. After the wet clean, the chamber 36 is resealed and a plasma is introduced into the chamber 36 with no product therein. The spectra 1444 of Figure 30B is of an exemplary plasma within the processing chamber 36 with no product therein at the start of such a plasma cleaning operation. Compare this spectra 1444 from Figure 30B with the spectra 1448 of Figure 30C which is this same plasma in this same processing chamber 36, but after all of the residuals from the wet clean have been removed by the plasma clean. Note the different intensities of the peaks in these two spectras 1444 and 1448 at the various wavelengths, particularly between the 650 and 750 nanometer wavelength region where the spectra 1444 Figure 30B has two substantial peaks and where the intensity of these same peaks are significantly reduced in the spectra 1448 of Figure 30C. Finally, compare the spectra 1448 at the end of plasma clean and the spectra 1450 at the end of a conditioning wafer operation. The spectra 1448 of Figure 30C is of an exemplary plasma within the processing chamber 36 at the end of a plasma clean of the chamber 36 which has appropriately addressed the residuals of the wet clean. Compare this spectra 1448 from Figure 30C with the spectra 1450 of Figure 30D which is this same plasma in this same processing chamber 36, but after a number of conditioning wafers have been processed in the chamber 36. Note the different intensities of the peaks in these two spectras 1448 and 1450 at the various wavelengths, particularly between the 650 and 750 nanometer wavelength region where the spectra 1448 of Figure 30C has two peaks and where the spectra 1450 of Figure 30D has no peaks in this region. Plasma Monitoring Assembly 500 - Figures 31-36 Degradation of the interior of the processing chamber 36 from plasma processes run therein also degrades the inner surface 40 of the window 38 on the chamber 36 which is exposed to the plasma (the outer surface 42 being isolated from the plasma, and thereby not affected by the plasma) Recall that data for the current plasma process module 250 in the nature of optical emissions of the plasma in the chamber 38 is obtained through the window 38 Therefore, as the window 38 degrades, so to may the reliability of the results of the current plasma process module 250 An embodiment which addresses this condition, as well as other conditions which may adversely impact the reliability of the results provided by the current plasma process module 250, is presented in Figure 31 in the nature of the plasma monitoring assembly 500 The plasma monitoring assembly 500 of Figure 31 includes all of the features discussed above in relation to the plasma monitoring assembly 174 of Figure 6 In this regard, the plasma monitoring assembly 500 includes a plasma monitoring module 560 (Figures 31-32), which includes all of the same modules as identified above in relation to the plasma monitoring module 200 of Figure 7 and which is part of the PMCU 128' (e g , the same current plasma process module 250 and all of its sub-modules) Moreover, the spectrometer assembly 506 and CCD array 548 are also the same in relation to the similarly identified components of the plasma monitoring assembly 174 of Figure 6 Increases in the accuracy of the evaluation of plasma processes by the current plasma process module 250 are available by obtaining the data for the module 250 through the plasma monitoring assembly 500 because of its calibration capabilities Specifically, the plasma monitoring assembly 500, and more specifically its plasma monitoring module 560, includes a window monitoring or calibration assembly 552 which includes a window monitoring or calibration module 562 which is also part of the plasma monitoring module 560 as illustrated in Figure 32 The PMCU 128' is therefore the same as presented above in relation to the plasma monitoring assembly 174 of Figure 6, except that it includes this additional feature in relation to the calibration module 562 As such, the "prime" designation is utilized in relation to the PMCU 128 of Figure 31 The calibration assembly 552 provides certain advantages for the plasma monitoring assembly 500 of Figure 31 over the plasma monitoring assembly 174 of Figure 6 The calibration assembly 552 of Figure 31 provides two main functions One of these functions is to calibrate the current plasma process module 250 (Figures 7 and 32) for any wavelength shift of the spectra of the plasma within the processing chamber 36. Wavelength shifts may be attributed to the spectrometer assembly 506, but may also exist for other reasons. Another function provided by the calibration assembly 552 of Figure 31 is to calibrate the current plasma process module 250 for any intensity shift of the spectra of the plasma within the processing chamber 36. Intensity shifts may be due to an "aging" of the window 38 on the chamber 36 through which optical emissions are obtained, but may also be due to other conditions. Since the window 478 in Figure 31 has a different configuration than the window 38 presented in Figure 6, a different reference numeral is used not only for the window, but for the processing chamber as well. Therefore, the processing chamber of Figure 31 identified by the reference number 474 may be used in place of one or more of the chambers 36 presented in Figure 1. The calibration assembly 552 of Figure 31 includes a calibration light source 556 which is operatively interfaced with the window 478 of the processing chamber 474 by a fiber optic cable assembly 504. In one embodiment this calibration light 556 source actually has a first calibration light source 556a and a second calibration light source 556b. The first calibration light source 556a uses a first type of light to identify wavelength shifts associated with the plasma monitoring assembly 500. Intensity shifts are identified through the second calibration light source 556b which uses a second type of light which is different than the first type of light. Benefits associated with the use of two different types of light for identifying wavelength and intensity shifts, respectively, will be addressed in relation to the calibration module 562 and Figures 40-48. Although not preferred, the same type of light could be used to identify both intensity and wavelength shifts (e.g., light having a plurality of discrete intensity peaks). The fiber optic cable assembly 504 also operatively interfaces the window 478 with the spectrometer assembly 506 such that the window monitoring assembly 552 is able to directly monitor the condition of the window 478. Generally, a calibration light is directed to the window 478 from the calibration light source 556 through the fiber optic cable assembly 504, preferably when there is no plasma within the processing chamber 474. As such, operation of the calibration assembly 552 is not dependent in any manner on the plasma within the chamber and its data is in fact independent of any data relating to the plasma A portion of the calibration light is reflected by the window 478 and is directed by the fiber optic cable assembly 504 to the spectrometer assembly 506 The spectrometer assembly 506 of Figure 31 preferably is of the solid- state type, and in one embodiment includes three individual solid state spectrometers 516a-c, each of which analyzes a different wavelength region and as illustrated in Figure 33 In this case, the spectrometer 516a may analyze the 246 nanometer to 570 nanometer region, the spectrometer 516b may analyze the 535 nanometer to 815 nanometer region, and the spectrometer 516c may analyze the 785 nanometer to 1014 nanometer region The overlap between these individual spectrometers 516 once again facilitates alignment of the three spectral segments and reduces the potential for losing optical emissions data at the transition zones Each of these spectrometers 516 are interconnected in effectively parallel relation by the fiber optic cable assembly 504 which is illustrated in more detail in Figure 34 The fiber optic cable assembly 504 of Figure 34 includes three inner cables 508 surrounded by six outer cables 512 Light from the calibration light source 556 is directed to the window 478 through the outer cables 512 during calibration operations to be discussed below in relation to the calibration module 562 of Figures 40-48, while light reflected by the window 478 (as well as light from within the chamber 474 during the running of plasma processes within the chamber 474 for that matter, at which time the calibration assembly 552 is not activated or running) is directed to the spectrometer assembly 506 through the inner cables 508 of the fiber optic cable assembly 504 One inner cable 508 of the fiber optic cable assembly 504 is directed to each of the spectrometers 516 of the spectrometer assembly 506 as illustrated in Figure 33 This data received by the spectrometer assembly 506 from the calibration light source 556 is directly from the inner surface 482 of the window 474, and therefore it is proper to characterize the calibration assembly 552 as directly monitoring the condition of the inner surface of the window 478 One function of the calibration assembly 552 is to determine the effect, if any, that the inner surface 482 of the window 478 is having on the light being emitted from the processing chamber 474 during plasma processes since this light is used by the current plasma process module 250. The calibration assembly 552 also addresses the presence of the outer surface 486 of the window 478. As can be seen in Figure 31 and in Figure 35, the outer surface 486 and inner surface 482 of the window 478 are disposed in a non-parallel relationship. Stated another way and as illustrated in both Figures 31 and 35, the inner surface 482 of the window 478 is disposed at least substantially perpendicular to a reference axis 490 which coincides with the primary axis of the light from the calibration light source 556 as it is directed toward the window 478, whereas the outer surface 486 of the window 478 is disposed in non- perpendicular relation to this reference axis 490. In one embodiment, the angle between the reference axis 490 and the outer surface 486 of the window 478 is within the range of about 2° to about 45°, and in another embodiment this angle is less than the critical angle. This relative positioning of the inner surface 482 and outer surface 486 of the window 478 has the effect of having that portion of the calibration light, which is reflected by the outer surface 486 of the window 478, be directed away from the axis 490 and thereby away from the inner cables 508 of the fiber optic cable assembly 504 which lead to the spectrometer assembly 506. Therefore, when a calibration light is sent from the calibration light source 556 to the window 478 through the outer cables 512 of the fiber optic cable assembly 504, the only significant portion of light which the inner cables 508 of the fiber optic cable assembly 504 "sees" is the light which is reflected by the inner surface 482 of the window 478 - not from the outer surface 486 of the window 478. The inner surface 482 of the window 478 is that which is affected by conducting plasma processes within the processing chamber 474, and which thereby affects the light which is emitted from the processing chamber 474 through the window 478. Therefore, the light received by the spectrometer assembly 506 during calibration operations by the window monitoring assembly 552 presents a more accurate depiction of the condition of the inner surface 482 of the window 486. Further enhancement may be realized by incorporating a broad band anti-reflection coating (e.g., of multiple-layer or laminated construction) on the outer surface 486 of the window 478 at least in that region where the calibration light impacts the outer surface 486. These types of coatings increase the amount of the calibration light which passes through the outer surface 486 of the window 478 to the inner surface 482 by reducing the amount of the calibration light which is reflected by the outer surface 486. Maintaining a proper relative positioning between the fiber optic cable assembly 504 and the window 478 on the chamber 474 is important to the operation of not only the calibration module 562, but the current plasma process module 250 as well. One way of interconnecting the fiber optic cable assembly 504 and the window 478 is illustrated in Figure 36 in the nature of a fixture assembly 1534. The fixture assembly 1534 includes a window fixture 1538 which securely retains the window 478 and allows for detachable interconnection of the same with the processing chamber 474 (e.g, via one or more threaded fasteners). A cavity or recess 1542 exists within an interior portion of the window fixture 1538 and interfaces with the outer surface 486 of the window 478. Surfaces of the window fixture 1538 which define the recess 1542 are black anodized so as to absorb any portion of the calibration light from the calibration light source 506 which is reflected by the outer surface 486 of the window 478 during calibration operations. Light absorbing coatings could also be utilized to provide this function. The fixture assembly 1534 also includes a fiber fixture 1546 which is appropriately interconnected (e.g., detachably) with the window fixture 1538 (e.g., via one or more threaded fasteners). The recess 1542 in the window fixture 1538 is thereby a closed space in the assembled condition via the outer surface 486 of the window 478 and a portion of the back side of the fiber fixture 1546. Appropriate treatment of the portion of the fiber fixture 1546 which closes the recess 1542 may also be implemented to reduce the potential for that portion of the calibration light which is reflected by the outer surface 486 of the window 478 interfering with that portion of the calibration light which is reflected by the inner surface 482 of the window 478 and provided to the spectrometer assembly 506 via the fiber optic cable assembly 504. The fiber optic cable assembly 504 is removably or detachably interconnected with the fiber fixture 1546 by a fiber fixture coupling 1554 on the fiber fixture 1546 and a cable coupling 1558 on an end of the fiber optic cable assembly 504 which houses both the inner cables 508 and the outer cables 512 (Figure 34) The ends of the inner cables 508 and outer cables 512 project toward the outer surface 486 of the window 478 in axial alignment with a port 1550 which extends through the fiber fixture 1546 to intersect the recess 1542 in the window fixture 1538 Therefore, calibration light from the calibration light source 556 is directed through the outer cables 512, through the port 1550 in the fiber fixture 1546, through the recess 1542 in the window fixture 1538, and to the outer surface 486 of the window 478 Calibration light which is reflected by the inner surface 482 of the window 478 travels through the recess 1542 in the window fixture 1538, through the port 1550 in the fiber fixture 1546, into the inner cables 508 of the fiber optic cable assembly 504, and to the spectrometer assembly 506 The particular manner in which calibration operations are undertaken using the foregoing arrangement is addressed in relation to the calibration module 562 of Figures 40-48 Plasma Monitoring Assembly 700 - Figures 37-39 Another embodiment of a plasma monitoring assembly which also reduces the potential for that portion of the calibration light which is reflected by the outer surface of the window interfering with that portion of the calibration light which is reflected by the inner surface of the window and provided to the calibration module 562 (Figure 32) is illustrated in Figure 37 This embodiment may be used in place of the plasma monitoring assembly 500 of Figure 31 although the configuration presented in Figure 31 is more preferred The plasma monitoring assembly 700 of Figure 37 generally includes a calibration assembly 726, the calibration module 562 (Figure 32) which is part of the PMCU 128' (Figure 1 and 32), and the plasma monitoring module 560 (Figures 32 and 37) The spectrometer assembly 712, CCD array 716, and calibration light source 728 are the same in relation to the similarly identified components of the Figure 31 embodiment Consequently, the plasma monitoring assembly 700 of Figure 37 differs from the plasma monitoring assembly 500 of Figure 31 principally in relation to the optical arrangement of the calibrating componentry One function of the calibration assembly 726 is to determine the effect, if any, that the inner surface 40 of the window 38 is having on the light being emitted from the processing chamber 36 The calibration assembly 726 also addresses the presence of the outer surface 42 of the window 38 As illustrated in Figures 37-38, the window 38 on the processing chamber 36 includes an inner surface 40 and outer surface 42 which are disposed in substantially parallel relation (as illustrated in Figures 1 and 6) In order to reduce the effects that light reflected by the outer surface 42 will have on the calibration module 562, the calibration assembly 726 uses a fiber optic cable 704 to operatively interface the calibration light source 728 and the window 38, and another fiber optic cable 708 to operatively interface the window 38 and the spectrometer assembly 712 The fiber optic cable 704 is disposed to have light from the calibration light source 728 impact the outer surface 42 of the window 38 at an angle other than perpendicular, and the fiber optic cable 708 is disposed to receive only that portion of the calibration light which is reflected by the inner surface 40 of the window 38 and not any light which is reflected by the outer surface 42 of the window 38 This is illustrated in Figure 38 where the axis 732 corresponds with the orientation of the light from the calibration light source 728 as it impacts the window 38, where the axis 736 corresponds with that portion of the calibration light which will be reflected by the outer surface 42 of the window 38, and where the axis 740 corresponds with that portion of the calibration light which will be reflected by the inner surface 40 of the window 38 (refraction not being shown) In one embodiment, the angle α between the axis 732 and the outer surface 42 of the window 38 ranges from about 10° to about 70°, the angle θ between the axis 740 and the inner surface 40 of the window 38 ranges from about 10° to about 70°, and the axes 736 and 740 are offset by an amount ranging from about 2 mm to about 20mm The above-noted relative positioning of the inner surface 40 of the window 38, the outer surface 42 of the window 38, the fiber optic cable 704, and the fiber optic cable 708 has the effect of having that portion of the calibration light, which is reflected by the outer surface 42 of the window 38, be reflected in a manner so as to not enter the fiber optic cable 708 Therefore, when a calibration light is sent from the calibration light source 728 to the window 38 through the fiber optic cable 704, the only significant portion of light which the fiber optic cable 708 "sees" is the light which is reflected by the inner surface 40 of the window 38 - not light from the outer surface 42 of the window 38 The inner surface 40 of the window 38 is that which is affected by conducting plasma processes within the processing chamber 36, and which thereby affects the light which is emitted from the processing chamber 36 through the window 38 Therefore, the light received by the spectrometer assembly 712 during calibration operations by the window monitoring assembly 700 presents a more accurate depiction of the condition of the inner surface 40 of the window 36 Further enhancement of the arrangement presented in Figure 37 may be realized by incorporating a broad band anti-reflection coating (e g , of multiple- layer or laminated construction) on the outer surface 42 of the window 38 at least in that region where the calibration light impacts the outer surface 42 These types of coatings increase the amount of the calibration light which passes through the outer surface 42 of the window 38 to the inner surface 40 by reducing the amount of the calibration light which is reflected by the outer surface 42 In fact, the embodiment presented in Figure 31 could be used with the type of window presented in the Figure 37 embodiment where the above- noted coating is included on the window 38 and with the ends of the fiber optic cable assembly 504 projecting toward the window 38 to form at least a substantially perpendicular angle relative to both the outer surface 42 and the inner surface 40 This arrangement is less preferable in that notwithstanding the presence of an anti-reflection coating on the outer surface 42 of the window 38, some portion of the calibration light will still be reflected back toward the inner cables 508 of the fiber optic cable assembly 504 in this variation (not shown) There will thereby be some interference with that portion of the calibration light which is reflected by the inner surface 40 of the window 38 back to the inner cables 508 Maintaining a proper relative positioning between the fiber optic cable 704, the fiber optic cable 708, and the window 38 on the chamber 36 with the Figure 37 embodiment is important to the operation of not only the calibration module 562, but the current plasma process module 250 as well. One way of interconnecting the foregoing is illustrated in Figure 39 in the nature of a fixture assembly 1564. The fixture assembly 1564 includes a window fixture 1568 which securely retains the window 38 and allows for interconnection of the same with the processing chamber 36 (e.g, via one or more threaded fasteners). A cavity or recess 1572 exists within an interior portion of the window fixture 1568 and interfaces with the outer surface 42 of the window 38. The fixture assembly 1564 also includes a fiber fixture 1576 which is appropriately interconnected with the window fixture 1568 (e.g., via one or more threaded fasteners). The recess 1572 in the window fixture 1568 is thereby a closed space in the assembled condition via the outer surface 42 of the window 38 and a portion of the back side of the fiber fixture 1576. Each of the fiber optic cables 704 and 708 are removably interconnected with the fiber fixture 1576. A fiber fixture coupling 1580b on the fiber fixture 1576 is disposed in the proper orientation for establishing an appropriate interconnection with the fiber optic cable 704 from the calibration light source 704, while a fiber fixture coupling 1580a on the fiber fixture 1576 is disposed in the proper orientation for establishing an appropriate interconnection with the fiber optic cable 708 leading to the spectrometer assembly 712. The ends of the fiber optic cables 704 and 708 project toward the outer surface 42 of the window 38 at the proper angle and in axial alignment with a port 1584a and 1584b, respectively. The ports 1584a and 1584b each extend through the fiber fixture 1576 to intersect the recess 1572 in the window fixture 1568. Therefore, calibration light from the calibration light source 728 is directed through the fiber optic cable 704, through the port 1584b in the fiber fixture 1576, through the recess 1572 in the window fixture 1568, and to the outer surface 42 of the window 478. Calibration light which is reflected by the inner surface 40 of the window 38 travels through the recess 1572 in the window fixture 1568, through the port 1584a in the fiber fixture 1576, into the fiber optic cable 708, and to the spectrometer assembly 712. The particular manner in which calibration operations are undertaken using the foregoing arrangement is addressed in relation to the calibration module 562 of Figures 40-48 Another embodiment of a device for interconnecting a fiber optic cable end 1587 (e g , of fiber optic cable assembly 504, of fiber optic cable 704, of fiber optic cable 708, or an adapter for interfacing with the same) is presented in Figure 61 in the form of a fixture assembly 1586 The fixture assembly 1586 generally includes a housing 1588 which may be appropriately interconnected with the processing chamber 36 so that an aperture 1598 of the housing 1588 is aligned with the window 38 on the chamber 36 to at least a degree (i e , to allow for the passage of light to the fiber optic cable end 1587 An appropriate seal ring 1592 may be disposed within and become part of this interconnection A cable mount 1590 is disposed within at least a portion of the aperture 1598 of the housing 1588 to which the fiber optic end 1587 is actually attached An appropriate interfacing relationship exists between the cable mount 1590 and the housing 1588 such that the cable mount 1590, and thereby the fiber optic cable end 1587, may be moved relative to the housing 1588 through at least a certain range of motion (e g , 7 degrees in any direction relative to a reference axis 1595) to vary the location within the processing chamber where the cable mount 1590, and thereby the relevant fiber optic end 1587, is directed (e g , using a ball and socket-like connection) Focusing the end of the fiber optic cable/cable assembly to different locations within the chamber 36 may be desirable for a number of reasons When the cable mount 1590 and fiber optic cable end 1587 are projecting in the desired direction, a clamp plate 1596 may be directed toward the housing 1588 by screws 1597 to forcibly retain the cable mount 1590 between the housing 1588 and the clamp plate 1596 A locking position may be established to align the axis 1593 of the cable mount 1590 with the reference axis 1595 (e g , for calibration procedures) Calibration Module 562 - Figures 40-48 Both the calibration assembly 552 of Figure 31 and the calibration assembly 726 of Figure 37 include the calibration module 562 which is illustrated in Figure 40 This module 562 may be used to calibrate the output from each of the spectrometer assembly 506 of Figure 31 and the spectrometer assembly 712 of Figure 37 For convenience, the discussion will continue with regard to only the spectrometer assembly 506 of Figure 31 , although such will be equally applicable to the spectrometer assembly 712 of Figure 37 as well Output from the spectrometer assembly 506 may have a tendency to "drift" over the life of the spectrometer assembly 506 due to various factors such as temperature Any drifting of the output from the spectrometer assembly 506 will cause a wavelength shift in the spectra which is evaluated by the current plasma process module 250 An example of drifting would be that a peak in a spectra from the processing chamber 474 which is actually at the 490 nanometer wavelength, may appear at the 491 nanometer wavelength from the output of the spectrometer assembly 506 due to this drifting Moreover, the window 478 may have an effect on the spectra of the plasma from the current plasma process which is passing through the window 474 to the spectrometer assembly 506, namely by providing an intensity shift in one or more regions of the spectra representative of the plasma in the processing chamber 474 Failure to address either of these conditions may adversely affect the performance of the current plasma process module 250 One embodiment of the calibration module 562 of Figure 32 is presented in more detail in Figure 40 and accounts for both the wavelength and intensity shift conditions noted above The calibration module 562 includes a calibration routine 564 which is run without any plasma in the processing chamber 474 and which is run at times determined by the facility using the wafer production system 2 (e g , once a day, on every shift change) Instructions may be included in the calibration routine 564 to detect the existence of plasma in the processing chamber 474 in any of the above-noted manners, and to exit the calibration routine 564 if any such plasma is detected (not shown) Step 568 of the calibration routine 564 directs the calibration light source 556 to send the calibration light to the window 478 Thereafter, step 572 directs the calibration routine 564 to proceed to an appropriate calibration subroutine The calibration subroutine referred to in step 572 of Figure 40 may include the calibration subroutine 576 which is illustrated in Figure 41 Generally, the O 99/54694 calibration subroutine 576 is directed toward making at least one adjustment in relation to the spectrometer assembly 506 to compensate for a wavelength shift associated with the spectral data obtained through the window 478 A comparison is undertaken by step 580 of the calibration subroutine 576 between the spectra of the calibration light from the calibration light source 556 which is directed to the window 478 and the spectra of the calibration light which is reflected from the inner surface 482 of the window 478 and provided to the spectrometer assembly 506 Since no plasma exists in the processing chamber 474 during calibration operations, the light received by the spectrometer assembly 506 should be limited to that portion of the calibration light which is reflected by the inner surface 482 of the window 478 which is therefore a direct monitoring of a condition of the window 478, specifically its inner surface 482 Any wavelength shift from the comparison of step 580 will be noted in step 584 of the calibration subroutine 576, an adjustment will be made in relation to the plasma monitoring assembly 500 to account for this shift at step 588 of the subroutine 576, and control of the plasma monitoring operations will be turned over to the startup module 202 of Figure 32 by step 592 of the calibration subroutine 576 The comparison of the subject spectra at step 580 of the calibration subroutine 576 and the identification of any wavelength shift in step 584 of the subroutine 576 may be implemented in the following manner The spectra of the calibration light which is sent to the window 478 may be obtained from the calibration light subdirectory 310 of Figure 9 This spectra is analyzed to identify the location of one or more of the intensity peaks in this spectra and possibly the relative wavelength positioning of these intensity peaks A "peak" may be equated as any portion of the spectra with an intensity greater than a predetermined amount (e g , at least about 100 intensity units) which exists over a predetermined wavelength range (e g , no more than about 2 nanometers) Therefore, the above-referenced analysis of the spectra of calibration light sent to the window 478 may simply entail noting the intensity over at least a portion of this spectra using an appropriate wavelength resolution For example, one or more peaks in this spectra may be identified by noting the intensity of the spectra of the calibration light from the calibration light subdirectory 310 at every 0 5 nanometer increment over at least a portion of this spectra to identify any intensity peaks as defined above After identifying these peaks, it may be beneficial to then note their relative wavelength positionmgs Any intensity peaks in the calibration light which is sent to the window 478 which are identified in the above-noted manner should appear at the same wavelength and "same" intensity level (taking into consideration certain principles of optics noted below and assuming that there is no intensity shift due to the window 478 also noted below) in that portion of the calibration light which is reflected by the inner surface 482 of the window 478 if there is no wavelength shift Since the location and intensity of one or more peaks was noted for the calibration light that was sent to the window 478, the amount of wavelength shift may be identified simply by finding these same peaks in the portion of the calibration light that is reflected by the inner surface 482 of the window 478 and noting any corresponding wavelength shift Although the intensity of the peaks alone may be sufficient to identify the corresponding peaks in that portion of the calibration light that is reflected by the inner surface 482 of the window 478 (e g , by looking for the largest peak around a certain wavelength), the relative positioning of the identified peaks may be desirable/required in some cases The wavelength shift concept addressed in relation to the calibration subroutine 574 of Figure 41 is further addressed in relation to Figures 42-43 One embodiment of a spectra 672 of a calibration light which is appropriate for identifying a wavelength shift is illustrated in Figure 42, and this calibration light may be used by the calibration light source 556 of the calibration assembly 552 (Figure 31 ) and by the calibration subroutine 576 of Figure 41 The spectra 672 is characterized by a plurality of discrete intensity peaks 674 of varying intensity which is desirable for detecting a wavelength shift, and in one embodiment is from a mercury light source and comprises the above-noted first calibration light source 556a Other light sources having these characteristics may be utilized as well "Intensity" is plotted along the "y" axis and is expressed in "counts" which is reflective of the intensity level, while "wavelength" is plotted along the "x" axis and is illustrated in nanometers Figure 42 depicts the actual pattern of calibration light which is sent to the window 478 in the subject example. One embodiment of a spectra 676 which is output by the spectrometer assembly 506, due to a reflection of the calibration light represented in Figure 42 from the inner surface 482 of a "clean" window 478 on the processing chamber 474, is presented in Figure 43 (when the window 478 has not yet been exposed to any plasma processes). The spectra 676 is characterized by a plurality of peaks 678 of varying intensity, with "intensity" again being plotted along the "y" axis and expressed in "counts" which is reflective of the intensity level, and with "wavelength" again being plotted along the "x" axis in nanometers. Initially, the comparison of the spectra 672 of Figure 42 with the spectra 676 of Figure 43 indicates that their respective intensities vary rather significantly. This is due to certain principles of optics. Generally, materials which would typically be used to form the window 478 will reflect about 6% of the calibration light which is directed toward the window 478. More specifically, 6% of the calibration light which is originally sent to the window 478 from the calibration light source 556 will be reflected by the outer surface 486 of the window 478 along the axis 494 illustrated in Figure 35, and the remaining 94% of the light will continue through the window 478. When this light encounters the inner surface 482 of the window 478, 6% of this light will be reflected by the inner surface 482 back toward the outer surface 486, and the remaining 94% of this light will then enter the processing chamber 474 (i.e., 5.64%). This light reflected by the inner surface 482 will once again hit the outer surface 486 which will reflect 6% of this light back toward the chamber 474, while 94% will pass through the outer surface 486. Therefore, only about 5.3% of the light originally sent by the calibration light source 445 for calibration of the output of the spectrometer assembly 506 will actually enter the inner cables 508 of the fiber optic cable assembly 504 and be provided to the spectrometer assembly 506. This principle of optics thereby accounts for the difference in intensity between the spectra 676 of Figure 43 and the spectra 672 of Figure 42, and would have to be taken into account in the calibration procedure. The spectra 676 of Figure 43 may be compared with the spectra 672 of Figure 42 in the above-described manner to determine if the output from the spectrometer assembly 506 needs to be calibrated for a wavelength shift The peaks 678 of the spectra 676 of Figure 43 should appear at the same wavelengths as the corresponding peaks 674 of the spectra 672 of Figure 43 For example, the peak 678a from Figure 43 and the peak 674a from Figure 42 should be at the same wavelength, the peak 678b from Figure 43 and the peak 674b from Figure 42 should be at the same wavelength, the peak 678c from Figure 43 and the peak 674c from Figure 42 should be at the same wavelength, and so forth In the illustrated example, the corresponding peaks from the spectras 676 and 672 are properly aligned or are at the same wavelengths Therefore, no wavelength shift would be identified by steps 580 and 584 of the calibration subroutine 576 of Figure 41 Moreover, with no wavelength shift being identified through execution of step 584 of the calibration subroutine 576, no adjustment in relation to the plasma monitoring assembly 500 is undertaken through execution of step 588 of the subroutine 576 Control of the plasma monitoring operations is then transferred to, for instance, the startup module 202 of Figure 15 by execution of step 592 of the subroutine 576 Having the peaks of the spectra 672 and 676 be at the exact same wavelength improves the accuracy of the current plasma process module 250 If the wavelength shift limit associated with steps 580 and 584 is "0" and if the peaks of the noted spectra are offset by even a small amount, the adjustment made in relation to the plasma monitoring assembly 500 at step 588 will be correspondingly "small " The amount of wavelength shift which will initiate an adjustment in relation to the plasma monitoring assembly 500, however, need not be zero That is, a certain amount of wavelength shift may be tolerated before an adjustment is made in relation to the plasma monitoring assembly 500 at step 588 For instance, in one embodiment no adjustments are made in relation to the plasma monitoring assembly 500 unless a wavelength shift of at least a certain amount is identified by steps 580 and 584 of the subroutine 576 (e g , a wavelength shift of at least about 025 nanometers is required before any adjustment is made) If more than the allowed amount wavelength shift is identified in step 584 of the calibration subroutine 576 of Figure 41 , as noted step 588 of the subroutine 576 provides for the adjustment in relation to the plasma monitoring assembly 500 At least two options exist for this "making at least adjustment in relation to the plasma monitoring assembly 500 " One alternative is to physically adjust the spectrometer assembly 506 if such is of the scanning type Figure 44 presents one embodiment of the spectrometer 516a' which is of the scanning- type The spectrometer 516a' includes an aperture 520 through which light from the inner cable 508a of the fiber optic cable 504 assembly enters the spectrometer 516a' Light passing through the aperture 520 is reflected by a mirror 524 onto a grating 532 Both the mirror 524 and grating 532 may be mounted for pivotal movement through a mirror pivot 528 and a grating pivot 536, respectively Movement of the mirror 524 and the grating 532 would be affected by the motor 540 and the gearbox 544 The motor 540 is operatively interfaced with the PMCU 128' Movement of one or more of the mirror 524 and grating 532 may be utilized such that the peaks 678 of the spectra 676 in Figure 43 will be appropriately aligned with the corresponding peaks 674 of the spectra 672 in Figure 42 Thereafter, the presence of the wavelength shift being caused by the spectrometer assembly 506 will not adversely affect the reliability of the results provided by the current plasma process module 250 since the wavelength shift has now been alleviated Another way to make the adjustment referred to in step 588 of the calibration subroutine 576 of Figure 41 is to "regression fit" the data in some way This option may be used regardless of what type of spectrometer is implemented for the spectrometer assembly 506 Consider the example where the comparison between the spectra 676 of Figure 43 and the spectra 672 of Figure 42 identifies the existence of a wavelength shift (not shown since the corresponding peaks 674 and 678 are properly aligned) The output from the spectrometer assembly 506 may be regression fit to account for the noted wavelength shift It should be appreciated that if a solid state spectrometer assembly 506 is used which is actually multiple spectrometers such as the multiple spectrometers 516 illustrated in Figure 33, only that portion of the spectra which has shifted due to its associated spectrometer 516 need be regression fit in the above-noted manner Information on the presence of any wavelength shift identified by the calibration subroutine 576 also may be input to the current plasma process module 250, more specifically the pattern recognition module 370 of Figure 13 to account for this wavelength shift when comparing spectra from a current plasma processing operation with spectra in the plasma spectra directory 284. Consider the situation where the 200 nanometer wavelength of the current spectra from the processing chamber 474 is being evaluated, and where a 1 nanometer wavelength shift has been identified by the calibration assembly 552 at the 200 nanometer wavelength. When looking to compare this data point with spectra in the plasma spectra directory 284, the "inputting" to the pattern recognition module 370 of the 1 nanometer wavelength shift for the 200 nanometer wavelength directs the pattern recognition module 370 to actually look at the 201 nanometer wavelength of the corresponding spectra in this case to determine if the two intensities are within the intensity match limit of the pattern recognition module 370. Therefore, the presence of the wavelength shift will not adversely affect the reliability of the results provided by the current plasma process module 250 of Figure 32. The calibration assembly 552 of Figure 31 , and including the calibration module 574 of Figure 40, may also be used to calibrate the output from the spectrometer assembly 506 when there is an intensity shift in the spectra of the plasma in the processing chamber 474. Intensity shifts in the spectra will typically be due to "aging" of the window 478. "Aging" of the window 478 as used herein means that the plasma processes which have been conducted within the processing chamber 474 have affected the inner surface 482 of the window 478 in some manner (e.g., by forming deposits on the inner surface 482, by etching the inner surface 482, by a combination of forming deposits on and etching the inner surface 482). Oftentimes these deposits will reduce the intensity of the light from the chamber 474 which passes through the window 478 and is directed to the spectrometer assembly 516 (Figure 31 ). Failing to account for an intensity shift in the spectra due to the window 478 in these cases may also adversely affect the reliability of the results provided by the current plasma process module 250. Consider the situation where the pattern recognition subroutine 374 of Figure 13 with its point-by-point analysis is employed by the pattern recognition module 370 to compare the pattern of the current spectra with the spectra in the plasma spectra directory 284 (Figure 9), and where the intensity "match limit" is set on 10% (a percentage difference basis) Also assume that certain deposits have formed on the inner surface 482 of the window 478 such that the intensity of light emitted through the window 478 is reduced by 30% In this case, even if the plasma in the processing chamber 474 is healthy, the light that is emitted through the window 478 will only be 70% of the actual intensity of the plasma inside the chamber 474 The pattern recognition subroutine 374 will therefore indicate that the current spectra is not a "match" with any spectra in the relevant subdirectory of the plasma spectra directory 284 (because its "match limit" is a 10% variation in the intensity of corresponding wavelengths in the subject spectra, and because the window deposits have reduced the intensity of light from the chamber 474 by 30%), even though the plasma is in fact healthy Therefore, a "false negative" would be reported by the pattern recognition subroutine 374 and the current plasma process module 250 The calibration module 574 of Figure 40 may also include a calibration subroutine which is generally directed toward making an adjustment to account for the above-noted type of intensity shift in the spectra of the plasma in the chamber 474 as emitted through its window 478 One embodiment of such a subroutine is illustrated in Figure 45 in the nature of the calibration subroutine 600 No plasma exists in the chamber 474 during the execution of the calibration subroutine 600 or at least when obtaining data therefore Moreover, detection of plasma in accordance with the foregoing may automatically terminate calibration operations through the subroutine 600 Finally, the subroutine 600 may be executed on a periodic basis which is established by the operator of the facility using the wafer production system 2 (e g , daily) A comparison is undertaken at step 604 of the calibration subroutine 600 between the spectra of the calibration light from the calibration light source 556 which is directed to the window 478 and which may be stored in the calibration light spectra subdirectory 310, and the spectra of that portion of the calibration light which is reflected from the inner surface 482 of the window 478 and provided to the spectrometer assembly 506 Since there is no plasma in the [ 69 chamber 474 at this time, the light provided to the spectrometer assembly 506 should be limited to that portion of the calibration light which is reflected by the inner surface 482 of the window 478 As such, the calibration subroutine 600 actually monitors/evaluates the condition of that portion of the window 478 which may be adversely affected by plasma processes conducted in the chamber 474 The comparison of the subject spectra at step 604 of the calibration subroutine 600 and the identification of any intensity shift in step 608 of the subroutine 600 may be implemented in the following manner The spectra of the calibration light which is sent to the window 478 may be obtained from the calibration light subdirectory 310 of Figure 9 Its intensity peaks are identified in the manner discussed above in relation to the calibration subroutine 576 of Figure 41 , as well as possibly their relative wavelength positionmgs These same peaks should appear at the same wavelength (assuming that there is no wavelength shift) and "same" intensity level (taking into consideration the above- noted principles of optics) in that portion of the calibration light which is reflected by the inner surface 482 of the window 478 Since the location and intensity of one or more peaks was identified for the calibration light that was sent to the window 478, the amount of intensity shift may be identified simply by finding these same peaks in that portion of the calibration light which is reflected by the inner surface 482 of the window 478 and noting any corresponding intensity shift Although the intensity of the peaks alone may be sufficient to identify the corresponding peaks in that portion of the calibration light that is reflected by the inner surface 482 of the window 478 (e g , by looking for the largest peak around a certain wavelength), the relative positioning of the identified peaks may be desirable/required in some cases The intensity shift concept addressed in relation to the calibration subroutine 600 of Figure 45 is further addressed in relation to Figures 46A and 47A One embodiment of a spectra 682 of a calibration light is illustrated in Figure 46A (e g , a mercury lamp or other similar calibration light source with light defined by wavelengths from about 200 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers), and this calibration light may be used by the calibration light source 556 of the calibration assembly 552 (Figure 31 ) and by the calibration subroutine 600 (Figure 45) to identify an intensity shift The spectra 682 of Figure 46A is characterized by a plurality of discrete intensity peaks 686 of varying intensity. "Intensity" is plotted along the "y" axis and is expressed in "counts" which is reflective of the intensity level, while "wavelength" is plotted along the "x" axis and is in nanometers. Figure 46A depicts the actual pattern of light which is sent to the window 478 in the subject example and when the window 478 has been exposed to a plurality of plasma processes (e.g., an "aged" window 478). One embodiment of a spectra 690 which is output by the spectrometer assembly 506 is presented in Figure 47A after the above-noted principles of optics has been accounted for and which is representative of that portion of the calibration light which is reflected from the inner surface 482 of the aged window 478 on the processing chamber 474. The spectra 690 is characterized by a plurality of discrete peaks 694 of varying intensity, with "intensity" again being plotted along the "y" axis and expressed in "counts" which is reflective of the intensity level, and with "wavelength" being plotted along the "x" axis in nanometers. The spectra 690 of Figure 47A may be compared with the spectra 682 of Figure 46A to determine if the output from the spectrometer assembly 506 needs to be calibrated for an intensity shift, such as due to an aging window 478. This comparison is again undertaken at step 604 of the calibration subroutine 600 of Figure 45. The peaks 694 of the spectra 690 of Figure 47A should appear not only at the same wavelengths as the corresponding peaks 686 of the spectra 682 of Figure 46A (as discussed above in relation to calibrating the output of the spectrometer assembly 506 for a wavelength shift), but they should also be at the same level of intensity. For example, the peak 694a from Figure 47A and the peak 686a from Figure 46A should be at the same intensity level, the peak 694b from Figure 47A and the peak 686b from Figure 46A should be at the same intensity level, the peak 694c from Figure 47A and the peak 686c from Figure 46A should be at the same intensity level, and so forth. However, this is not the case. Peak 694a of the spectra 690 from Figure 47A is at substantially the same intensity (about 9300) as its corresponding peak in the spectra 682 of Figure 46A, namely peak 686a. However, peak 694b of the spectra 690 from Figure 47A has an intensity of about 5,100, whereas the intensity of its corresponding peak in the spectra 682 from Figure 46A, namely peak 686b, has an intensity of about 11 ,100 That is, there was a intensity drop of about 6000 intensity units or about a 54 % drop in intensity at about the 450 nanometer wavelength region Moreover, peak 694c of the spectra 690 from Figure 47A has an intensity of about 9,600, whereas the intensity of its corresponding peak in the spectra 682 from Figure 46A, namely peak 686c, has an intensity of about 12,000 That is, there was an intensity drop of about 2,400 intensity units or about a 20% drop in intensity at about the 760 nanometer wavelength region Therefore, the window 478 is not having the same dampening effect on the entire spectra being obtained through the window 478 Instead, the window 478 is having at least a first dampening effect on one part of the spectra (e g , the 450 nm region) and a second dampening effect on another part of the spectra (e g , the 760 nm region) which is identifiable by comparing the patterns in the noted manner Step 612 of the calibration subroutine 600 will make at least one adjustment in relation to the plasma monitoring assembly 500 to account for these types of intensity shifts, and then control will be turned over to the startup module 202 of Figure 32 by step 614 of the calibration subroutine 600 of Figure 45 The adjustment referred to in step 612 of the calibration subroutine 572 may be generally viewed as normalizing the spectra 690 of Figure 47A (calibration light reflected by the inner surface 482 of the window 478) to the spectra 682 of Figure 46A (calibration light sent by the calibration light source 556 to the window 478) One way of "normalizing" the data is by "regression fitting " This option may be used regardless of what type of spectrometer is implemented for the spectrometer assembly 506, such that this option may be employed for both scanning-type spectrometers and solid state spectrometers Another way of characterizing the subject adjustment is through the concept of calibration factors or gam If there is a "uniform" intensity shift, one calibration factor or gain may be applied to the optical emissions data which is collected on the current plasma process Multiple dampening effects identified in accordance with the foregoing may then be addressed through multiple calibration factors or gains One or more parts of the spectra of reflected light may require the application of one calibration factor or gain thereto, while one or more parts of the subject spectra may require the application of another calibration factor or gain thereto, and so forth. Finally, the spectrometer assembly 506 may be manipulated in some manner to obtain more light, although such is not as preferred as the foregoing. Consider the example where the comparison between the spectra 690 of Figure 47A and the spectra 682 of Figure 46A indicates the existence of an intensity shift. The output from the spectrometer assembly 506 may be regression fit to account for the intensity shift which was identified. Alternatively, information on the presence of this intensity shift may be input to the current plasma process module 250, more specifically the pattern recognition module 370 of Figure 13, to account for this intensity shift when comparing spectra from a current plasma process with spectra in the plasma spectra directory 284. Limits may be utilized for adjustments made in relation to the plasma monitoring assembly 500 by any of the calibration subroutines noted herein. For instance, in the event that the amount of calibration or gain required to address an intensity shift exceeds a first limit (or a wavelength shift for that matter), a message may be displayed to the appropriate personnel that the window 478 has degraded or aged to the degree where the accuracy of the results provided by the plasma monitoring assembly 500 may be affected to an undesirable degree. Alternatively, exceeding this first limit may in fact disable the plasma monitoring assembly 500 and a corresponding indication may be provided to operations personnel. Imposing a higher limit than the noted first limit may also be used to trigger disabling of the plasma monitoring assembly 500 (i.e., warn when a first limit is exceeded, and disable when a second, higher limit is exceeded). The calibration light illustrated in Figure 46A and discussed above has a plurality of discrete intensity peaks. Therefore, only 31 data points may be evaluated by the subroutine 600 of Figure 45 to identify the effect that the window 478 is having on the optical emissions passing therethrough (i.e., there are only 31 intensity peaks, and the remainder is merely noise). Assumptions would have to be made as to the effect that the window 478 is having on optical emissions at those wavelengths between these peaks. An embodiment of a calibration light which may be used by the calibration light source 556 (Figure 31 ) and the calibration subroutine 600 (Figure 45) to identify an intensity shift, which alleviates the need for these types of assumptions, is presented in Figure 46B. The calibration light of Figure 46B is of a different type than that illustrated in Figure 46A in that the calibration light of Figure 46B presents a continuum of intensity, while the calibration light of Figure 46A has a plurality of discrete intensity peaks. This light may be the second type used by the second calibration light source 556b noted above (the first type being the calibration light of Figure 42/46A to identify a wavelength shift). In one embodiment, the calibration light for identifying an intensity shift is a white light source defined by wavelengths which include at least the Preferred Optical Bandwidth. Therefore, the calibration light source 556 may actually include one type of light source for identifying a wavelength shift (e.g., Figure 42/46A), and may use a different light source for identifying an intensity shift (e.g., Figure 46B). The comparison of the spectra 666 of Figure 46B (calibration light sent to the window 478) with the spectra 670 of Figure 47B (that portion of the calibration light which is reflected by the inner surface 482 of the window 478 and provided to the spectrometer assembly 506) may be done in the same manner as discussed above in relation to Figures 46A and 47A. However, a more complete "picture" of the behavior of the window 478 is provided by using a calibration light having a continuum of intensity since there are more data points available for comparison than in the case of a spectra which only has a plurality of intensity peaks with effectively "noise" therebetween (e.g., Figure 42/46A). Moreover, a comparison of the spectra 666 of Figure 46B and the spectra 670 of Figure 47B indicates how the window 478 is having a different effect on different portions of the spectrum. Note how the shapes of the spectra 666 and the spectra 670 are generally the same between about the 200 nm and 575 nm wavelengths although with different intensities, but how the shapes of the spectra 666 and the spectra 670 differ between about the 575 nm and 950 nm wavelengths. Specifically, the profile of the spectra 670 of Figure 47B between about the 575 nm and 950 nm wavelengths is "flatter" than the corresponding portion of the spectra 666 of Figure 46B. Therefore, the window 478 is having one type of effect on optical emissions generally between about the 200 nm and 575 nm wavelength region, and another different effect on optical emissions generally between about the 575 nm and 900 nm wavelength region Another embodiment of a calibration subroutine which may be utilized by the calibration module 574 of Figure 40 is illustrated in Figure 48 The calibration subroutine 616 is able to identify when the window 478 is having different dampening effects on different portions of the spectral data being emitted through the window 478 Moreover, the subroutine 616 is also able to identify when the window 478 is completely filtering yet different portions of the spectral data being emitted through the window 478 Preferably, the calibration subroutine 616 uses a light source which has a continuum of intensity to provide these functions, such as the light source depicted in Figure 46B Referring now to Figure 48, the calibration subroutine 616 starts with step 620 which initiates a comparison between the spectra of the calibration light which is sent by the calibration light source 556 to the window 478 (hereafter "reference spectra" for purposes of the subroutine 616) (e g , Figure 46B), and the spectra of that portion of the calibration light which is reflected by the inner surface 482 of the window 478 (hereafter "reflected spectra" for purposes of the subroutine 616) (e g , Figure 47B) Any "change" in intensity between the reference spectra and the reflected spectra is noted at step 624 of the calibration subroutine 616 Steps 620 and 624 may employ the same type of logic as presented by steps 580 and 584 of the calibration subroutine 576 of Figure 41 and steps 604 and 608 of the calibration subroutine 600 of Figure 45 The "change" in intensity referenced in step 624 of the calibration subroutine 616 of Figure 48 may be a predefined tolerance or a "match limit" as discussed above in relation to the pattern recognition module 370 of Figure 13 That is, if each "point" of the reflected spectra is within the "match limit" of the corresponding "point" in the reference spectra, the calibration subroutine 616 will proceed to step 628 Step 628 indicates that no calibration of the plasma monitoring assembly 500 is required, and that the control is passed to the startup module 202 of Figure 15 If there is a "change" in intensity between the reflected spectra and the reference spectra (e g , exceeding the "match limit" in the comparison of the reflected spectra and reference spectra at one or more points in the point-by- point analysis), the calibration subroutine 616 will proceed from step 624 to step 632 Step 632 analyzes the manner in which the reflected spectra differs from the reference spectra in relation to the subject intensity criteria If there was a "uniform" intensity shift of the reflected spectra in relation to the reference spectra, the calibration subroutine 616 proceeds to step 636 where a single calibration factor or uniform gam is applied to the entirety of the reflected spectra (and thereby to optical emissions data obtained during a current plasma process) to "normalize" the same to the reference spectra Control is then transferred to the startup module 202 of Figure 15 via step 640 of the calibration subroutine 616 "Uniform" in relation to step 632 of the calibration subroutine 616 need not be limited to a fixed number of intensity units (e g , the entirety of the reflected spectra need not differ from the entirety of the reference spectra by the same amount), but instead may utilize a raw difference, a percentage difference, or a combination thereof as the "match limit" as those terms are used in relation to the pattern recognition module 370 of Figure 13 For instance, any change in intensity between each wavelength in the reflected spectra which is within ±5% of the intensity of the corresponding wavelength in the reference spectra may be considered a "uniform" intensity shift for purposes of step 632 of the calibration subroutine 616 If the comparison between the reflected spectra and the reference spectra at step 632 of the calibration subroutine 616 indicates that there is not a "uniform" intensity shift of the reflected spectra in relation to the reference spectra, the subroutine 616 proceeds from step 632 to step 644 Generally, step 644 is directed to determining if there is any evidence of complete filtering of data over any wavelength range within the reflected spectra Under certain conditions, the inner surface 482 of the window 478 may be affected such that light emissions over a certain wavelength range will be completely blocked (e g , the window 478 will become opaque over this wavelength range which would be evident by an effectively horizontal line in the subject spectra at a relatively low intensity and including a zero intensity level) An example would be where the window 478 is opaque in relation to light emissions over the wavelength range of about 300-400 nanometers, but is transparent to at least a degree over other wavelengths of light being collected and provided to the spectrometer assembly 506 (Figure 31). Any "complete filtering" of any wavelength range in the reflected spectra as discussed herein will cause the calibration subroutine 616 to proceed from step 644 to step 648. Data within the completely filtered region is ignored in any analysis subsequently provided by the current plasma process module 250 of Figure 32 as set forth in step 648 of the calibration subroutine 616. Moreover, at least two different calibration factors are applied to different portions of the remainder of the data in the reflected spectra as set forth in this same step 648, or the reflected spectra is normalized in relation to the reference spectra over that portion which is not being filtered. Again recall that it was determined that the intensity shift in the reflected spectra, in relation to the reference spectra, was "non-uniform" in step 632 of the subroutine 616 such that the application of a single calibration factor to the reflected spectra would not be appropriate to "normalize" the reflected spectra in relation to the reference spectra in this case. As noted, the analysis of any plasma process thereafter performed which is analyzed by the current plasma process module 250 will be limited to only part of the desired optical emissions data. Data within the wavelength region which is being completely filtered by the window 478 is ignored. As such, the calibration subroutine 616 may be programmed to proceed from step 648 to the process alert module 428 of Figure 14 as well. One or more alerts may be issued through the process alert subroutine 432. For instance, it may be appropriate to apprise operations personnel at this time that the window 478 is aging and should be replaced, that the results provided by any further executions of the current plasma process module 250 may provide inaccurate results since certain data from the current plasma process will be ignored in the comparative analysis, or both. Alternatively and if desired by the operator of the facility incorporating the wafer production system 2, any exiting of step 644 of the calibration subroutine 616 as a "yes" condition may call upon the process alert module 428 to terminate all further plasma processing operations until the window 478 is replaced (not shown). Control of the calibration subroutine 616 of Figure 48 may pass from step 644 to step 656 if there was no complete filtering of data in the reflected spectra Calibration of the reflected spectra pursuant to step 656 would then entail the application of at least two different calibration factors or a plurality of gams throughout the reflected spectra, or alternatively the normalization as discussed above Again recall that it was determined in step 632 that the intensity shift in the reflected spectra in relation to the reference spectra was non-uniform such that application of a single calibration factor would not be appropriate to "normalize" the reflected spectra to the reference spectra In the case of step 656, one calibration factor may be applied to the reflected spectra over the 200 nanometer to 500 nanometer wavelength region, while a different calibration factor may be applied to reflected spectra over the 501-900 nanometer wavelength region Calibration subroutine 616 then exits step 656 to step 660 where control may be transferred to, for instance, the startup module 202 of Figure 15 The calibration subroutine 616 of Figure 48 may be characterized as monitoring the window 478, and based upon these results specifying how subsequent plasma processes should be evaluated If the monitoring of the condition of the window 478 through the subroutine 616 determines that there is no significant dampening of optical emissions from the chamber 474 through the window 478 or there is only dampening and not any complete filtering, the calibration subroutine 616 provides that plasma monitoring operations proceed normally by comparing the "normalized" output from the spectrometer assembly 506 with spectra in the plasma spectra directory 284 Situations where some dampening of the optical emissions from the chamber 474 through the window 478 and where some complete filtering of spectral data over a certain wavelength range is identified by execution of the calibration subroutine 616 dictates that a different evaluation technique be utilized Specifically, some of the desired data is ignored in the analysis Research Module 1300 - Figures 49-51 C and 62-63 All of the evaluations described so far in relation to the current plasma process module 250 of Figures 7 and 32 have related in one manner or another to the "health" of the plasma process Another type of evaluation which is available through the current plasma process module 250 relates to the endpoint of a plasma process or a certain portion thereof Plasma cleans, conditioning wafer operations, and each step of a plasma recipe (whether run on a qualification wafer 18 or a production wafer 18) each will typically have an endpoint associated therewith (when the intended/predetermined result has been achieved, such as the complete removal of a layer of material in a plasma etch) which will typically be reflected in the optical emissions of the plasma in the chamber 36 and which thereby may be used to call "endpoint " The following will discuss endpoint in relation to a plasma step of a plasma recipe run on a production wafer 18, although it is equally applicable to any plasma process having one or more endpoints, including without limitation those identified above One way of identifying endpoint through the current plasma process module 250 for a given plasma step requires that some analysis be undertaken of at least one previous execution of this same plasma step in the same processing chamber 36 In this regard, the current plasma process module 250 includes a research module 1300 which is a submodule thereof and which is presented in Figure 49 The research module 1300 includes a research subroutine 1478 which is run to identify which characterιstιc(s) of those optical emissions of the plasma in the processing chamber 36 may be indicative of the endpoint of the subject plasma step, and which may then be used by the endpoint detection module 1200 of Figures 7 and 32 to identify the occurrence of the endpoint of the subject plasma step The research module 1300 may be accessed through the startup module 202 of Figure 15 through execution of steps 144 and 148 The research subroutine 1478 of Figure 49 typically is set to evaluate multiple executions of the same plasma step and identifies the optical emissions data of the plasma in the chamber 36 which may be used to call endpoint Some information about endpoint may be obtained by looking at the optical emissions data from only a single run The research subroutine 1478 of Figure 49 utilizes, but does not necessarily require, some knowledge of the plasma step, such as a time estimate of the length of time required to reach the endpoint of the plasma step In one embodiment, this a priori knowledge may be used such that optical emissions data is obtained on the plasma step at a point in time which should include this endpoint In this regard, a time estimate t e for completing the subject plasma step (reaching its endpoint) is input to the subroutine 1478 by execution of step 1480 This time estimate for reaching endpoint may be calculated based upon, for instance, knowing the etch rate of the subject process and the thickness of the layer to be etched away Another way of identifying a time associated with the subject endpoint uses the data on the current plasma process In this regard, each time optical emissions are obtained for the subroutine 1478 (e g , over the Preferred Optical Bandwidth and at the Preferred Data Resolution), the total intensity of these optical emissions is calculated by adding the intensity of each individual wavelength in these optical emissions Any time there is a significant change in the above-noted sum between two adjacent-in-time optical emissions may be indicative that endpoint occurred at that time Step 1490 of the subroutine 1478 directs that product be loaded into the processing chamber 36 and step 1482 directs that the plasma step thereafter be initiated by the introduction of plasma into the processing chamber 36 under the appropriate conditions to initiate the desired plasma step Optical emissions of the plasma in the processing chamber 36 during the plasma step are obtained for the subroutine 1478 at a current time t c for the subroutine 1478 through execution of step 1484, preferably using the Preferred Optical Bandwidth at the Preferred Data Resolution Adjustment of the "clock" of the subroutine 1478 occurs at step 1486 where the current time t c is increased by an increment of "n " Preferably, "π" is set at the Preferred Data Collection Time Resolution If the new current time t c is less than a preset value relating to the time estimate t e , step 1488 of the subroutine 1478 causes the subroutine 1478 to exit step 1488 and return to step 1484 for repetition in accordance with the foregoing Although the "preset value" referred to in step 1488 may be the time estimate t e from step 1480, it may be desirable to use a larger value to ensure that optical emissions data is obtained for the time when endpoint of the plasma step is actually reached Another way of characterizing the foregoing is that optical emissions data should be recorded until the plasma goes off in the chamber 36 to be able to identify one or more wavelengths which may be indicative of endpoint [ 80 Steps 1484, 1486, and 1488 of the research subroutine 1478 are basically directed to obtaining optical emissions data of the entirety of the subject plasma step within the Preferred Data Collection Bandwidth, at the Preferred Data Resolution, and at the Preferred Data Collection Time Resolution This data could be analyzed at this time to identify characteristics in the optical emissions data which are candidates for being an indicator of endpoint Preferably, however, data is obtained in accordance with the foregoing on multiple executions of this same plasma step in the same processing chamber 36 This is implemented through execution of step 1492 of the subroutine 1478 which directs that the foregoing be repeated for the desired amount of executions of the plasma step (at least 2 runs) Once the desired amount of data is obtained (the desired number of runs), the data is analyzed through execution of step 1496 of the research subroutine 1478 to identify that optical emissions data or a portion thereof which may be used as an indicator of endpoint This analysis is currently done manually The analysis referred to in step 1496 of the research subroutine 1478 may be generally directed to identifying those optical emission lines (e g , individual wavelengths) which undergo some type of a recognizable or discernible change around the time that the endpoint of the plasma step is supposed to have occurred One type of change which would make a particular wavelength a possible candidate for being an indicator of endpoint is illustrated by a review of the optical emissions data presented in Figures 50A-C Each of these figures represents a plot of intensity versus time through a time which should include the endpoint of the subject plasma step for three specific wavelengths \ λ 2 , and λ 3 The plots were generated from optical emissions data which was obtained from one execution of the subject plasma step on a wafer 18 in the processing chamber 36 Preferably, a plot of this type is obtained for each wavelength of light which is obtained based upon the optical resolution being used in collecting the optical emissions data An examination of Figure 50A for the wavelength h< from this first running of the plasma step reveals that there is no real discernible change at any time during the plasma step That is, the line for wavelength k^ is at least substantially horizontal in Figure 50A However the plot for the wavelength λ 2 in Figure 50B reveals two distinct changes in its emissions line One change occurs at about the 15 second mark, while another change appears at about the 40 second mark The plot for the wavelength λ 3 of Figure 50C also has two distinct changes in its emissions line One change occurs at about the 20 second mark, while another change appears at about the 40 second mark Therefore, although the wavelength λ., can be ruled out as not being indicative of endpoint for the subject step since there is no discernible change in its entire emissions line over the relevant time period, both the wavelengths λ 2 and λ 3 remain candidates for being endpoint indicators because they each have at least one distinct change in their respective emission lines Having some knowledge of the plasma step, such as a time estimate of its endpoint, may eliminate some of the wavelengths of data obtained on the subject plasma process, some of the changes which occur in the plot for a particular wavelength, or both For instance, if the time estimate for reaching endpoint of the subject plasma step was somewhere around 40 seconds, the changes which occurred at the 15 and 20 second time intervals in the intensity versus time plots for the wavelengths λ 2 and λ 3 , respectively, could be eliminated due to their temporal spacing from the time estimate for endpoint However, both of the wavelengths λ 2 and λ 3 would still be candidates for being an indicator of endpoint because there is a change in each of these plots at about the 40 second mark No definitive determination should be made at this point without obtaining additional data in the nature of data on another running of the plasma step in the same processing chamber 36 It is important to note that all changes in the plasma are important in monitoring the plasma health and should be noted, even though they may be ignored in relation to establishing an endpoint ιndιcator(s) Figures 51A-C present the optical emissions data for the same wavelengths λ 1? λ 2 , and λ 3 that are presented in Figures 50A-C, but from another running of the same plasma step in the processing chamber 36 The plot of the wavelength λ., in Figure 51 A still indicates that nothing about endpoint can be derived from this wavelength The plot for the wavelength λ 2 in Figure 51 B is at least substantially the same as presented in Figure 50B The two distinct changes in its emissions line may be due, for instance, to certain changes in the process such as the opening/closing of a valve(s) Although the plot for the wavelength λ 3 in Figure 51 C has the same general pattern, the two distinct changes occur about 5 seconds later than they did in the run depicted in Figure 50C This may be an indication that the wavelength λ 3 is reflective of the endpoint of the subject plasma step where endpoint may vary in time by some acceptable time differential Summarizing the foregoing, wavelengths which may undergo a change which corresponds with endpoint of the subject step may be identified by comparing the plots of the various wavelengths from run to run and identifying those patterns which are generally the same from run to run, but which have some type of change For instance, this change may be one or more of a temporal shift, an intensity shift, an expansion of the pattern, and a reduction in the pattern These types of changes may be due to factors which vary from run to run, such as the thickness of the layer which is being addressed by the plasma step which may cause a temporal shift Therefore, one way to to identify a particular wavelength which is indicative of endpoint is to run the same plasma step on multiple products, each having a different thickness of the layer to be etched away such that the time at which endpoint will occur will also vary Wavelengths which have changes which may indicative of endpoint are those where the subject change ( "around" endpoint) also shifts in time Once the wavelength(s) changes that are potentially indicative of endpoint are identified through the research module 1300, an endpoint detection technique is still required to use this information to identify endpoint One such techniques entails defining the pattern of that portion of the plot of intensity versus time for the subject wavelength(s) up to where the change occurred which was selected as being indicative of endpoint Definition of this portion of the plot may be through an equation or a function (e g , linear function, first order polynomial, second order polynomial) Endpoint may then be deemed to have been reached for subsequent executions of this same plasma step when the corresponding wavelength(s) no longer fits the equation or function Another option is to take the first or second derivative of this function to identify the slope of the resulting line The change in slope over time of the current optical emissions data may be plotted Endpoint may be called when this plot deviates by more than a predetermined amount from that identified by the first or second derivative of the subject function. There are other ways of characterizing which wavelength(s) may provide some type of indication that endpoint has been reached from the optical emissions data collected on the current plasma process. The optical emissions data obtained for the research subroutine 1478, more specifically the plot of intensity versus time, may be reviewed to identify a peak which changes throughout the process and then reaches a steady state at about the time that endpoint is to have occurred. Moreover, these plots may be reviewed to identify a peak which remains at a steady state for the process and then begins to change at about the time that endpoint is to have occurred. A small subset of this behavior includes behavior in which a suspect wavelength or wavelengths diminish to background or a new wavelength appears at about a time where endpoint was suspected to occur. The endpoint of a plasma process or a discrete portion thereof may also be evident in one or more wavelength regions. Research typically must be undertaken to identify which particular wavelength region is indicative in some manner of the subject endpoint. An embodiment of an appropriate subroutine of the research module 1300 for affecting this particular function is illustrated in Figure 62. The research subroutine 1650 initiates with a step 1652 in which one or more endpoint evaluation wavelength regions is selected. That is, one or more wavelength regions are selected for review to determine if the same are possibly indicative of the subject endpoint. In use, a larger optical emission data segment will still be collected on the current plasma process, but a virtual filter of sorts will be used in this case by the endpoint module 1200 to focus in on a subset of this optical emissions data to evaluate only a portion of this data to call endpoint in a manner which will be discussed in more detail below in relation to Figure 64. Therefore, it is easy to use one wavelength region to call endpoint on one plasma process, and to use an entirely different wavelength region to call endpoint on another plasma process since the same optics are used in each case (i.e., a physical filter is not needed to create the wavelength region used to call endpoint in this case). One way to select an endpoint evaluation wavelength region is to identify a research bandwidth to be used to review a plurality of endpoint evaluation wavelength regions over a larger wavelength region (i e , to look at a plurality of subsets of the larger wavelength region or one having a larger bandwidth) For instance, the research bandwidth may be selected as five nanometers, and a endpoint evaluation wavelength regions may be evaluated throughout the entire Preferred Optical Bandwidth which is again the data which is preferably collected from any given plasma process As noted above, the Preferred Optical Bandwidth includes at least wavelengths from about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers Therefore a first endpoint evaluation wavelength region could be from 150-155 nanometers, a second endpoint evaluation wavelength region could be from 155-160 nanometers, a third endpoint evaluation wavelength region could be from 160-165 nanometers, and so forth until the upper extreme was reached The selected endpoint evaluation wavelength regions need not overlap but may do so in the above-noted manner, or they may be disposed in end-to-end fashion The research subroutine 1650 of Figure 62 continues with a step 1654 in which product (e g , one or more wafers) is loaded into the processing chamber 36. Since endpoint may be called on processes which are run in the processing chamber 36 in the absence of product, step 1654 may be alleviated when research is being done to identify an endpoint wavelength region for these types of processes The plasma process is nonetheless executed as indicated by step 1656 of the research subroutine 1650 Optical emissions data are obtained as indicated by step 1658, preferably throughout the entirety of the plasma process, and more preferably using the Preferred Optical Bandwidth, the Preferred Data Resolution, and the Preferred Collection Time Resolution Certain plots are generated as indicated by steps 1660 and 1662 of the research subroutine 1650 of Figure 62 based upon the optical emissions data collected from the subject plasma process Step 1658 indicates that a plot of an endpoint evaluation wavelength region area versus time is generated for each endpoint evaluation wavelength region, preferably over the entirety of the subject plasma process or portion thereof (i e , determine/calculate the area under the spectral pattern of the subject endpoint evaluation wavelength region at time l [ 85 for one data point on the plot referenced by step 1658, determine/calculate the area under the spectral pattern of the subject endpoint evaluation wavelength region at time t 2 for another data point on the plot referenced by step 1658, and so forth). The change in this area over time is also plotted for each endpoint evaluation wavelength region as indicated by step 1662. Endpoint may be indicated by the presence of some identifiable event, change, or condition in one or more of the plot(s) which are the subject of step 1662. In this regard, step 1664 of the research subroutine 1650 indicates that if a given plot from step 1662 has only insignificant changes over the entirety thereof, the endpoint evaluation wavelength region corresponding with this particular plot may be discarded from consideration as an endpoint wavelength region candidate (e.g., the plot is effectively a horizontal line). Conversely, step 1666 indicates that if the plot of step 1662 for any endpoint evaluation wavelength region does has some identifiable event, change, or condition of at least a certain significance, the corresponding endpoint evaluation wavelength region may be indicative of some endpoint associated with the subject plasma process. Selection of wavelength region candidates from the plots of step 1662 of the research subroutine 1650 of Figure 62 is represented by the plots presented in Figures 63A-H. Each research wavelength region in Figures 63A-H has a 5 nanometer bandwidth and is within the Preferred Optical Bandwidth. Endpoint evaluation wavelength region 1690 of Figure 63A, endpoint evaluation wavelength region 1693 of Figure 63D, endpoint evaluation wavelength region 1695 of Figure 63F, and endpoint evaluation wavelength region 1697 of Figure 63H each have a plot 1698 of change in area versus time which is substantially horizontal or which does not deviate from a horizontal reference line by more than a predetermined amount (e.g., using a raw difference, a percentage difference basis, or both as described herein). This may be used to define "insignificant" for purposes of step 1664 of the research subroutine 1650, and as such the endpoint evaluation wavelength regions 1690, 1693, 1695, and 1697 may be discarded or not considered as endpoint indicators through step 1664 of the research subroutine 1650 of Figure 62. Conversely, endpoint evaluation wavelength regions 1691 , 1692, 1694, and 1696 each have a plot 1698 which exceeds this tolerance and therefore may be indicative of some endpoint associated with the subject plasma process through step 1666 of the research subroutine 1650 of Figure 62 (e g , an endpoint indicator candidate) Endpoint evaluation wavelength region 1691 of Figure 63B and endpoint evaluation wavelength region 1694 of Figure 63E each have a plot 1698 of the change in area over time which define a bell curve of sorts that is centered at time t, Endpoint evaluation wavelength region 1692 of Figure 63C has a plot 1698 of change in area versus time which initially proceeds at least substantially horizontally, spikes up rather abruptly at time t,, and then proceeds again in at least substantially horizontal fashion Endpoint evaluation wavelength region 1696 of Figure 63G has a plot 1698 of change in area versus time which initially proceeds at least substantially horizontal, gradually ramps up to a certain higher level at time t 2 , and thereafter rather abruptly proceeds in substantially horizontal fashion Not all endpoint evaluation wavelength regions which have an identifiable or significant event, change, or condition within their corresponding plot of change in area versus time will necessarily be an appropriate endpoint indicator In the event that the significant change in a plot of change in area versus time for a particular endpoint evaluation wavelength region occurred within a certain time of the plasma coming on within the processing chamber 36 (e g , within 20 seconds), within a certain time of the plasma going off within the processing chamber 36 (e g , within 10 seconds), or within a certain time of a recipe change or a transition from one plasma recipe to another (e g , within 10 seconds), it is unlikely that the particular endpoint evaluation wavelength region is actually indicative of any type of endpoint Any plot of change in area versus time which is outside of these limits then means that their respective endpoint evaluation wavelength regions is still being potentially indicative of endpoint However, the significant changes must also at least generally coincide with the time at which a certain endpoint associated with the subject process should have occurred Each endpoint evaluation wavelength region having a plot of change in area versus time which meets this further criteria may be used to call endpoint of the subject plasma process, either individually or in combination What is meant by "individually" and "in combination" can be illustrated by an example Assume that 2 endpoint evaluation wavelength regions from the research subroutine 1650 of Figure 62 had a significant event in their respective change in area versus time plots some 65 seconds into a plasma process, and further that this was about the time that an endpoint should have occurred "Individually" means that one or both of these research wavelength regions could be used to call endpoint in the above-described manner "In combination" means that if these two research wavelength regions are sufficiently close (e g , within 15 nanometers of each other), the wavelength region which is used to call endpoint may be defined to include both of these endpoint evaluation wavelength regions (e g , if one endpoint evaluation wavelength region was 200- 205 nanometers and another endpoint evaluation wavelength region was 210- 215 nanometers, each had a plot of change in area over time which had the requisite "significant event" at about the relevant time period into the plasma process, the endpoint wavelength region could be selected as 200-215 nanometers) Endpoint Detection Module 1200 - Figures 52-58 and 64 The actual detection of the endpoint of a plasma process (e g , plasma clean, conditioning wafer operation) or discrete portion thereof (e g , one or more steps of a plasma recipe, all steps of a multi-step plasma recipe) is realized through use of the current plasma process module 250 of Figures 7 and 32, and more specifically through the endpoint detection module 1200 Some initial comments are warranted on the module 1200 Initially, the endpoint detection module 1200 may be used to identify the endpoint of a plasma process having only a single endpoint Multi-step plasma processes having corresponding multiple endpoints may also be evaluated through the endpoint detection module 1200 Two or more plasma steps of a multiple step plasma process may each have their respective endpoints identified through the endpoint detection module 1200 All steps of a multiple step plasma process having endpoints also may each be identified through the endpoint detection module 1200 as well Multiple techniques may be simultaneously employed by the endpoint detection module 1200 to identify the occurrence of the endpoιnt(s) of a plasma process or portion thereof One way in which this may be implemented is to utilize two or more different endpoint detection techniques and to call endpoint when any one of these techniques identifies the subject endpoint Different in this context means that the techniques themselves are different, and not merely the data which is used by the technique Another way in which this may be implemented is to utilize two or more endpoint detection techniques and to call endpoint when at least two of these techniques have identified the subject endpoint This option provides a more "robust" endpoint detector by increasing the confidence that endpoint has actually been appropriately identified (e g , statistically more confident that endpoint occurred) The endpoint detection module 1200 may interface with the process alert module 428 of Figure 14 For instance, when endpoint is identified through the endpoint detection module 1200, information on the endpoint condition may be provided to the appropriate personnel through the "alert" function of the process alert subroutine 432 of Figure 14 Control of the plasma process in relation to the identification of endpoint through the endpoint detection module 1200 may also be affected through the "process control" function of the process alert subroutine 432 The identification of endpoint through the module 1200 may be used to terminate the current plasma process or discrete portion thereof (e g , a plasma step), to initiate the next aspect of the current plasma process (e g , the next plasma step), or both through the process alert subroutine 432 and in the above-described manner Preferably, the current plasma process is evaluated both in relation to its health (i e , the plasma health in accordance with the plasma health module 252 discussed above) and in relation to endpoint through the endpoint detection module 1200 Although it is beneficial to monitor the health of the plasma process throughout substantially the entirety thereof (except possibly the initial portion thereof when the plasma first comes on and when the plasma is rather unstable), the endpoint detection module 1200 need not be initiated at the start of the plasma process Instead, the endpoint module 1200 preferably begins its evaluation of the current plasma process to identify its endpoιnt(s) at an intermediate time in the process (e g , at least Λ A way into the subject process or portion thereof) However, there is nothing inherently wrong with having the module 1200 evaluate the entirety of the plasma process to identify one or more of its endpoints. It just unnecessarily "consumes" processing time/capabilities. Moreover, the plasma health evaluation and endpoint evaluation need not be executed at the same frequency or Analytical Time Resolution. The amount of time between which the health of the plasma process is checked may be greater than the time between which the plasma process is checked to identify endpoint. For instance, the optical emissions of the plasma may be checked at least at every 1 second for a plasma health evaluation, and may be checked at least at every 300 milliseconds to identify endpoint. Another feature may be included in each of the endpoint detection subroutines to be addressed below which also relates to plasma health evaluations by the plasma health module 252. If the plasma health module 252 identifies either an error or unknown condition in relation to the current plasma process, this may have an effect on the operation of the endpoint detection module 1200. For instance, the endpoint detection module 1200 may be configured to respond to such a condition by displaying information to the appropriate personnel that endpoint will not be called because of the identification of the error or unknown condition by the plasma health module 252. Moreover, if the endpoint detection module 1200 is interfaced with the controls of the processing chamber 36, identification of an error or unknown condition through the plasma health module 252 may terminate the ability of the endpoint detection module 1200 to affect any changes in the plasma process, to terminate a current plasma process after identifying its endpoint, to initiate the next plasma process, or both. That is, the endpoint detection module 1200 may be "shut off' or disabled if the plasma health is found to be unacceptable by the plasma health module 252 since endpoint information obtained under these circumstances may be unreliable. One or more of the above-noted types of features may be incorporated in each of the endpoint detection subroutines to be addressed below. The remainder of the discussion presented herein on endpoint detection through the endpoint detection module 1200 will only be in relation to a plasma step of a plasma recipe. However, it is equally applicable to endpoint detection for any type of plasma-related process. One embodiment of an endpoint detection subroutine which may be called by the endpoint module 1200 of Figures 7 and 32 is presented in Figure 52 The endpoint detection subroutine 1456 is used to determine when a given plasma step of a plasma recipe has affected its intended purpose or achieved the desired result A current spectra of the plasma in the processing chamber 36 at the current time t c is obtained for the subroutine 1456 through execution of step 1460 An assessment of this spectra from the processing chamber 36 with the endpoint subdirectory 316 is undertaken at step 1464 to determine if endpoint has been reached One technique contemplated by step 1464 is to determine if this spectra from the processing chamber 36, or at least a portion thereof, is a "match" with at least one spectra in the endpoint subdirectory 316 of Figure 9 Optical emissions data over a wavelength range (e g , the Preferred Optical Bandwidth using the Preferred Data Resolution) may be stored in the endpoint subdirectory 316, such as a spectra obtained from the same processing chamber 36 during a previous execution of the same plasma step at a time when endpoint should have been reached The pattern of the spectra of the plasma in the processing chamber 36 will typically remain substantially constant for a time after endpoint has been reached Analyzing the data from a previous execution of this plasma step in the same processing chamber 36 may therefore allow for identification of a plurality of spectra at about the time which endpoint should occur and which are undergoing no real significant change These spectra may be defined by the Preferred Optical Bandwidth and Preferred Data Resolution One or more of these "steady state" spectra may then be included in the endpoint subdirectory 316 for comparison with the current spectra for purposes of identifying a "match" in step 1468 of the endpoint detection subroutine 1456 Utilization may be made of the pattern recognition module 370 of Figure 13 by step 1464 and 1468 to see if there is a "match " There are other ways of identifying a "match" indicative of endpoint in step 1468 of the endpoint detection subroutine 1456 of Figure 52 One or more wavelengths which were identified by the research module 1300 of Figure 49 may have their respective plots of intensity versus time from a previous execution of the same plasma step in the same processing chamber 36 defined by an equation or function In this case, the assessment through step 1464 may be to plot the optical emissions data of this wavelength in the subsequent execution of the same plasma process in the same chamber 36 and to determine if this data indeed fits with this equation or function If so, endpoint may be called when the current optical data no longer "fits" the equation or function (e g , employing linear fit techniques, polynomial fit technique, etc) which should be at about the time where the "change" discussed above in relation to the research module 1300 occurred Other techniques which may be used to assess this type of current data would be to utilize a first derivative or a second derivative of this equation or function to define a linear function, such that deviations from this function may be more readily identified in some cases as noted above (i e , when the plot of the change in slope over time of the current optical data deviates from the slope defined by the first or second derivative) Features may be incorporated in the present invention to enhance the ability to call endpoint based upon the behavior of one or more specific wavelengths When the wavelengths which are indicative of endpoint are identified through the research module 1300 of Figure 49, certain relational characteristics of these particular wavelengths may be noted as well Consider the case where only a single wavelength has been selected as an endpoint indicator The intensity of the peak of this wavelength may be noted to identify the same in any subsequent executions of the same plasma process For instance, the subject wavelength may represent the largest peak within a certain wavelength region Therefore, the subject wavelength may be found in these subsequent executions by looking for the largest peak in a certain area of the spectrum In addition, the "position" of the peak of the subject wavelength may be identified in relation to one or more other peaks For instance, the subject wavelength may be represented by a peak which is located between two larger peaks in a certain wavelength region Therefore, the subject wavelength may be found in the subsequent executions by looking for this pattern in the optical emissions of the plasma If the assessment of the spectra of the plasma in the processing chamber 36 at the current time t c indicates that endpoint has not yet been reached, the endpoint detection subroutine 1456 proceeds from step 1468 to steps 1476 and 1470 which may be executed in any order Step 1476 resets the "clock" of the subroutine 1456 by increasing the current time t c by a factor of "n " The magnitude of "n" defines the Analytical Time Resolution Step 1470 makes a determination as to whether the current plasma process has been terminated The same types of techniques discussed above in relation to determining when the plasma is "on" in the chamber 36 may be used in step 1470 So long as the current plasma process has not been terminated, the subroutine 1456 returns to step 1460 where another spectra is obtained for the subroutine 1456 at this new current time t c for a repetition of the above-described analysis If the plasma process has been terminated, the subroutine 1456 proceeds from step 1470 to step 1466 where control of the plasma monitoring operations may be returned to, for instance, the start-up module 202 of Figure 15 If no endpoint has been detected by the time at which the plasma process is terminated, information may be provided to personnel that endpoint was not detected and that there may have been some error or aberration in the process, even though the plasma health module 252 did not necessarily identify this condition The endpoint detection subroutine 1456 of Figure 52 will continue to execute in the above-noted manner until step 1468 identifies endpoint through steps 1464 and 1468 At this time the subroutine 1456 will proceed from step 1468 to step 1474 where the process alert module 428 of Figure 14 is called There, actions may be taken to apprise personnel that the endpoint of the subject plasma step has been reached (through execution of steps 454 and 458 of the process alert subroutine 432), actions may be taken in relation to control of the plasma process (e g , initiating the next plasma step or terminating the plasma recipe if the subject step is the last step of the recipe), or both Whether through the process alert module 428 or through step 1472 of the endpoint detection subroutine 1456, control of plasma monitoring operations may then be returned to, for instance, the startup module 202 of Figure 15 Another embodiment of an endpoint detection subroutine which may be accessed through the endpoint module 1200 is presented in Figure 53 The endpoint detection subroutine 1506 of Figure 53 initiates at step 1510 where a spectra of the plasma in the processing chamber 36 at the current time t c is obtained for the subroutine 1506 This spectra and a "reference" spectra are subtracted from each other at step 1514 Only the differential is important in relation to step 1514 That is, it is not of particular importance whether the current spectra is subtracted from the "reference" spectra or vice versa Preferably, both the reference spectra and the spectra on the current plasma process which is obtained are defined by the Preferred Optical Bandwidth and Preferred Data Resolution At least two alternatives may be implemented for the "reference" spectra from step 1514 of the endpoint detection subroutine 1506 The "reference" spectra for step 1514 may be retrieved from the endpoint subdirectory 316 of Figure 9 Preferably, the spectra from the endpoint subdirectory 316 which is the "reference" spectra for step 1514 of the endpoint detection subroutine 1506 is a spectra which is associated with the same plasma process That is, the spectra in the endpoint subdirectory 316 which is involved in the "subtraction" of step 1514 would be a spectra from a previous execution of the same plasma process in the same processing chamber 36 at a time in the plasma process when endpoint is at least assumed to have occurred How this spectra is selected for inclusion in the endpoint subdirectory 316 may be in accordance with the discussion presented above Moreover, information provided by the operator, by direct communications between the wafer production system 2 and the current plasma process module 250, or by the pattern recognition module 370 in which identifies the recipe, recipe step, etc, are detected, on the plasma process to be run in the processing chamber 36 may be used to select this spectra from the endpoint subdirectory 316 for use in the "subtraction" associated with step 1514 Another option for the "reference" spectra for purposes of step 1514 is a previous-in-time spectra from the same plasma process in which the current spectra is obtained at step 1510 (e g , the immediately preceding current time t c ) For instance, the spectra at the current time t c and the spectra at the current time t c.n may be subtracted from each other at step 1514 The subtraction operation involving the current spectra of the plasma in the processing chamber 36 at the current time t c and the "reference" spectra through execution of step 1514 of the endpoint detection subroutine 1514 generates an output which is indicative of the differential If the subroutine 1506 determines that this differential is within a certain predetermined tolerance at step 1518, endpoint will be deemed to have been reached and the subroutine will proceed from step 1518 to step 1530 where control is transferred to the process alert module 428 for action in accordance with the foregoing Otherwise, the subroutine 1506 will proceed from step 1518 to execute steps 1522 and 1524 The order in which steps 1522 and 1524 are executed is of no particular relevance Step 1522 resets the "clock" of the subroutine 1506 by increasing the current time t c by a factor of "n " The magnitude of "n" defines the Analytical Time Resolution Step 1524 makes a determination as to whether the current plasma process has been terminated The same types of techniques discussed above in relation to determining when the plasma is "on" in the chamber 36 may be used in step 1524 So long as the current plasma process has not been terminated, the subroutine 1506 returns to step 1510 where another spectra is obtained for the subroutine 1506 at this new current time t c for a repetition of the above-described analysis If the plasma process has been terminated, the subroutine 1506 proceeds from step 1524 to step 1528 where control of the plasma monitoring operations may be returned to, for instance, the start-up module 202 of Figure 15 The "differential" referred to in step 1518 of the endpoint detection subroutine 1506 of Figure 53 may be compared with a predetermined tolerance, such as baseline intensity A raw difference basis, a percentage difference basis, or both may be used for establishing this tolerance For example, when all of the data points involved in the "subtraction" of step 1514 are within ±"x" intensity units of each other, the subroutine 1506 may be directed to proceed from step 1518 to step 1530 Another way of saying this is that endpoint is deemed to have been reached for purposes of the endpoint detection subroutine 1506 when there are no longer any substantial peaks in the differential defined by step 1514 These types of concepts are illustrated by reference to Figures 54A-C, 55A-C, and 56A-C The spectra 1496a of Figure 54A is representative of plasma in the processing chamber 36 in the initial part (e g , for a current time t 0 ) of a plasma step being run on product within the processing chamber 36 (e g , the spectra of Figure 54A is the spectra at the current time t c from step 1510 of the endpoint detection subroutine 1506 of Figure 53) Spectra 1496a has a plurality of intensity peaks 1498a at various wavelengths and at various intensities The spectra 1500 of Figure 54B is the "reference" spectra from step 1514 of the endpoint detection subroutine 1506 and is defined by a plurality of peaks 1502 at various wavelengths and with various intensities Figure 54C is an illustration of the "difference" between the spectra 1496a of Figure 54A and the spectra 1500 of Figure 54C which is presented in the nature of an output 1504a Note that the output 1504a in Figure 54C has substantial peaks therein which is indicative that endpoint has not yet been reached based upon the logic of the endpoint detection subroutine 1506 of Figure 53 The spectra 1496b of Figure 55A is representative of plasma in the processing chamber 36 at an intermediate time (e g , for a current time t 30 ) in the same plasma step presented in Figure 54A (i e , the spectra of Figure 55A is the spectra at the current time t c from step 1510 of the endpoint detection subroutine 1506 of Figure 53) The spectra 1500 of Figure 55B is again the ' reference" spectra from step 1514 of the endpoint detection subroutine 1506, and Figure 55C is an illustration of the "difference" between the spectra 1496b of Figure 55A and the spectra 1500 of Figure 55B which is presented in the nature of an output 1504b Note that the output 1504b in Figure 55C still has substantial peaks therein which is indicative that endpoint has not yet been reached based upon the logic of the endpoint detection subroutine 1506 However, note that the plasma step has progressed in that the size of the peaks in the output 1504b of Figure 55C is less than the size of the peaks from the output 1504a of Figure 54C The spectra 1496c of Figure 56A is representative of plasma in the processing chamber 36 toward the end (e g , for a current time t 45 ) in the same plasma step presented in Figures 54A and 55A (i e , the spectra of Figure 56A is the spectra at the current time t c from step 1510 of the endpoint detection subroutine 1506 of Figure 53) The spectra 1500 of Figure 56B is again the "reference" spectra from step 1514 of the endpoint detection subroutine 1506, and Figure 56C is an illustration of the "difference" between the spectra 1496c of Figure 56A and the spectra 1500 of Figure 56B which is presented in the nature of an output 1504c Note that the output 1504c in Figure 56C now has no substantial peaks therein which is indicative that endpoint has been reached based upon the logic of the endpoint detection subroutine 1506 Therefore, endpoint would be called by the subroutine 1506 when the spectra of Figure 56A is encountered for action in accordance with the foregoing Another embodiment of a subroutine which may be utilized by the endpoint detection module 1200 of Figures 7 and 32 is presented in Figure 57 Generally, the endpoint detection subroutine 1204 of Figure 57 associates the endpoint of a given plasma process or a discrete portion thereof (e g , a plasma step) with a "modal" change in the plasma within the chamber 36 or a portion thereof around the time when endpoint has occurred In many cases there is a change in impedance associated with the processing chamber 36 at the time that endpoint is reached This change in impedance oftentimes is reflected by a "modal" change in the plasma within the processing chamber 36 or a portion thereof Changes in the plasma are in turn reflected in its optical emissions Endpoint could be called based upon this modal change alone (i e , solely through the endpoint detection subroutine 1204 of Figure 57) However, preferably this "modal" change for identifying endpoint is used in combination with another endpoint identification technique (e g , through the endpoint detection subroutine 1456 of Figure 52, through the endpoint detection subroutine 1506 of Figure 53) Optical emissions data are obtained for the endpoint detection subroutine 1204 of Figure 57 at its step 1208 These optical emissions data are more specifically of the plasma in the processing chamber 36 at a time t c1 Two other time-related variables are introduced at step 1212 A time t c1+n is set equal to a time t c2 at step 1212 As such, the time t c2 is greater than the time t cl by an increment of "n " The magnitude of "n" for the subroutine defines the Analytical Time Resolution Optical emissions of the plasma in the processing chamber 36 are obtained for this time t c2 through execution of step 1216 of the endpoint detection subroutine 1204 The intensities of the optical emissions from the current values for the times t c1 and t c2 are compared with each other at step 1220 of the endpoint detection subroutine 1204 If the differential between the optical emissions at these two times is less than a predetermined amount (e g , an increase or a decrease of a certain magnitude), determined through execution of step 1224, the subroutine 1204 proceeds from step 1224 to step 1228 The time t c2 is set equal to the time t c1 at step 1228 and spectral data for a new time t c2 is obtained by the endpoint detection subroutine 1204 returning to step 1212 for repetition in accordance with the foregoing In order to allow the subroutine 1204 to exit the foregoing if the plasma process is terminated, a step 1240 is incorporated which will provide this function by proceeding to a step 1244 where control may be returned to, for instance, the start-up module 202 of Figure 15 Control may also be returned to the start-up module 202 after endpoint is called in accordance with the following and through execution of step 1236 If the differential between the optical emissions associated with the times t c1 and t c2 is ever more than the predetermined amount associated with step 1224 of the endpoint detection subroutine 1204, this may be an indication of the above-noted "modal" change in the plasma which is in turn indicative of endpoint It is not definitively indicative of the type of "modal" change at this point in time however Only those "modal" changes associated with the plasma which occur at about the time that endpoint is estimated to occur, which appear quickly or abruptly, and which are persistently observed in subsequent executions of the same plasma process are indicative of a change in impedance which occurs at endpoint Therefore, it may be desirable to execute a plurality of runs for each particular plasma process in which the subroutine 1204 is used before relying upon the subroutine 1204 to call endpoint by execution of the process alert module 428 through execution of step 1232 The subroutine 1204 may also be implemented to confirm or increase the confidence level that endpoint has been reached when another endpoint detection technique is being used to call endpoint as well The "modal" change associated with the endpoint detection subroutine 1204 of Figure 57 may be monitored in relation to one or more specific wavelengths, but by definition impacts plasma performance and is detectable throughout the optical emissions range (although some wavelengths may demonstrate a stronger effect of the modal change than others) For instance the optical emissions associated with the differential referred to in step 1224 may be in relation to a single wavelength Moreover, the optical emissions associated with the differential referred to in step 1224 may be from a plurality of wavelengths, and the "differential" which is potentially indicative of a change in impedance may be when one or more of these wavelengths demonstrates the above-noted "modal" change. Another option is to monitor for the "modal" change over a certain bandwidth. In this regard, the output 1260 presented in Figure 58 illustrates the change in intensity of the plasma in the chamber 36 over time throughout the plasma step. More specifically, each point of the output 1260 illustrates the differential between the optical emissions of the plasma in the chamber 36 over the Preferred Optical Bandwidth and at the Preferred Data Resolution of a current time (e.g., t c ) and a preceding time (e.g., t c.n ). Preferably, each data point which defines the output 1260 is the differential between two adjacent times where optical emissions data is obtained from the chamber 36. As can be seen in the output 1260 from Figure 58, there is a significant change in the intensity of the plasma from about the 35 second mark and the 40 second mark. This is the type of "modal" change which may be associated with a change in impedance associated with the processing chamber 36, which in turn the endpoint detection subroutine 1204 of Figure 57 associates with endpoint. Another way for calling endpoint through the endpoint detection module 1200 is illustrated in Figure 64 in the form of an endpoint detection subroutine 1670. The subroutine 1670 includes preparation or initialization steps 1672 and 1674 which may be executed in any order. Step 1672 directs that the endpoint wavelength region(s) be selected. One or more endpoint wavelength regions may be used to call a specific endpoint within the subject plasma process. Various implementation alternatives exist. Endpoint "A" may be called when indicated by relevant plots of either of the endpoint wavelength regions or only when indicated by the relevant plots of all relevant endpoint wavelength regions. One endpoint wavelength region may be designated as the primary indicator for endpoint "A", and any other endpoint wavelength region associated with the same endpoint may be used merely to increase the confidence level that the call on endpoint "A" by the primary endpoint wavelength region was correct. Step 1674 is another initialization step of sorts in that it is directed toward the selection of how a certain pattern associated with the endpoint wavelength region selected in step 1672 will be identified, and which has been determined to be indicative of a specific endpoint (e g through the research module 1300) Various alternatives have already been discussed in relation to how this event may be identified, and such may also be used by the endpoint detection subroutine 1670 of Figure 64 Whether a specific endpoint is being called based upon the behavior of a specific wavelength or a wavelength region, one way of identifying a "pattern" of this specific wavelength or wavelength region which is indicative of the specific endpoint is through algorithms as indicated by step 1674 A number of algorithms may be utilized to identify the relevant pattern and equate the same with endpoint, and therefore these algorithms will be characterized as endpoint algorithms One type of endpoint algorithm which is appropriate in certain situations is one that identifies when the negative slope of the plot associated with the endpoint wavelength/wavelength region exceeds a certain threshold ("endpoint algorithm A1 ") Another type of endpoint algorithm which is appropriate in certain situations is one that identifies when there is at least a certain change in the rate of a negative slope in a plot associated with the endpoint wavelength/wavelength region ("endpoint algorithm A2") Yet another type of endpoint algorithm which is appropriate in certain situations is one that identifies when the positive slope of the plot associated with the endpoint wavelength/wavelength region exceeds a certain threshold ("endpoint algorithm B1 ") Yet another type of endpoint algorithm which is appropriate in certain situations is one that identifies when there is at least a certain change in the rate of a positive slope in a plot associated with the endpoint wavelength/wavelength region ("endpoint algorithm B2") The "plots" referred to in relation to these endpoint algorithms may be a plot of the change in area over time for the subject endpoint wavelength region A precursor or condition precedent to calling endpoint on any of endpoint algorithms A1 , A2, B1 , or B2 may involve meeting or exceeding a certain threshold for the mean square error of the subject plot of the endpoint wavelength/wavelength region During the running of the subject plasma process, indicated by step 1676 of the endpoint detection subroutine 1670 of Figure 64, optical emissions of the plasma are obtained as indicated by step 1678 Preferably these optical emissions encompass the Preferred Optical Bandwidth, and further are obtained using the Preferred Data Resolution and Preferred Data Collection Time Resolution This optical emissions data is preferably stored on a computer- readable storage medium, such as in a log file and/or in the plasma spectra directory 284 In any case, the various wavelengths comprising the optical emissions data are cataloged in some manner so as to be independently identifiable The endpoιnt(s) of the subject plasma process may then be called through execution of step 1680 and in any of the above-described manners (e g , through any of the endpoint algorithms A1 , A2, B1 , B2) For instance, after cataloging the incoming optical emissions data on the current plasma process, certain designated data may be retrieved or isolated for use by the endpoint detection module 1200 There are a number of key aspects of calling endpoint through the endpoint module 1200 which are emphasized by the endpoint detection subroutine 1670 of Figure 64 Initially, multiple endpoint wavelength regions may be selected at step 1672 to call multiple endpoints in the plasma process of step 1676 (e g , the multiple steps of a plasma recipe) Another key is that no hardware changes are required for any plasma monitoring system using the endpoint detection subroutine 1670 to change the wavelength region which is desired for use in calling a specific endpoint This may then be characterized as a virtual bandpass filter or virtual filtering technique As noted throughout, optical emissions are preferably collected on any plasma process at the Preferred Optical Bandwidth, Preferred Data Resolution, and Preferred Data Collection Time Resolution and stored on a computer-readable storage medium Moreover endpoint has been described as being called based upon a certain wavelength or wavelength region which is included within the Preferred Optical Bandwidth, but which does not constitute the entirety of the Preferred Optical Bandwidth That is, the endpoint indicators described herein have been described as merely a subset of the Preferred Optical Bandwidth However, optical emissions data within the Preferred Optical Bandwidth have nonetheless still been collected on the subject plasma process By appropriately storing this optical emissions data in the manner described herein, any specific portion thereof may be called upon or retrieved by the endpoint module 1200 for use in calling endpoint (e g , any portion of the collected data may be used by any of endpoint algorithms A1 , A2, B1 , B2) Since this is done without adding a filter to obtain the desired optical emissions, the endpoint module 1200 has virtual bandpass filter capabilities (i e , collecting a certain amount of data on a plasma process, and then only selecting only a portion of this data to monitor plasma health and/or to call one or more endpoints, provides a filtering function which does not require changes to the optical system, and may then be described as being done "virtually") This makes the endpoint module 1200 very "generic" in that it may be used to call any type of endpoint on any type of plasma process simply by changing the values of the optical emissions data which are assumed to be, or identified to be, indicative of endpoint, and therefore without having to make hardware changes since a larger scope of optical emissions data is still being collected Wafer Distribution Module 1384 - Figures 59-60 Various of the above-noted evaluations provided by the current plasma process module 250 may provide information to the wafer distribution module 1384 of Figures 59-60 to have some type of effect on the distribution of wafers to the various process chambers 36 of the wafer production system 2 One embodiment of a subroutine which may be used by the wafer distribution module 1384 is illustrated in Figure 59 The subroutine 1388 of Figure 55 includes steps 1392, 1396, 1400, and 1402 in which the protocol is for the wafer distribution subroutine 1388 to proceed to the plasma process product module 252 for each of chambers 36a-d (Figure 1 ) The subroutine 1388 may of course accommodate wafer production systems having different numbers of processing chambers 36 Monitoring of the current plasma recipes being run on product in each of these processing chambers 38a-d is included in the protocol of 1404 Any deviation from the normal spectra subdirectory 288 of the current plasma recipe being run on product in any of the chambers 36a-d is noted at step 1408 In the case where the current plasma recipe being run on product in a given processing chamber 36 does not "match" any plasma recipe within the normal spectra subdirectory 288, the distribution of wafers 18 to this chamber 36 is suspended This may be due to an error in the subject plasma recipe identified by the plasma process product module 252 of Figures 21 -25, the identification of an unknown condition in the subject plasma recipe by the plasma process product module 252 of Figures 21 -25, or the identification of a dirty chamber condition by the chamber condition module 1084 of any of Figures 27-29 Although suspension may be implemented on the first occurrence of this type of event, the wafer distribution subroutine 1388 may be structured such that there is no suspension until a predetermined number of consecutive plasma recipes have deviated from the normal spectra subdirectory 288 on a given chamber 36 or when a certain percentage of a fixed number of plasma recipes have deviated from the normal spectra subdirectory 288 on a given chamber 36 (e g , when at least one out of three runs have not matched any plasma recipe in the normal spectra subdirectory 288) Another embodiment of a subroutine which may be used by the wafer distribution module 1384 of Figures 7 and 32 is illustrated in Figure 60 The subroutine 1416 includes steps 1420, 1424, 1428, and 1430 in which the protocol is for the wafer distribution subroutine 1416 to proceed to the plasma process product module 252 for each of the respective processing chambers 36a-d (Figure 1 ) The subroutine 1416 may of course accommodate wafer production systems having different numbers of processing chambers 74 Monitoring of the current plasma recipes being run on product in each of these processing chambers 36a-d is included in the protocol of step 1432 The total time required to execute each plasma recipe on each of the chambers 36 is also noted at step 1432 Step 1432 may thereby use the plasma process product module 252 discussed above in relation to Figures 21-25, as well as the endpoint module 1200 discussed above in relation to Figures 52-58 The distribution sequence of wafers 18 to these chambers 36 is based upon the total time required to complete each plasma recipe as noted in step 1436 The logic of step 1436 of the wafer distribution subroutine 1416 may be that a priority is given to the processing chamber 36 which is executing the plasma recipe in the shortest amount of time That is, the distribution sequence of wafers 18 to the chamber 36 may be to utilize the "fastest" processing chamber 36 the most If the "fastest" chamber was 36a and is available (i e , no product therein), the logic of step 1436 would instruct the wafer handling assembly 44 to provide a wafer 18 to this chamber 36a even though another chamber (e g , chamber 36b) is "scheduled" to receive the next wafer 18 Alternatively, the logic of step 1436 may be that a priority is given to the processing chamber 36 which is executing the plasma recipe over the longest period of time Lengthening of the time required to execute a plasma recipe may indicate that the chamber 36 is becoming dirty, and may be in need of "cleaning" in the near future as discussed above in relation to the chamber condition module 1084 of Figures 27-29 Since this is the case the operator of the facility incorporating the wafer production system 2 may decide to maximize the runs on a given chamber 36 once it has been determined that it will be taken "off-line" in the near future for cleaning Plasma Monitoring Network 1610 - Figures 65-66 Wafer fabrication facilities will typically utilize a plurality of wafer production systems 2 (e g , a plurality of clusters of chambers 36, with a cluster of processing chambers 36 being served by a common wafer handling assembly 44 and typically controlled by a common MCU 58) One way of networking a plurality of wafer production systems 2 is illustrated in the form of a plasma monitoring network 1610 which is presented in Figure 65 Four wafer production systems 2a-d are illustrated in Figure 65, although any number of wafer production systems 2 may be networked utilizing principles of the plasma monitoring network 1610 Each wafer production system 2 on the network 1610 is illustrated as being contained within a single clean room 1646 defined by an appropriate enclosing barrier 1648 However, the plasma monitoring network 1610 may be used to interconnect wafer production systems 2 which are located in any number of clean rooms 1646 (not shown) Each wafer production system 2 is illustrated as having its own mam control unit 58 and plasma monitor control unit 128 which as noted may be appropriately operatively interconnected to control operations in at least some manner based upon the monitoring of plasma processing operations (not shown) The plasma monitor control unit 128 for a given wafer production system 2 may be configured so as to be able to simultaneously monitor plasma processes being conducted in each of the chambers 36 within its system 2, and further a given plasma monitoring control unit 128 for a certain wafer production system 2 may be controlled on a chamber-by-chamber basis (i e , even though a single plasma monitoring control unit 128 may be used for a plurality of chambers 36, the plasma monitoring control unit 128 may be configured so that plasma monitoring operations in each of these chambers 36 will be independently controllable). The main control unit 58 and plasma monitoring control unit 128 of each given wafer production system 2 are both operatively interconnected with a remote chamber cluster station 1614 which is located outside of the clean room 1646. A remote master station 1630 is also located outside of the clean room 1646 and is operatively interconnected with the main control unit 58 and plasma monitor control unit 128 of each wafer production system 2 on the plasma monitoring network 1610. Each remote chamber cluster station 1614 and the remote master station 1630 may have an appropriate display (e.g., computer monitor) and data entry device (e.g., keyboard, mouse). Access to the main control unit 58 of a particular wafer production system 2 and the plasma monitoring control unit(s) 128 of a given wafer production system 2 is controlled through an access module 1682. There is an access module 1682 associated with each of the remote chamber cluster stations 1614 and the remote master station 1630. The access module 1682 in turn has a plurality of modules or accessible items. Flexibility exists as to what may be done on each of the remote chamber cluster stations 1614 and the remote master station 1630. That is, the plasma monitoring network 1610 may be "programmed" to tailor which of the modules illustrated in Figure 66 that each of the remote chamber cluster stations 1614 and remote master station 1630 may access. With this flexibility, the access to the modules of Figure 66 may be different for the remote master station 1630 and each of the remote chamber cluster stations 1614, the access to the modules of Figure 66 may be different between one or more of the remote chamber cluster stations 1614, or any combination thereof. It should be noted that the modules illustrated in Figure 66 also may be made available to or incorporated in any one or more of the plasma monitoring control units 128 within the clean room 1646, whether included on a plasma monitoring network 1510 or in a non-networked environment. In many cases, neither any of the remote chamber cluster stations 1614 nor the remote master station 1630 will have access to any main control unit 58 to control the operation of the same. Nonetheless, this type of access may be controlled by its associated access module 1682 through a process control module 1681 When a given process control module 1681 is "on", access to the corresponding MCU 58 will be made available Conversely, when a given process control module 1681 is "off," access to the corresponding MCU 58 will be denied It will be more common for the remote master station 1630 and the various remote chamber cluster stations 1614 to have access to one or more plasma monitoring control units 128 This type of access is also controlled through their corresponding access module 1682 One of the modules which may be made available in the above-noted manner on the plasma monitoring network 1610 is a data player module 1684 The data player module 1684 basically allows the optical emissions data that was recorded in the plasma spectra directory 284 or otherwise in a data log file from a plasma process previously executed on a certain chamber 36 to be "rerun" in a sense on the remote master station 1630 and/or the corresponding remote chamber cluster station 1614 That is, this same data will be reused by the data player module 1684, which includes the same current plasma process module 250 used by the plasma monitoring module 200 at the subject processing chamber 36 For instance, changes may be made to the endpoint detection module 1200 of the data player module 1684 Importantly, these changes are not actually made to the plasma monitoring control unit 128 at the associated chamber 36 within the clean room 1646 The effect of these changes may then be analyzed by using optical emissions data from a previous plasma process This allows for appropriate experimentation on real optical emissions data, but without necessarily affecting production Numerous ways exist to "change" the endpoint module 1200 on a given data player module 1684 For instance, the viability of a different wavelength or wavelength region as an endpoint indicator candidate may be tested by attempting to call endpoint using this data in any of the above-described manners (e g , using endpoint algorithms A1 , A2, B1 , B2) The viability of a different endpoint detection technique may also be tested using the data player module 1684, such as by changing from endpoint algorithm A1 to endpoint algorithm A2 which were discussed in relation to the endpoint detection subroutine 1670 of Figure 64 Another possible change that may be tested using the data player module 1684 would be to modify the threshold value for the mean square error discussed above in relation to the endpoint detection subroutine 1670 of Figure 64 Time-related settings may also be modified through the data player module 1684 which would be used to program the endpoint module 1200 Various time-related criteria may be input to the endpoint module 1200 or one of its subroutines Instructions may be input to the endpoint detection module 1200 of the data player module 1684 to not call endpoint before expiration of a certain amount of time (e g , so as to not call endpoint until at least "x" seconds after the plasma comes on in the chamber) and/or after a certain amount of time has passed (e g , so as to not call endpoint if such has not been called by the endpoint module 1200 prior to "y" seconds after the plasma initially came on in the chamber) Changes could also be made to the plasma health module 252 and tested using optical emissions data from any prior plasma process through the data player module 1684 Another module made available on the plasma monitoring network 1610 is the statistical analyzer module 1686 Basically, the statistical analyzer module 1686 may be used to evaluate various aspects of past performance of one or more chambers 36 within a given wafer production system 2, to evaluate various aspects of past performance of one or more wafer production systems 2, or any combination thereof For instance, the statistical analyzer module 1686 may be used to compare the past performance of one chamber 36 in a certain wafer production system 2 to itself, to another chamber 36 in this same wafer production system 2, or to another chamber 36 in a different wafer production system 2 over any desired period of time Comparisons of one wafer production system 2 may be made to itself or to another wafer production system 2 over any period of time through the statistical analyzer module 1686 Any other statistical analysis may be made available through the statistical analyzer module 1686 Operational control of a certain plasma monitoring control unit 128 at the chamber 36 may be affected through a remote control module 1688 which is also illustrated in Figure 66 For instance, a certain remote chamber cluster station 1614, the remote master station 1630, or any combination thereof may be allowed to make certain changes to any one or more of the sub-modules of any one or more of the plasma monitoring modules 200 of the subject plasma monitoring control unit 128 at the chamber(s) 36 to affect how the same will operate on the current plasma process or the next current plasma process run in the subject chamber(s) 36 This would include being able to make some change in relation to the subject plasma health module 252 and the endpoint module 1200 Access to make these changes could be provided to a remote chamber cluster station 1614 for its entire wafer production system 2, or could be made on a chamber-by-chamber basis within the wafer production system 2 Typically, the remote chamber cluster stations 1614 will not have access to their respective plasma monitoring control unit 128 for any of their respective chambers 36 through the remote control module 1688 (i e , having a given remote control module 1688 "on" may provide the noted access, while having the given remote control module "off' may deny the noted access) In some cases the remote master station 1630 may have access to the various plasma monitoring control units 128 at their respective chamber 36 through the control module 1688, and in other cases even the remote master station 1630 may not have access to the various plasma monitoring control units 128 at the various chambers 36 within the clean room 1646 Finally, a process review module 1689 may be made available to any one or more of the remote chamber cluster stations 1614, the remote master station 1630, or any combination thereof to allow the same to view the data on the plasma process currently being run on designated chambers 36 within a designated wafer production system 2 to which access has been provided through the plasma monitoring network 1610 via the process review module 1690 For instance, a process review module 1690 may allow the remote master station 1630 to view a plasma process being conducted within any of the processing chambers 36 in real-time (e g , data reflective of the plasma process or any portion thereof, and including the plot of the endpoint wavelength(s)/wavelength regιon(s)), including reviewing two or more processes simultaneously However, the remote chamber cluster stations 1614 will typically only have access through the process review module 1690 to view plasma processes being conducted within chambers 36 of its own wafer production system 2, although process review capabilities on any one or more of the remote chamber cluster stations 1614 could be expanded to review plasma processes being conducted in different wafer production systems 2 as well. Conclusion The plasma monitoring assemblies 174, 500, and 700 as described above offers numerous advantages. One advantage is that the logic of the current plasma process module 250 and its various sub-modules can be used with any type of plasma chamber and further can be used to evaluate any type of plasma process. No significant adaptation of the logic of the module 250 or any of its sub-modules is required to use the module 250 on one chamber type/design, and then to turn around and use this same module 250 on another chamber type/design. Similarly, no adaptation of the module 250 or any of its sub- modules is required to use the module 250 on one type of plasma process, and then to turn around and use this same module 250 on a plasma process which is somehow different. In this sense the module 250 is a generic plasma monitoring tool. Another advantage of the plasma monitoring assemblies 174, 500, 700 is that the data which is used to evaluate the plasma processes conducted within a processing chamber is taken from this very same processing chamber when running the very same type of plasma process. In this sense when the assemblies 174, 500, and 700 are installed on a particular processing chamber, the assemblies 174, 500, 700 become specific to the chamber. The fact that a given plasma recipe will behave in one way on one chamber and another way on another chamber is of no significance to the plasma monitoring assemblies 174, 500, 700. Each assembly 174, 500, 700 adapts to the idiosyncrasies of its associated chamber and learns about the chamber through the running of actual plasma processes on the chamber to build up the plasma spectra directory 284 for that particular chamber. Again, each chamber will have its own plasma spectra directory 284 or the like in that all information used to evaluation a given plasma process on a given plasma chamber will have been obtained from this very same processing chamber. Significant information on the current plasma process is made available pursuant to the current plasma process product module 250 and its various submodules. The module 250 has the ability to: determine if the current plasma process is proceeding like one or more previous runnings of this same plasma process on this same chamber, determine if the endpoint of a given plasma step has been reached, determine if the endpoint of each plasma step in a plasma recipe has been reached, identify the current plasma recipe to operations personnel, identify the current plasma step to operations personnel, determine when a chamber should be cleaned, and to determine when each of a plasma cleaning, and conditioning wafer operation may be terminated How this information is used will typically be left up to the discretion of the operator of the facility incorporating the wafer production system 2 For instance, the current plasma process module 250 may simply be used a source of information on the current plasma process The current plasma process module 250 may also take a more active roil in the operation of the wafer production system 2 by integrating the module 250 with process controls for the system 2, such as to automate control of plasma process operations based upon information provided by the module 250 Various combinations may also be employed in that any sub- module may be "programmed" to be for information only, for process control only, or for both Flexibility to deal with these types of issues is provided by the modular construction of the current plasma process module 250 where the module 250 and each of its sub-modules are again preferably stored on a computer-readable data storage medium (e g , computer-readable memory such as one or more hard disks, floppy disks, zip-drive disks, CDS) Therefore, changes to the structure of the current plasma process module 250 may be readily implemented The foregoing description of the present invention has been presented for purposes of illustration and description Furthermore, the description is not intended to limit the invention to the form disclosed herein Consequently, variations and modifications commensurate with the above teachings, and skill and knowledge of the relevant art, are within the scope of the present invention The embodiments described heremabove are further intended to explain best modes known of practicing the invention and to enable others skilled in the art to utilize the invention in such, or other embodiments and with various modifications required by the particular applιcatιon(s) or use(s) of the present invention It is intended that the appended claims be construed to include alternative embodiments to the extent permitted by the prior art

Claims: What is claimed is: 1. A method for monitoring a plasma process comprising a first plasma step, said method comprising the steps of: generating a plasma in said processing chamber; performing said first plasma step using said generating step, wherein there is a first endpoint of said first plasma step which is when said first plasma step has produced a first predetermined result; evaluating a condition of said plasma in said processing chamber, wherein said condition is a cumulative result of all parameters having an effect on said plasma in said processing chamber; and monitoring said performing step to identify an occurrence of said first endpoint of said first plasma step. 2. A method, as claimed in Claim 1 , wherein: said plasma process is selected from the group consisting of a plasma recipe which is run on at least one product in said processing chamber, a plasma cleaning operation, a plasma conditioning operation, and a qualification wafer operation. 3. A method, as claimed in Claim 1 , wherein: said evaluating step comprises evaluating optical emissions of said plasma in said processing chamber within a first wavelength range extending from about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers, from at least at a plurality of different times during said performing step, and at least at every 1 nanometer throughout said first wavelength range. 4. A method, as claimed in Claim 1 , further comprising the step of: terminating said monitoring step when said evaluating step identifies a first condition, said first condition being that said performing step is proceeding other than in accordance with a first standard associated with said performing step. 5. A method, as claimed in Claim 1 , wherein: said monitoring step comprises: obtaining optical emissions of said plasma in said processing chamber at least a plurality of different times during said performing step; comparing said optical emissions at each of said plurality of different times with said optical emissions from an earlier of said plurality of different times; and determining when said optical emissions from said comparing step are within a predetermined amount of each other and equating this with said first endpoint. 6. A method, as claimed in Claim 5, wherein: said optical emissions at each of said plurality of different times have an associated pattern, wherein said comparing step comprises comparing said patterns of said optical emissions from said comparing step, and wherein said predetermined amount of said determining step defines when said patterns of said optical emissions from said comparing step are considered a match. 7. A method, as claimed in Claim 5, wherein: said comparing step comprises comparing said optical emissions at a first time with said optical emissions from an immediately preceding time. 8. A method, as claimed in Claim 1 , wherein: said monitoring step comprises: obtaining optical emissions of said plasma in said processing chamber at least a plurality of different times during said performing step; comparing said optical emissions at each of said plurality of different times with at least one standard; determining when said optical emissions from at least one of said plurality of different times is within a predetermined amount of said at least one standard and equating this with said first endpoint. 9. A method, as claimed in Claim 8, wherein: said at least one standard was obtained from a previous execution of the same said performing step in the same said processing chamber. 10. A method, as claimed in Claim 8, wherein: said at least one standard is stored on a computer-readable storage medium. 11. A method, as claimed in Claim 8, wherein: said optical emissions at each of said plurality of different times have an associated pattern, wherein said at least one standard has a standard pattern, wherein said comparing step comprises comparing said pattern of said optical emissions at each of said plurality of different times with said standard pattern, and wherein said predetermined amount of said determining step defines when said pattern of said optical emissions from at least one of said plurality of different times and said standard pattern are considered a match 12 A method, as claimed in Claim 1 , wherein said monitoring step comprises monitoring said performing step for occurrence of said first endpoint using first and second techniques, said first technique being different from said second technique, and wherein said first endpoint is identifiable by at least one of said first and second techniques 13 A method, as claimed in Claim 12, wherein said first and second techniques are each selected from the group consisting of determining when there is at least a first change in an impedance of said processing chamber, evaluating optical emissions of said plasma in said processing chamber over a first wavelength range at least a plurality of times during said performing step, and evaluating at least one individual wavelength of said plasma in said processing chamber at least a plurality of times during said performing step 14 A method, as claimed in Claim 1 , wherein said monitoring step comprises determining if there is at least a first change in an impedance of said processing chamber and equating this with said first endpoint 15 A method, as claimed in Claim 14, wherein said determining step is based upon a change in at least a portion of optical emissions of said plasma in said processing chamber during said performing step 16 A method, as claimed in Claim 1 , wherein said monitoring step comprises evaluating at least one individual wavelength of said plasma in said processing chamber at least a plurality of times during said performing step 17 A method, as claimed in Claim 16, wherein said evaluating at least one individual wavelength step comprises using a technique selected from the group consisting of determining when a plot of intensity versus time of said at least one individual wavelength deviates by more than a predetermined amount from a predetermined equation, determining when a time rate of change of a slope of said plot of intensity versus time of said at least one individual wavelength deviates by more than a predetermined amount, and combinations thereof. 18. A method, as claimed in Claim 1 , wherein said plasma process further comprises a second plasma step which is different from said first plasma step at least through a change in said plasma from said generating step, said method further comprising the steps of: performing said second plasma step using said introducing step and after said performing said first plasma step, wherein there is a second endpoint of said second plasma step which is when said second plasma step has produced a second predetermined result; monitoring said performing said second plasma step to identify an occurrence of said second endpoint of said second plasma step; and terminating said generating step after completion of said performing said second plasma step, wherein said first and second endpoints are identified before said terminating step. 19. A plasma monitoring system for a plasma process performed in a processing chamber and comprising a first plasma step, wherein a first endpoint of said first plasma step is when a first predetermined result of said first plasma step has been achieved, said system comprising: a computer-readable storage medium comprising: means for receiving data on said plasma process and including said first plasma step; means for evaluating a condition of said plasma during a performance of said first plasma step and from data on said first plasma step provided to said means for receiving data, wherein said condition is a cumulative result of all parameters having an effect on said plasma in said processing chamber; and means for identifying an occurrence of said first endpoint from data on said first plasma step provided to said means for receiving data. 20. A system, as claimed in Claim 19, wherein: said plasma process is selected from the group consisting of a plasma recipe which is run on at least one product in said processing chamber, a plasma cleaning operation, a plasma conditioning operation, and a qualification wafer operation. 21. A system, as claimed in Claim 19, wherein: said means for receiving data comprises means for receiving data representative of optical emissions of said plasma in said processing chamber within a first wavelength range extending from about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers, from at least at a plurality of different times during said first plasma step, and at least at every 1 nanometer throughout said first wavelength range. 22. A system, as claimed in Claim 19, further comprising: means for disabling said means for identifying when said means for evaluating identifies a first condition, said first condition being that said first plasma step is proceeding other than in accordance with a first standard associated with said first plasma step. 23. A system, as claimed in Claim 19, wherein: said means for identifying comprises: means for receiving data representative of optical emissions of said plasma in said processing chamber at least a plurality of different times during said first plasma step; means for comparing said optical emissions at each of said plurality of different times with said optical emissions from an earlier of said plurality of different times; and means for determining when said optical emissions from said means for comparing are within a predetermined amount of each other and equating this with said first endpoint. 24. A system, as claimed in Claim 23, wherein: said optical emissions from said means for obtaining have an associated pattern, wherein said means for comparing comprises means for comparing said patterns of said optical emissions from said means for comparing, and wherein said predetermined amount of said means for determining defines when said patterns of said optical emissions from said means for comparing are considered a match. 25. A system, as claimed in Claim 23, wherein: said means for comparing compares said optical emissions at a first time with said optical emissions from an immediately preceding time. 26. A system, as claimed in Claim 19, wherein: said means for identifying comprises: means for receiving data representative of optical emissions of said plasma in said processing chamber at least a plurality of different times during said first plasma step; means for comparing said optical emissions at each of said plurality of different times with at least one standard; and means for determining when said optical emissions from at least one of said plurality of different times is within a predetermined amount of said at least one standard. 27. A system, as claimed in Claim 26, wherein: said at least one standard is stored on said computer-readable storage medium. 28. A system, as claimed in Claim 26, wherein: said optical emissions from each of said plurality of different times have an associated pattern, wherein said at least one standard has a standard pattern, wherein said means for comparing comprises means for comparing said pattern of said optical emissions from each of said plurality of different times with said standard pattern, and wherein said predetermined amount of said means for determining defines when said patterns from said means for comparing are considered a match. 29. A system, as claimed in Claim 19, wherein: said means for identifying comprises means for monitoring said first plasma step for an occurrence of said first endpoint using first and second techniques, said first technique being different from said second technique. 30. A system, as claimed in Claim 29, wherein: said first and second techniques are each selected from the group consisting of means for determining when there is at least a first change in an impedance of said processing chamber, means for evaluating optical emissions of said plasma in said processing chamber over a first wavelength range at least a plurality of times during said first plasma step, and means for evaluating at least one individual wavelength of said plasma in said processing chamber at least a plurality of times during said first plasma step. 31. A system, as claimed in Claim 19, wherein: said means for identifying comprises means for determining if there is at least a first change in an impedance of said processing chamber. 32. A system, as claimed in Claim 31 , wherein: said means for determining is based upon a change in at least a portion of optical emissions of said plasma in said processing chamber during said first plasma step. 33. A system, as claimed in Claim 19, wherein: said means for identifying comprises means for evaluating at least one individual wavelength of said plasma in said processing chamber at least a plurality of times during said first plasma step. 34. A method, as claimed in Claim 33, wherein: said means for evaluating at least one individual wavelength comprises using a technique selected from the group consisting of means for determining when a plot of intensity versus time of said at least one individual wavelength deviates by more than a predetermined amount from a predetermined equation, means for determining when a time rate of change of a slope of said plot of intensity versus time of said at least one individual wavelength deviates by more than a predetermined amount, and combinations thereof. 35. A system, as claimed in Claim 19, wherein said plasma process comprises a second plasma step which is different from said first plasma step, wherein a second endpoint of said second plasma step is when a second result of said second plasma step has been achieved, and wherein said computer-readable storage medium further comprises: means for identifying an occurrence of said second endpoint from data on said second plasma step provided to said means for receiving data. 36. A system for running at least a first plasma step, said system comprising: a processing chamber comprising a window; a first gas inlet and a first gas outlet fiuidly interconnected with said processing chamber; a plasma generator in said plasma chamber, wherein said first plasma step may be run in said processing chamber when said plasma generator is activated, and wherein there is a first endpoint of said first plasma step which is when said first plasma step has produced a first predetermined result; means for evaluating a condition of said plasma in said processing chamber, wherein said condition is a cumulative result of all parameters having an effect on said plasma in said processing chamber; and means for identifying an occurrence of said first endpoint of said first plasma step. 37. A method for monitoring a plasma process comprising a first plasma step, said method comprising the steps of: generating a plasma in said processing chamber; running said first plasma step in said processing chamber using said generating step, wherein there is a first endpoint of said first plasma step which is when said first plasma step has produced a first predetermined result; performing a first evaluating step comprising evaluating at least one characteristic of said plasma in said processing chamber during at least a portion of said running step using a first time resolution, said first time resolution meaning that each pair of adjacent times for which said performing a first evaluating step is executed is no more than an amount equal to said first time resolution; and identifying if said first endpoint of said first plasma step has occurred, said identifying step comprising performing a second evaluating step comprising evaluating data relating to said plasma during at least a portion of said running step using a second time resolution, said second time resolution meaning that each pair of adjacent times for which said performing a second evaluating step is executed is no more than an amount equal to said second time resolution, said second time resolution being different than said first time resolution. 38. A method, as claimed in Claim 37, wherein: said performing a first evaluating step comprises evaluating a condition of said plasma in said processing chamber, wherein said condition is a cumulative result of all parameters having an effect on said plasma in said processing chamber. 39. A method, as claimed in Claim 38, wherein: said first time resolution is greater than said second time resolution. 40. A method, as claimed in Claim 37, wherein: said first time resolution is greater than said second time resolution. 41. A method for monitoring a plasma process comprising a first plasma step and a second plasma step, said method comprising the steps of: loading a quantity of product into a processing chamber; exposing said product in said processing chamber to a plasma; performing said first plasma step on said product, wherein there is a first endpoint of said first plasma step which is when said first plasma step has produced a first predetermined result on said product; monitoring said performing said first plasma step to identify an occurrence of said first endpoint; performing said second plasma step on said product, wherein there is a second endpoint of said second plasma step which is when said second plasma step has produced a second predetermined result on said product, wherein said second predetermined result is different from said first predetermined result; monitoring said performing said second plasma step to identify an occurrence of said second endpoint; and unloading said product from said processing chamber after both of said first and second endpoints have been identified. 42. A plasma monitoring system for a plasma process performed on a first product in a processing chamber, wherein said plasma process comprises first and second plasma steps, wherein a first endpoint of said first plasma step is when a first predetermined result of said first plasma step has been achieved on said first product, and wherein a second endpoint of said second plasma step is when a second predetermined result of said second plasma step has been achieved on said first product, wherein said second predetermined result is different from said first predetermined result, said system comprising a computer-readable storage medium comprising means for receiving data on said plasma process and including data on each of said first and second plasma steps, means for identifying an occurrence of said first endpoint from data on said first plasma step provided to said means for receiving data, and means for identifying an occurrence of said second endpoint from data on said second plasma step provided to said means for receiving data 43 A system for running a plasma process on a first product in a processing chamber, wherein said plasma process comprises first and second plasma steps, wherein a first endpoint of said first plasma step is when a first predetermined result of said first plasma step has been achieved on said first product, and wherein a second endpoint of said second plasma step is when a second predetermined result of said second plasma step has been achieved on said first product, wherein said second predetermined result is different from said first predetermined result, said system comprising a processing chamber comprising a product access and a window, wherein product may be transferred between an interior and exterior of said processing chamber through said product access, a first gas inlet and a first gas outlet fiuidly interconnected with said processing chamber, a plasma generator in said plasma chamber, wherein said first and second plasma steps may be run on said first product in said processing chamber after activation of said plasma generator, and a computer-readable storage medium comprising means for identifying when said first endpoint of said first plasma step has occurred, and means for identifying when said second endpoint of said second plasma step has occurred 44 A method for monitoring a plasma process comprising a first plasma step, said method comprising the steps of generating a plasma in said processing chamber, performing said first plasma step on said product, wherein there is a first endpoint of said first plasma step which is when said first plasma step has produced a first predetermined result, monitoring said performing said first plasma step to identify an occurrence of said first endpoint, wherein said monitoring step comprises monitoring said performing step for occurrence of said first endpoint using first and second techniques, said first technique being different from said second technique, and wherein said first endpoint is identifiable by at least one of said first and second techniques 45 A method, as claimed in Claim 44, wherein said plasma process is selected from the group consisting of a plasma recipe which is run on at least one product in said processing chamber, a plasma cleaning operation, a plasma conditioning operation, and a qualification wafer operation 46 A method, as claimed in Claim 44, further comprising the step of obtaining optical emissions of said plasma in said processing chamber within a first wavelength range extending from about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers, from a plurality of different times during said performing step, and at least at every 1 nanometer throughout said first wavelength range 47 A method, as claimed in Claim 46, wherein a spacing between each pair of adjacent wavelengths retrieved by said obtaining step is selected from the group consisting of equal spacings, unequal spacings, and a combination of equal spacings and unequal spacings 48 A method, as claimed in Claim 44, wherein said first technique of said identifying step comprises obtaining optical emissions of said plasma in said processing chamber at least a plurality of different times during said performing step, comparing said optical emissions at each of said plurality of different times with said optical emissions from an earlier of said plurality of different times, and determining when said optical emissions from said comparing step are within a predetermined amount of each other and equating this with said first endpoint 49 A method, as claimed in Claim 48, wherein said comparing step comprises comparing said optical emissions at a first time with said optical emissions from an immediately preceding time 50 A method, as claimed in Claim 48, wherein said optical emissions at each of said plurality of different times have an associated pattern, wherein said comparing step comprises comparing said patterns of said optical emissions from said comparing step, and wherein said predetermined amount of said determining step defines when said patterns of said optical emissions from said comparing step are considered a match 51 A method, as claimed in Claim 44, wherein said first technique of said identifying step comprises obtaining optical emissions of said plasma in said processing chamber at least a plurality of different times during said performing step, comparing said optical emissions at each of said plurality of times with at least one standard, and determining when said optical emissions from at least one of said plurality of different times is within a predetermined amount of said at least one standard and equating this with said first endpoint 52 A method, as claimed in Claim 51 , wherein said at least one standard was obtained from a previous execution of the same said performing step in the same said processing chamber 53 A method, as claimed in Claim 51 , wherein said at least one standard is stored on a computer-readable storage medium 54 A method, as claimed in Claim 51 , wherein said optical emissions at each of said plurality of different times have an associated pattern, wherein said at least one standard has a standard pattern, wherein said comparing step comprises comparing said pattern of said optical emissions at each of said plurality of different times with said standard pattern, and wherein said predetermined amount of said determining step defines when said pattern of said optical emissions from at least one of said plurality of different times and said standard pattern are considered a match 55 A method, as claimed in Claim 44, wherein said first technique comprises determining if there is at least a first change in an impedance of said processing chamber 56 A method, as claimed in Claim 55, wherein said determining step is based upon a change in at least a portion of optical emissions of said plasma from said processing chamber during said performing step 57 A method, as claimed in Claim 55, wherein said identifying when there is at least a first change in an impedance step comprises identifying an existence of at least one of first and second conditions, said first condition being a change in intensity at a first wavelength of said plasma in said processing chamber by more than a first predetermined amount which lasts for no more than a first time period, said second condition being a change in an average intensity of a plurality of wavelengths of said plasma in said processing chamber by more than a second predetermined amount which lasts for no more than a second time period 58 A method, as claimed in Claim 44, wherein said first technique comprises evaluating at least one individual wavelength of said plasma in said processing chamber at least a plurality of times during said performing step 59 A method, as claimed in Claim 58, wherein said evaluating at least one individual wavelength step comprises using a technique selected from the group consisting of determining when a plot of intensity versus time of said at least one individual wavelength deviates by more than a predetermined amount from a predetermined equation, determining when a time rate of change of a slope of said plot of intensity versus time of said at least one individual wavelength deviates by more than a predetermined amount, and combinations thereof 60 A method, as claimed in Claim 58, wherein said evaluating at least one individual wavelength step comprises using a technique selected from the group consisting of determining when a plot of intensity versus time of said at least one individual wavelength deviates by more than a predetermined amount from a predetermined function, determining when an output of a first derivative of said predetermined function deviates by more than a predetermined amount, determining when an output of a second derivative of said predetermined function deviates by more than a predetermined amount, and combinations thereof. 61. A method, as claimed in Claim 44, wherein: said first and second techniques are each selected from the group consisting of determining when there is at least a first change in an impedance of said processing chamber, evaluating optical emissions of said plasma in said processing chamber over a first wavelength range at least a plurality of times during said performing step, and evaluating at least one individual wavelength of said plasma in said processing chamber at least a plurality of times during said performing step. 62. A method, as claimed in Claim 44, wherein: said first and second techniques are each selected from the group consisting of determining when there is at least a first change in an impedance of said processing chamber, evaluating a time rate of change of optical emissions of said plasma in said processing chamber over a first wavelength range at least a plurality of times during said performing step, evaluating optical emissions of said plasma in said processing chamber over a first wavelength range in relation to a first standard at least a plurality of times during said performing step, evaluating at least one individual wavelength of said plasma in said processing chamber at least a plurality of times during said performing step in relation to a conformity with a predetermined function, and evaluating at least one individual wavelength of said plasma in said processing chamber at least a plurality of times during said performing step in relation to an output of at least one derivative of said predetermined function. 63. A method, as claimed in Claim 44, further comprising the step of: evaluating a condition of said plasma in said processing chamber, wherein said condition is a cumulative result of all parameters having an effect on said plasma in said processing chamber. 64 A method, as claimed in Claim 62, wherein said evaluating step comprises monitoring optical emissions of said plasma in said processing chamber within a first wavelength range extending from about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers, from at least at a plurality of different times during said performing step, and at least at every 1 nanometer throughout said first wavelength range 65 A method, as claimed in Claim 44, wherein said plasma process further comprises a second plasma step, said method further comprising the steps of performing said second plasma step, wherein there is a second endpoint of said second plasma step which is when said second plasma step has produced a second predetermined result, wherein said second predetermined result is different from said first predetermined result, monitoring said performing said second plasma step to identify an occurrence of said second endpoint, and terminating said generating step when said first and second endpoint steps have been identified 66 A plasma monitoring system for a plasma process performed in a processing chamber, wherein said plasma process comprises a first plasma step and wherein a first endpoint of said first plasma step is when a first result of said first plasma step has been achieved, said system comprising a computer-readable storage medium comprising means for receiving data on said plasma process and including data on said first plasma step, and means for identifying an occurrence of said first endpoint from data on said first plasma step provided to said means for receiving data, said means for identifying comprising first and second techniques, wherein said first technique is different from said second technique, and wherein said first endpoint is identifiable by at least one of said first and second techniques 67 A system, as claimed in Claim 66, wherein said plasma process is selected from the group consisting of a plasma recipe which is run on at least one product in said processing chamber, a plasma cleaning operation, a plasma conditioning operation, and a qualification wafer operation 68 A system, as claimed in Claim 66, wherein said means for receiving data comprises means for receiving data representative of optical emissions of said plasma in said processing chamber within a first wavelength range extending from about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers, from at least a plurality of different times during said first plasma step, and at least at every nanometer throughout said first wavelength range 69 A system, as claimed in Claim 68, wherein a spacing between each pair of adjacent wavelengths provided to said means for receiving is selected from the group consisting of equal spacings, unequal spacings, and a combination of equal spacings and unequal spacings 70 A system, as claimed in Claim 66, wherein said first technique comprises means for receiving data representative of optical emissions of said plasma in said processing chamber at least a plurality of different times during said first plasma step, means for comparing said optical emissions at each of said plurality of different times with said optical emissions from an earlier of said plurality of different times, and means for determining when said optical emissions from said means for comparing are within a predetermined amount of each other 71 A system, as claimed in Claim 70, wherein said means for comparing compares said optical emissions at a first time with said optical emissions from an immediately preceding time 72 A system, as claimed in Claim 70, wherein said optical emissions from said means for obtaining have an associated pattern, wherein said means for comparing comprises means for comparing said patterns of said optical emissions from said means for comparing, and wherein said predetermined amount of said means for determining defines when said patterns of said optical emissions from said means for comparing are considered a match 73. A system, as claimed in Claim 66, wherein: said first technique comprises: means for receiving data representative of optical emissions of said plasma in said processing chamber at least a plurality of different times during said first plasma step; means for comparing said optical emissions at each of said plurality of different times with at least one standard; and means for determining when said optical emissions from at least one of said plurality of different times is within a predetermined amount of said at least one standard. 74. A system, as claimed in Claim 73, wherein: wherein said at least one standard for said first plasma step was obtained from a previous execution of the same said first plasma step in the same said processing chamber. 75. A system, as claimed in Claim 73, wherein: said at least one standard is stored on said computer-readable storage medium. 76. A system, as claimed in Claim 73, wherein: said optical emissions from each of said plurality of different times have an associated pattern, wherein said at least one standard has a standard pattern, wherein said means for comparing comprises means for comparing said pattern of said optical emissions from each of said plurality of different times with said standard pattern, and wherein said predetermined amount of said means for determining defines when said patterns from said means for comparing are considered a match. 77. A system, as claimed in Claim 66, wherein: said means for identifying comprises means for determining if there is at least a first change in an impedance of said processing chamber. 78. A system, as claimed in Claim 77, wherein: said means for determining is based upon a change in at least a portion of optical emissions of said plasma in said processing chamber during said first plasma step. 79. A system, as claimed in Claim 77, wherein: said means for determining comprises means for identifying an existence of at least one of first and second conditions, said first condition being a change in intensity at a first wavelength of plasma in said processing chamber during said first plasma step by more than a first predetermined amount which lasts for no more than a first time period, said second condition being a change in an average intensity at a plurality of wavelengths of said plasma in said processing chamber during said first plasma step by more than a second predetermined amount which lasts for no more than a second time period. 80. A system, as claimed in Claim 66, wherein: said means for identifying comprises means for evaluating at least one individual wavelength of said plasma in said processing chamber at least a plurality of times during said first plasma step. 81. A method, as claimed in Claim 80, wherein: said means for evaluating at least one individual wavelength comprises using a technique selected from the group consisting of means for determining when a plot of intensity versus time of said at least one individual wavelength deviates by more than a predetermined amount from a predetermined equation, means for determining when a time rate of change of a slope of said plot of intensity versus time of said at least one individual wavelength deviates by more than a predetermined amount, and combinations thereof. 82. A system, as claimed in Claim 66, wherein: said first and second techniques are each selected from the group consisting of means for determining when there is at least a first change in an impedance of said processing chamber, means for evaluating optical emissions of said plasma in said processing chamber over a first wavelength range at least a plurality of times during said first plasma step, and means for evaluating at least one individual wavelength of said plasma in said processing chamber at least a plurality of times during said first plasma step. 83. A system, as claimed in Claim 66, wherein: said first and second techniques are each selected from the group consisting of means for determining when there is at least a first change in an impedance of said processing chamber, means for evaluating a time rate of change of optical emissions of said plasma in said processing chamber over a first wavelength range at least a plurality of times during said first plasma step, means for evaluating optical emissions of said plasma in said processing chamber over a first wavelength range in relation to a first standard at least a plurality of times during said first plasma step, means for evaluating at least one individual wavelength of said plasma in said processing chamber at least a plurality of times during said performing step in relation to a conformity with a predetermined function, and means for evaluating at least one individual wavelength of said plasma in said processing chamber at least a plurality of times during said performing step in relation to an output of at least one derivative of said predetermined function. 84. A system, as claimed in Claim 66, wherein said computer- readable storage medium further comprises: means for evaluating data representative of a condition of said plasma during at least said first plasma step from data on said first plasma step provided to said means for receiving data, wherein said condition is a cumulative result of all parameters having an effect on said plasma in said processing chamber. 85. A system, as claimed in Claim 66, wherein said plasma process comprises a second plasma step which is different from said first plasma step, wherein a second endpoint of said second plasma step is when a predetermined result of said second plasma step has been achieved, and wherein said computer-readable storage medium further comprises: means for identifying an occurrence of said second endpoint from data on said second plasma step provided to said means for receiving data, said means for identifying said second endpoint comprising said first and second techniques, and wherein said second endpoint is identifiable by at least one of said first and second techniques. 86. A system for running a plasma process on a first product in a processing chamber, wherein said plasma process comprises a first plasma step and wherein a first endpoint of said first plasma step is when a first result of said first plasma step has been achieved, said system comprising: a processing chamber; a first gas inlet and a first gas outlet fiuidly interconnected with said processing chamber, a plasma generator in said plasma chamber, wherein said first plasma step may be run in said processing chamber after activation of said plasma generator, and a computer-readable storage medium comprising means for receiving data on said plasma process and including data on said first plasma step, and means for identifying an occurrence of said first endpoint from data on said first plasma step provided to said means for receiving, said means for identifying comprising first and second techniques with said first technique being different from said second technique, and wherein said first endpoint is identifiable by at least one of said first and second techniques 87 A method for monitoring a plasma process comprising a first plasma step, said method comprising the steps of generating a plasma in said processing chamber, performing said first plasma step using said generating step, wherein there is a first endpoint of said first plasma step which is when said first plasma step has produced a first predetermined result, monitoring said performing step to identify an occurrence of said first endpoint, wherein said monitoring step comprises using a first technique comprising the steps of obtaining optical emissions of said plasma in said processing chamber within a first wavelength range extending from 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers, from at least a plurality of different times during said performing step, and at least at every 1 nanometer throughout said first wavelength range, comparing said optical emissions at each of said plurality of different times with a first output, and determining when said optical emissions from at least one of said plurality of different times is within a predetermined amount of said first output and equating this with said first endpoint 88. A method, as claimed in Claim 87, wherein: said plasma process is selected from the group consisting of a plasma recipe which is run on at least one product in said processing chamber, a plasma cleaning operation, a plasma conditioning operation, and a qualification wafer operation. 89. A method, as claimed in Claim 87, wherein: a spacing between each pair of adjacent wavelengths from said obtaining step is selected from the group consisting of equal spacings, unequal spacings, and a combination of equal spacings and unequal spacings. 90. A method, as claimed in Claim 87, wherein: said optical emissions at each of said plurality of different times have an associated pattern and said first output has a first output pattern, wherein said comparing step comprises comparing said pattern of said optical emissions at each of said plurality of times with said first output pattern, and wherein said predetermined amount of said determining step defines when said pattern of said optical emissions from at least one of said plurality of different times and said first output pattern are considered a match. 91. A method, as claimed in Claim 87, wherein: said first output of said comparing step comprises said optical emissions from an earlier of said plurality of different times from said obtaining step. 92. A method, as claimed in Claim 91 , wherein: said first output of said comparing step is said optical emissions from an immediately preceding time from said obtaining step. 93. A method, as claimed in Claim 87, wherein: said first output of said comparing step was obtained from a previous execution of the same said performing step in the same said processing chamber. 94. A method, as claimed in Claim 93, wherein: said first output is stored on a computer-readable storage medium. 95. A method, as claimed in Claim 87, wherein: said monitoring step comprises using a second technique which is different from said first technique, and wherein said first endpoint is identifiable by at least one of said first and second techniques. 96 A method, as claimed in Claim 95, wherein said second technique is selected from the group consisting of determining when there is at least a first change in an impedance of said processing chamber and evaluating at least one individual wavelength of said plasma in said processing chamber at least a plurality of times during said performing step 97 A method, as claimed in Claim 95, wherein said second technique is selected from the group consisting of determining when there is at least a first change in an impedance of said processing chamber, evaluating at least one individual wavelength of said plasma in said processing chamber at least a plurality of times during said performing step in relation to a conformity with a predetermined function, and evaluating at least one individual wavelength of said plasma in said processing chamber at least a plurality of times during said performing step in relation to an output of at least one derivative of said predetermined function 98 A method, as claimed in Claim 87, further comprising the step of evaluating a condition of said plasma in said processing chamber during said performing step, wherein said condition is a cumulative result of all parameters having an effect on said plasma in said processing chamber 99 A method, as claimed in Claim 87, wherein said determining step comprises determining a differential between said optical emissions at each of said plurality of times and said first output, and wherein said predetermined amount is when said differential is free from any substantial peaks 100 A method, as claimed in Claim 87, wherein said plasma process further comprises a second plasma step, said method further comprising the step of performing said second plasma step after said performing said first plasma step, wherein there is a second endpoint of said second plasma step which is when said second plasma step has produced a second predetermined result which is different from said first predetermined result, monitoring said performing said second plasma step to identify an occurrence of said second endpoint, and terminating said generating step when said first and second endpoint steps have been identified 101 A plasma monitoring system for a plasma process performed in a processing chamber, wherein said plasma process comprises a first plasma step, and wherein a first endpoint of said first plasma step is when a first predetermined result has been achieved, said system comprising a computer-readable storage medium comprising a first output associated with at least a portion of one of said first plasma steps, said first output being data representative of optical emissions from said processing chamber during execution of one of said first plasma steps within said processing chamber, wherein said optical emissions are within a first wavelength range extending from about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers and at least at every 1 nanometer within said first wavelength range, means for identifying when said first endpoint has occurred for a current said first plasma step, wherein said means for identifying comprises a first technique comprising means for receiving data representative of optical emissions of said plasma in said processing chamber at least within said first wavelength range, at least a plurality of different constant during said current said first plasma step, and at least at every 1 nanometer within said first wavelength range, means for comparing said optical emissions at each of said plurality of different times with said first output, and means for determining when said optical emissions from at least one of said plurality of different times is within a predetermined amount of said first output at which time said first endpoint for said current said first plasma step is deemed to have been reached 102 A system, as claimed in Claim 101 , wherein said plasma process is selected from the group consisting of a plasma recipe which is run on at least one product in said processing chamber, a plasma cleaning operation, a plasma conditioning operation, and a qualification wafer operation. 103. A system, as claimed in Claim 101 , wherein: said means for determining step comprises means for obtaining a differential between optical emissions at each of said plurality of times and said first output, and wherein said predetermined amount is when said differential is free from any substantial peaks. 104. A system, as claimed in Claim 101 , wherein: said optical emissions at each of said plurality of different times has an associated pattern and said first output has a first output pattern, wherein said means for comparing comprises means for comparing said pattern of said optical emissions at each of said plurality of different times with said first output pattern, and wherein said predetermined amount of said means for determining defines when said pattern of said optical emissions from at least one of said plurality of different times is at least substantially a match with said first output pattern. 105. A system, as claimed in Claim 101 , wherein: said first output comprises said optical emissions from an earlier of said plurality of different times from said current said first plasma step. 106. A system, as claimed in Claim 105, wherein: said first output is said optical emissions from an immediately preceding time from said current said first plasma step. 107. A system, as claimed in Claim 101 , wherein: said first output was obtained from an execution of said first plasma step previous to said current said first plasma step. 108. A system, as claimed in Claim 101 , wherein: said means for identifying comprises a second technique which is different from said first technique, and wherein said first endpoint is identifiable by at least one of said first and second techniques. 109. A system, as claimed in Claim 108, wherein: said second technique is selected from the group consisting of means for determining when there is at least a first change in an impedance of said processing chamber and means for evaluating at least one individual wavelength of said plasma in said processing chamber at least a plurality of times during said current said first plasma step 110 A system, as claimed in Claim 108, wherein said second technique is selected from the group consisting of means for determining when there is at least a first change in an impedance of said processing chamber, means for evaluating at least one individual wavelength of said plasma in said processing chamber at least a plurality of times during said current said first plasma step in relation to a conformity with a predetermined function, and means for evaluating at least one individual wavelength of said plasma in said processing chamber at least a plurality of times during said current said first plasma step in relation to an output of at least one derivative of said predetermined function 111 A system, as claimed in Claim 101 , wherein said computer- readable storage medium further comprises means for assessing a condition of said plasma during said current said first plasma step from data on said current said first plasma step provided to said means for receiving, wherein said condition is a cumulative result of all parameters having an effect on said plasma in said processing chamber 112 A system, as claimed in Claim 101 , wherein said plasma process comprises a second plasma step which is different from said first plasma step, wherein a second endpoint of said second plasma step is when a second predetermined result of said second plasma step has been achieved, and wherein said computer-readable medium further comprises a second output associated with at least a portion of one of said second plasma steps, said second output being data representative of optical emissions from said processing chamber during execution of one of said second plasma steps within said processing chamber, wherein said optical emissions are at least within said first wavelength range and at least at every 1 nanometers within said first wavelength range, means for identifying an occurrence of said second endpoint for a current said second plasma step 113. A system for running a plasma process in a processing chamber, wherein said plasma process comprises a first plasma step, wherein a first endpoint of said first plasma step is when a first predetermined result of said first plasma step has been achieved, said system comprising: a processing chamber; a first gas inlet and a first gas outlet fiuidly interconnected with said processing chamber; a plasma generator in said plasma chamber, wherein said first plasma step may be run in said processing chamber after activation of said plasma generator; and a computer-readable storage medium comprising: a first output associated with at least a portion of one of said first plasma steps, said first output being data representative of optical emissions from said processing chamber during execution of one of said first plasma steps within said processing chamber, wherein said optical emissions are within a first wavelength range extending from about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers and at least at every 1 nanometer within said first wavelength range; means for identifying when said first endpoint has occurred for a current said first plasma step, wherein said means for identifying comprises a first technique comprising: means for receiving data representative of optical emissions of said plasma in said processing chamber at least within said first wavelength range, at least a plurality of different constant during said current said first plasma step and at least at every 1 nanometer within said first wavelength range; means for comparing said optical emissions at each of said plurality of different times with said first output; and means for determining when said optical emissions from at least one of said plurality of different times is within a predetermined amount of said first output at which time said first endpoint for said current said first plasma step is deemed to have been reached. 114. A method for monitoring a plasma process comprising the steps of: loading a quantity of product into a processing chamber; conducting a plasma process on said product in said processing chamber, said processing chamber comprising a window, obtaining data on said plasma process through said window, wherein said obtaining step is executed at least a plurality of times during said conducting step, monitoring a condition of said window other than through said obtaining step, and evaluating said conducting step using both said obtaining step and said monitoring step 115 A method, as claimed in Claim 114, wherein said loading step comprises loading at least one wafer into said processing chamber 116 A method, as claimed in Claim 114, wherein said obtaining step comprises obtaining optical emissions of plasma in said processing chamber during said conducting step 117 A method, as claimed in Claim 114, wherein said monitoring step is terminated during execution of said conducting step 118 A method, as claimed in Claim 114, wherein said monitoring step is executed only at one of first and second times, said first time being before execution of said conducting step and said second time being after said execution of said conducting step 119 A method, as claimed in Claim 114, wherein said monitoring step comprises assessing first data which is independent of any data relating to plasma in said processing chamber during said conducting step 120 A method, as claimed in Claim 114, wherein said window comprises an inner surface which is exposed to said conducting step and an outer surface which is isolated from said conducting step, and wherein said monitoring step comprises directing a calibration light toward said window from a location which is exterior of said processing chamber, reflecting a first portion of said calibration light from said inner surface said window, and comparing said calibration light from said directing step with said first portion of said calibration light from said reflecting step 121 A method, as claimed in Claim 120, wherein said comparing step comprises comparing a spectral pattern of said calibration light from said directing step with a spectral pattern of said first portion of said calibration light from said reflecting step 122 A method, as claimed in Claim 121 , wherein said spectral pattern of said calibration light from said directing step is within a first range including at least wavelengths of about 200 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers, wherein said spectral pattern of said first portion of said calibration light from said reflecting step is at least within said first range, and wherein said comparing step comprises comparing an intensity of said spectral pattern of said calibration light from said directing step with an intensity of said spectral pattern of said first portion of said calibration light from said reflecting step using a wavelength resolution of no more than about 1 nanometer, wherein said wavelength resolution means that a wavelength spacing between each adjacent pair of wavelengths compared throughout said first range is no more than about 1 nanometer 123 A method, as claimed in Claim 120, wherein said comparing step comprises noting any differences between said calibration light from said directing step and said first portion of said calibration light from said reflecting step 124 A method, as claimed in Claim 120, wherein said comparing step comprises comparing an intensity of said calibration light from said directing step with an intensity associated with said first portion of said calibration light from said reflecting step 125 A method, as claimed in Claim 120, wherein said comparing step comprises accounting for a maximum amount of said calibration light from said directing step which may be reflected by said inner surface of said window 126 A method, as claimed in Claim 120 further comprising the steps of reflecting a second portion of said calibration light from said outer surface of said window, and prohibiting said second portion of said calibration light from affecting said comparing step 127 A method, as claimed in Claim 120, wherein said comparing step comprises determining if there is one of a first and second type of intensity shift between said calibration light from said directing step and said first portion of said calibration light from said reflecting step 128 A method, as claimed in Claim 127, wherein said evaluating step comprises accounting for any said first type of intensity shift identified by said determining step by implementing a single calibration factor 129 A method, as claimed in Claim 128, wherein said accounting step comprises applying said single calibration factor to said data from said obtaining step at each of said plurality of times 130 A method, as claimed in Claim 127, wherein said evaluating step comprises accounting for any said second type of intensity shift identified by said determining step by implementing a plurality of calibration factors 131 A method, as claimed in Claim 130, wherein said accounting step comprises applying each of said plurality of calibration factors to different portions of said data from said obtaining step at each of said plurality of times 132 A method, as claimed in Claim 131 , wherein a first of said plurality of calibration factors is applied to said data which is representative of optical emissions from said conducting step within a first wavelength region, and wherein a second of said plurality of calibration factors is applied to said data which is representative of optical emissions from said conducting step within a second wavelength region which is outside of said first wavelength region 133. A method, as claimed in Claim 127, wherein: said evaluating step comprises accounting for any said second type of intensity shift identified by said determining step through normalizing data representative of optical emissions from said conducting step at each of said plurality of times for said obtaining step. 134. A method, as claimed in Claim 120, wherein: said comparing step comprises performing a first determining step comprising determining if said window is filtering out optical emissions associated with said conducting step and within a first wavelength region. 135. A method, as claimed in Claim 134, wherein said evaluating step comprises: ignoring said optical emissions within said first wavelength region if said filtering is identified by said performing a first determining step. 136. A method, as claimed in Claim 134, wherein said comparing step further comprises the steps of: identifying a plurality of intensity peaks in said calibration light from said directing step; and performing a second determining step comprising determining when any of said peaks from said identifying step are at least substantially absent in said first portion of said calibration light from said reflecting step and which defines said first wavelength region. 137. A method, as claimed in Claim 134, further comprising the step of: recommending that said window be replaced if said filtering is identified by said performing a first determining step. 138. A method, as claimed in Claim 120, wherein: said comparing step comprises determining if there is at least one of an intensity shift and a wavelength shift between said calibration light from said directing step and said first portion of said calibration light from said reflecting step. 139 A method, as claimed in Claim 114, wherein said window comprises an inner surface which is exposed to said conducting step and an outer surface which is isolated from said conducting step, and wherein said monitoring step comprises performing a first calibrating step comprising directing a first calibration light toward said window from a location which is exterior of said processing chamber, reflecting a first portion of said first calibration light from said inner surface said window, and comparing said first calibration light from said directing a first calibration light step with said first portion of said first calibration light from said reflecting a first portion of said first calibration light step, and performing a second calibrating step comprising directing a second calibration light toward said window from a location which is exterior of said processing chamber, said second calibration light being different from said first calibration light, reflecting a first portion of said second calibration light from said inner surface said window, and comparing said second calibration light from said directing a second calibration light step with said first portion of said second calibration light from said reflecting a first portion of said second calibration light step 140 A method, as claimed in Claim 139, wherein said performing a first calibrating step comprises accounting for a wavelength shift associated with said obtaining step, said performing a second calibrating step accounting for an intensity shift associated with said obtaining step 141 A method, as claimed in Claim 140, wherein said first calibration light comprises a plurality of discrete intensity peaks and wherein said second calibration light comprises a continuum of intensity 142 A method as claimed in Claim 139, wherein said first calibration light comprises a plurality of discrete intensity peaks and wherein said second calibration light comprises a continuum of intensity 143 A method, as claimed in Claim 139, wherein said performing a first calibrating step and said performing a second calibrating step are executed at different and non-overlapping times 144 A method, as claimed in Claim 114, wherein said data from said obtaining step comprises optical emissions including wavelengths at least within a first wavelength range of about 200 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers, and wherein said monitoring step comprises determining if said window is filtering out said optical emissions within a first wavelength region which is contained within said first wavelength range 145 A method, as claimed in Claim 114, wherein said data from said obtaining step comprises optical emissions including wavelengths at least within a first wavelength range of about 200 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers, and wherein said monitoring step comprises determining if said window is having a first dampening effect on a first wavelength region which is within said first wavelength range, as well as a second dampening effect on a second wavelength region which is both within said first wavelength range and outside of said first wavelength region 146 A method, as claimed in Claim 114, further comprising the step of identifying an effect on said obtaining step by any deposits formed on said inner surface of said window, said identifying step using said monitoring step 147 A method, as claimed in Claim 114, further comprising the step of making at least one adjustment in relation to said evaluating step based upon said monitoring step 148 A method for monitoring a plasma process comprising the steps of loading a quantity of product into a processing chamber, conducting a plasma process on said product in said processing chamber, wherein said processing chamber comprises a window and wherein said window comprises an inner surface which is exposed to said conducting step and an outer surface which is isolated from said conducting step, obtaining data on said plasma process through said window, wherein said obtaining step is executed at least a plurality of times during said conducting step, monitoring said window, comprising the steps of directing a calibration light toward said window from a location which is exterior of said processing chamber, reflecting a first portion of said calibration light from said inner surface said window, and comparing said calibration light from said directing step with said first portion of said calibration light from said reflecting step, and evaluating said conducting step using both said obtaining step and said monitoring step 149 A method, as claimed in Claim 148, wherein said loading step comprises loading at least one wafer in said processing chamber 150 A method, as claimed in Claim 148, wherein said obtaining step comprises obtaining optical emissions of plasma in said processing chamber during said conducting step 151 A method, as claimed in Claim 148, wherein said monitoring step comprises monitoring a condition of said window other than through said obtaining step 152 A method, as claimed in Claim 148, wherein said monitoring step is terminated during execution of said conducting step 153 A method, as claimed in Claim 148, wherein said monitoring step is executed only at one of first and second times, said first time being before execution of said conducting step and said second time being after said execution of said conducting step 154 A method, as claimed in Claim 148, wherein said monitoring step comprises assessing first data which is independent of any data relating to plasma in said processing chamber during said conducting step 155 A method, as claimed in Claim 148, wherein said comparing step comprises comparing a spectral pattern of said calibration light from said directing step with a spectral pattern of said first portion of said calibration light from said reflecting step 156 A method, as claimed in Claim 155, wherein said spectral pattern of said calibration light from said directing step is within a first range comprising wavelengths from about 200 nanometers to about 1,000 nanometers, said spectral pattern of said first portion of said calibration light from said reflecting step is at least within said first range, and wherein said comparing step comprises comparing an intensity of said spectral pattern of said calibration light from said directing step with an intensity of said spectral pattern of said first portion of said calibration light from said reflecting step at least at about every 1 nanometer throughout said first range 157 A method, as claimed in Claim 148, wherein said comparing step comprises noting any differences between said calibration light from said directing step with said first portion of said calibration light from said reflecting step 158 A method, as claimed in Claim 148, wherein said comparing step comprises comparing an intensity of said calibration light from said directing step with an intensity associated with said first portion of said calibration light from said reflecting step 159 A method, as claimed in Claim 148, wherein said comparing step comprises accounting for a maximum amount of said calibration light from said directing step which may be reflected by said inner surface of said window 160 A method, as claimed in Claim 148, further comprising the steps of reflecting a second portion of said calibration light from said directing step with said outer surface of said window, and prohibiting said second portion of said calibration light from affecting said comparing step 161 A method, as claimed in Claim 148, wherein said comparing step comprises determining if there is one of a first and second type of intensity shift between said calibration light from said directing step and said first portion of said calibration light from said reflecting step, said method further comprising the step of evaluating said conducting step using both said obtaining step and said monitoring step 162 A method, as claimed in Claim 161 , wherein said evaluating step comprises accounting for any said first type of intensity shift identified by said comparing step by implementing a single calibration factor 163 A method, as claimed in Claim 162, wherein said accounting step comprises applying said single calibration factor to said data from said obtaining step which is used by said evaluating step 164 A method, as claimed in Claim 161 , wherein said evaluating step comprises accounting for any said second type of intensity shift identified by said comparing step by implementing a plurality of calibration factors 165 A method, as claimed in Claim 164, wherein said accounting step comprises applying each of said plurality of calibration factors to different portions of said data from said obtaining step which is used by said evaluating step 166 A method, as claimed in Claim 165, wherein a first of said plurality of calibration factors is applied to said data which is representative of optical emissions from said conducting step within a first wavelength region, and wherein a second of said plurality of calibration factors is applied to said data which is representative of optical emissions from said conducting step within a second wavelength region which is outside of said first wavelength region 167 A method, as claimed in Claim 161 , wherein said evaluating step comprises accounting for any said second type of intensity shift identified by said comparing step through normalizing data representative of optical emissions from said conducting step which is used by said evaluating step 168 A method, as claimed in Claim 148, wherein said comparing step comprises performing a first determining step comprising determining if said window is filtering out optical emissions from said conducting step within a first wavelength region 169 A method as claimed in Claim 168, futher comprising the step of evaluating said conducting step using both said obtaining step and said monitoring step, wherein said evaluating step comprises ignoring said optical emissions within said first wavelength region if said filtering is identified by said performing a first determining step 170 A method, as claimed in Claim 168, wherein said comparing step further comprises the steps of identifying a plurality of intensity peaks in said calibration light from said directing step, and performing a second determining step comprising determining when any of said peaks from said identifying step are at least substantially absent in said first portion of said calibration light from said reflecting step and which defines said first wavelength region 171 A method, as claimed in Claim 168, further comprising the step of recommending that said window be replaced if said filtering is identified by said performing a first determining step 172 A method, as claimed in Claim 148, wherein said directing step comprises directing a first calibration light toward said window from a location which is exterior of said processing chamber and directing a second calibration light toward said window from a location which is exterior of said processing chamber, said second calibration light being different from said first calibration light, said reflecting step comprises reflecting a first portion of said first calibration light from said inner surface of said window and reflecting a first portion of said second calibration light from said inner surface of said window, and said comparing step comprises comparing said first calibration light from said directing a first calibration light step with said first portion of said first calibration light from said reflecting a first portion of said first calibration light step, and comparing said second calibration light from said directing a second calibration light step with said first portion of said second calibration light from said reflecting a first portion of said second calibration light step 173 A method, as claimed in Claim 172, wherein said directing a first calibration light step, said reflecting a first portion of said first calibration light step, and said comparing said first calibration light step collectively comprise a performing a first calibrating step, said performing a first calibrating step accounting for a wavelength shift associated with said obtaining step, and said directing a second calibration light step, said reflecting a first portion of said second calibration light step, and said comparing said second calibration light step collectively comprise a performing a second calibrating step, said performing a second calibrating step accounting for an intensity shift associated with said obtaining step 174 A method, as claimed in Claim 173, wherein said first calibration light comprises a plurality of discrete intensity peaks and wherein said second calibration light comprises a continuum of intensity 175 A method, as claimed in Claim 173, wherein said performing a first calibrating step and said performing a second calibrating step are executed at different and non-overlapping times 176 A method, as claimed in Claim 172, wherein said first calibration light comprises a plurality of discrete intensity peaks and wherein said second calibration light comprises a continuum of intensity 177 A method, as claimed in Claim 148, further comprising the step of identifying an effect on said obtaining step by any deposits formed on said inner surface of said window, said identifying step using said monitoring step 178 A method, as claimed in Claim 148, further comprising the steps of evaluating said conducting step using both said obtaining step and said monitoring step, and making at least one adjustment in relation to said evaluating step based upon said monitoring step 179 A plasma processing system, comprising a processing chamber comprising a window, wherein said window comprises an inner surface which is exposed to a plasma process conducted within said chamber and an outer surface which is isolated from said plasma process, a plasma generator in said processing chamber, wherein said plasma process may be run in said processing chamber when said plasma generator is activated, a first spectrometer assembly disposed outside of said processing chamber, a first fiber optic cable assembly operatively interconnecting said first spectrometer assembly and said window, a calibration light source disposed outside of said processing chamber and comprising a calibration light, a second fiber optic cable assembly operatively interconnecting said calibration light source and said window, and a comparator operatively interconnected with said first spectrometer assembly, wherein a first input to said comparator is data relating said calibration light sent to said window by said calibration light source through said second fiber optic cable assembly and wherein a second input to said comparator is data relating to a first portion of said calibration light reflected by said inner surface of said window and provided to said first spectrometer assembly thorugh said first fiber optic cable assembly 180 A system, as claimed in Claim 179, wherein said first spectrometer assembly is selected from the group consisting of at least one scanning-type spectrometer and at least one solid state spectrometer 181 A system, as claimed in Claim 179, wherein said first spectrometer assembly comprises a plurality of spectrometers, wherein each said spectrometer covers a different wavelength region 182 A system, as claimed in Claim 179, wherein said window comprises a first location and a second location which is spaced from said first location, wherein a thickness of said window varies progressing from said first location to said second location to limit that portion of said calibration light, which is reflected by said window and collected by said first fiber optic cable assembly for use by said first spectrometer assembly and said comparator, to said first portion of said calibration light 183 A system, as claimed in Claim 179, wherein a first end of each of said first and second fiber optic cable assemblies are coaxially disposed wherein said inner surface of said window is disposed at least substantially perpendicular to an axis of light leaving and entering said first end of said second and first fiber optic cable assemblies, respectively, and wherein said outer surface of said window is disposed at an angle other than perpendicular relative to said axis of light leaving and entering said first end of said second and first fiber optic cable assemblies, respectively, both of which limits that portion of said calibration light, which is reflected by said window and collected by said first fiber optic cable assembly for use by said first spectrometer assembly and said comparator, to said first portion of said calibration light 184 A system, as claimed in Claim 179, wherein said inner and outer surfaces of said window are disposed other than in parallel relation to limit that portion of said calibration light, which is reflected by said window and collected by said first fiber optic cable assembly for use by said first spectrometer assembly and said comparator, to said first portion of said calibration light 185 A system, as claimed in Claim 179, wherein said window is at least generally wedge-shaped 186 A system, as claimed in Claim 179, wherein a first end of said second fiber optic cable asse79mbly directed toward said window is coaxially disposed with a first end of said first fiber optic cable assembly directed toward said window to receive said first portion of said calibration light reflected by said inner surface of said window 187 A system, as claimed in Claim 186, wherein said inner and outer surfaces of said window are disposed other than in parallel relation, and wherein said system further comprises means for maintaining said first end of each of said first and second fiber optic cable assemblies in a fixed positional relationship relative to said window whereby said calibration light from said calibration light source directed through said second fiber optic cable assembly impacts said outer surface of said window at an angle other than perpendicular relative to said outer surface to direct at least substantially all portions of said calibration light reflected by said outer surface of said window away from said first fiber optic cable assembly, and further whereby a portion of said calibration light from said calibration light source which impacts said inner surface of said window does so at least substantially perpendicular to said inner surface of said window to direct said first portion of said calibration light reflected by said inner surface of said window into said first fiber optic cable assembly for provision to said first spectrometer assembly for use by said comparator 188 A system, as claimed in Claim 179, wherein an axis of light leaving said second fiber optic cable assembly impacts said inner surface of said window at a first acute angle relative to said inner surface, and wherein an end of said first fiber optic cable assembly is disposed so as to collect said first portion of said calibration light reflected by said inner surface, whereby an end of said second fiber optic cable assembly which directs said calibration light toward said window is disposed on an opposite side of a reference plane which intersects said window than said end of said first fiber optic cable assembly which receives said first portion of said calibration light reflected by said window 189 A system, as claimed in Claim 179, wherein said comparator comprises means for comparing a pattern of said calibration light sent to said window with a pattern of said first portion of said calibration light reflected by said inner surface of said window 190 A system, as claimed in Claim 179 further comprising a plasma monitoring assembly operatively interconnected with said window and comprising said first spectrometer assembly, and means for making at least one adjustment in relation to said plasma monitoring assembly based upon an output from said comparator 191 A system, as claimed in Claim 179, wherein at least a portion of said outer surface of said window comprises an anti- reflective coating aligned with said second fiber optic cable assembly 192 A system, as claimed in Claim 179, wherein said calibration light source comprises a first calibration light source and a second calibration light source, said first calibration light source being of a different type of light than said second calibration light source 193 A system, as claimed in Claim 192, wherein said first calibration light source comprises a first calibration light comprising a plurality of discrete intensity peaks and wherein said second calibration light source comprises a second calibration light comprising a continuum of intensity 194 A system, as claimed in Claim 192, wherein said first calibration light source is used to identify a wavelength shift and said second calibration light source is used to identify an intensity shift 195 A system, as claimed in Claim 179, further comprising a fiber optic cable fixture assembly, wherein said fixture assembly comprises a recessed region which interfaces with at least a portion of said outer surface of said window and a first port which extends through said fixture assembly to intersect with said recessed region, wherein at least a portion of said fixture assembly which defines said recessed region comprises a light absorbing material, wherein first ends of said first and second fiber optic cable assemblies are attached to said fixture assembly in axial alignment with said first port, and wherein a reference axis projecting from said first ends of said first and second fiber optic cable assemblies toward said window each intersect said outer surface of said window at an angle other than perpendicular and each intersect said inner surface of said window at least at a substantially perpendicular angle 196 A system, as claimed in Claim 195, wherein said first ends of said first and second fiber optic cable assemblies are coaxially disposed and threadably interconnected with said fixture assembly 197 A plasma processing system, comprising a processing chamber comprising a window, wherein said window comprises an inner surface which is exposed to a plasma process conducted within said chamber and an outer surface which is isolated from said plasma process, a plasma generator in said processing chamber, wherein said plasma process may be run in said processing chamber when said plasma generator is activated a first spectrometer assembly disposed outside of said processing chamber, a first fiber optic cable assembly operatively interconnecting said first spectrometer assembly and said window, a calibration light source disposed outside of said processing chamber and comprising a calibration light, and a second fiber optic cable operatively interconnecting said calibration light source and said window, wherein said inner and outer surfaces of said window on said processing chamber are disposed other than in parallel relation to reduce interference between portions of said calibration light reflected by said inner and outer surfaces, respectively 198 A system, as claimed in Claim 197, wherein said first spectrometer assembly is selected from the group consisting of at least one scanning-type spectrometer and at least one solid state spectrometer 199 A system, as claimed in Claim 197, wherein said first spectrometer assembly comprises a plurality of spectrometers, wherein each said spectrometer covers a different wavelength region 200 A system, as claimed in Claim 197, wherein said window comprises a first location and a second location which is spaced from said first location, wherein a thickness of said window varies progressing from said first location to said second location to limit that portion of said calibration light, which is reflected by said window and collected by said first fiber optic cable assembly for use by said first spectrometer assembly, to a portion of said calibration light which is reflected by said inner surface of said window 201 A system, as claimed in Claim 197, wherein a first end of each of said first and second fiber optic cable assemblies are coaxially disposed, wherein said inner surface of said window is disposed at least substantially perpendicular to an axis of light leaving and entering said first end of said second and first fiber optic cable assemblies, respectively, and wherein said outer surface of said window is disposed at an angle other than perpendicular relative to said axis of light leaving and entering said first end of said second and first fiber optic cable assemblies, respectively, both of which limits that portion of said calibration light, which is reflected by said window and collected by said first fiber optic cable assembly for use by said first spectrometer assembly, to a portion of said calibration light reflected by said inner surface of said window 202 A system, as claimed in Claim 197, wherein said window is at least generally wedge-shaped 203 A system, as claimed in Claim 197, wherein a first end of said second fiber optic cable assembly directed toward said window is coaxially disposed with a first end of said first fiber optic cable assembly directed toward said window to receive a portion of said calibration light reflected by said inner surface of said window 204 A system, as claimed in Claim 203, further comprising means for maintaining said first end of each of said first and second fiber optic cable assemblies in a fixed positional relationship relative to said window whereby said calibration light from said calibration light source directed through said second fiber optic cable assembly impacts said outer surface of said window at an angle other than perpendicular relative to said outer surface to direct at least substantially all portions of said calibration light reflected by said outer surface of said window away from said first fiber optic cable assembly, and further whereby a portion of said calibration light from said calibration light source which impacts said inner surface of said window does so at least substantially perpendicular to said inner surface of said window to direct at least a portion of said calibration light reflected by said inner surface of said window into said first fiber optic cable assembly for provision to said first spectrometer assembly. 205. A system, as claimed in Claim 197, wherein: an axis of light leaving said second fiber optic cable assembly impacts said inner surface of said window at a first acute angle relative to said inner surface, and wherein an end of said first fiber optic cable assembly is disposed so as to collect at least a portion of said calibration light reflected by said inner surface, whereby an end of said second fiber optic cable assembly which directs said calibration light toward said window is disposed on an opposite side of a reference plane which intersects said window than said end of said first fiber optic cable assembly which receives said at least a portion of said calibration light reflected by said inner surface of said window. 206. A system, as claimed in Claim 197, further comprising: a comparator operatively interconnected with said first spectrometer assembly, wherein a first input to said comparator is data relating said calibration light sent to said window by said calibration light source through said second fiber optic cable assembly and wherein a second input to said comparator is data relating to a first portion of said calibration light reflected by said inner surface of said window and provided to said first spectrometer assembly through said first fiber optic cable assembly. 207. A system, as claimed in Claim 206, wherein: said comparator comprises means for comparing a pattern of said calibration light sent to said window with a pattern of said first portion of said calibration light reflected by said inner surface of said window. 208. A system, as claimed in Claim 206, further comprising: a plasma monitoring assembly operatively interconnected with said window and comprising said first spectrometer assembly; and means for making at least one adjustment in relation to said plasma monitoring assembly based upon an output from said comparator. 209 A system, as claimed in Claim 197, wherein at least a portion of said outer surface of said window comprises an anti- reflective coating aligned with said second fiber optic cable assembly through which said calibration light exits said second fiber optic cable assembly 210 A system, as claimed in Claim 197, wherein said calibration light source comprises a first calibration light source and a second calibration light source, said first calibration light source being of a different type of light than said second calibration light source 211 A system, as claimed in Claim 210, wherein said first calibration light source comprises a first calibration light comprising a plurality of discrete intensity peaks and wherein said second calibration light source comprises a second calibration light comprising a continuum of intensity 212 A system, as claimed in Claim 210, wherein said first calibration light source is used to identify a wavelength shift and said second calibration light source is used to identify an intensity shift 213 A system, as claimed in Claim 197, further comprising a fiber optic cable fixture assembly, wherein said fixture assembly comprises a recessed region which interfaces with at least a portion of said outer surface of said window and a first port which extends through said fixture assembly to intersect with said recessed region, wherein at least a portion of said fixture assembly which defines said recessed region comprises a light absorbing material, wherein first ends of said first and second fiber optic cable assemblies are attached to said fixture assembly in axial alignment with said first port, and wherein a reference axis projecting from said first ends of said first and second fiber optic cable assemblies toward said window each intersect said outer surface of said window at an angle other than perpendicular and each intersect said inner surface of said window at least at a substantially perpendicular angle 214 A system, as claimed in Claim 213, wherein said first ends of said first and second fiber optic cable assemblies are coaxially disposed and threadably interconnected with said fixture assembly 215 A plasma processing system, comprising a processing chamber comprising a window, wherein said window comprises an inner surface which is exposed to a plasma process conducted within said chamber and an outer surface which is isolated from said plasma process, means for generating a plasma within said processing chamber to conduct said plasma process within said processing chamber, means for obtaining optical emissions of said plasma within said chamber which are emitted through said window during said plasma process, means for evaluating said plasma process through output from said means for obtaining, and a calibration assembly operatively interconnected with said means for evaluating, wherein said calibration assembly comprises means for directing a calibration light to said window, means for comparing a portion of said calibration light reflected by said window with said calibration light from said means for directing, and means for limiting said portion of said calibration light used by said means for comparing to a portion of said calibration light from said means for directing which is reflected by said inner surface of said window 216 A system, as claimed in Claim 215, wherein said means for obtaining comprises at least one spectrometer 217 A system, as claimed in Claim 215, wherein said means for evaluating comprises means for comparing a pattern of said optical emissions from a current said plasma process with a pattern of previous-in-time optical emissions from at least one said plasma process 218 A system, as claimed in Claim 215, wherein said means for limiting comprises means for directing said calibration light to said window to impact said outer surface of said window at an angle other than perpendicular relative to said outer surface to direct at least substantially all portions of said calibration light reflected by said outer surface of said window so as to be unavailable for use by said means for comparing, and such that a portion of said calibration light impacts said inner surface of said window to direct at least a portion of said calibration light reflected by said inner surface of said window so as to be available for use by said means for comparing 219 A system, as claimed in Claim 215, wherein said means for comparing comprises means for comparing a pattern of said calibration light from said means for directing with a pattern of said portion of said calibration light reflected by said window 220 A system, as claimed in Claim 215, wherein said calibration assembly further comprises means for calibrating said means for evaluating for each of first and second conditions, said first condition being a wavelength shift associated with said optical emissions which are used by said means for evaluating, said second condition being an intensity shift associated with said optical emissions which are used by said means for evaluating 221 A system, as claimed in Claim 215, wherein said optical emissions associated with said means for obtaining are within a first wavelength range, and wherein said calibration assembly further comprises means for determining if said window is filtering out any said optical emissions which are within a first wavelength region which is contained within said first wavelength range 222 A system, as claimed in Claim 215, wherein said optical emissions associated with said means for obtaining are within a first wavelength range, and wherein said calibration assembly further comprises means for determining if said window is having a first dampening effect on a first wavelength region which is within said first wavelength range, as well as a second dampening effect on a second wavelength region which is both within said first wavelength range and outside of said first wavelength region, wherein said first and second dampening effects are different 223 A system, as claimed in Claim 215, wherein said means for limiting comprises an anti-reflective coating on at least a portion of said outer surface of said window 224 A system, as claimed in Claim 215, wherein said means for directing comprises means for directing first and second calibration lights to said window, said first calibration light being of a different type of light than said second calibration light 225 A system, as claimed in Claim 224, wherein said first calibration light comprises a plurality of discrete intensity peaks and wherein said second calibration light comprises a continuum of intensity 226 A system, as claimed in Claim 225, wherein said first calibration light source is used by said calibration assembly to identify a wavelength shift associated with said means for evaluating and said second calibration light source is used by said calibration assembly to identify an intensity shift associated with said means for evaluating 227 A system, as claimed in Claim 215, wherein said means for obtaining comprises a first fiber optic cable assembly and said means for calibration assembly comprises a second fiber optic cable assembly, said system further comprising a fiber optic cable fixture assembly, wherein said fixture assembly comprises a recessed region which interfaces with at least a portion of said outer surface of said window and a first port which extends through said fixture assembly to intersect with said recessed region, wherein at least a portion of said fixture assembly which defines said recessed region comprises a light absorbing material, wherein first ends of said first and second fiber optic cable assemblies are attached to said fixture assembly in axial alignment with said first port, and wherein said window is configured and said fixture assembly is disposed relative to said window such that a reference axis projecting from said first ends of said first and second fiber optic cable assemblies toward said window each intersect said outer surface of said window at an angle other than perpendicular and each intersect said inner surface of said window at least at a substantially perpendicular angle 228 A system, as claimed in Claim 227, wherein said first ends of said first and second fiber optic cable assemblies are coaxially disposed and threadably interconnected with said fixture assembly 229. A method for monitoring a plasma process comprising the steps of: initializing a plasma monitoring assembly which obtains optical emissions of plasma in a processing chamber during said plasma process, said optical emissions including at least wavelengths from about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers, which defines a first wavelength range, at least at every 1 nanometer throughout said first wavelength range, said processing chamber comprising a window and said plasma monitoring assembly being operatively interfaced with said window, said initializing step comprising the steps of: directing a calibration light toward said window, said calibration light comprising a second wavelength range; reflecting a first portion of said calibration light from said window; comparing said calibration light from said directing step with said first portion of said calibration light from said reflecting step across said second wavelength range; and making at least one adjustment in relation to said plasma monitoring assembly when said comparing step yields at least a first result. 230. A method, as claimed in Claim 229, wherein: said second wavelength range is at least substantially equal to said first wavelength range. 231. A method, as claimed in Claim 229, wherein said window comprises inner and outer surfaces, wherein said inner surface is exposed to said plasma in said processing chamber, wherein said outer surface is isolated from said plasma in said processing chamber, and wherein: said reflecting step comprises reflecting said first portion of said calibration light from said inner surface of said window. 232. A method, as claimed in Claim 229, wherein said calibration light from said directing step has a first pattern and wherein said first portion of said calibration light from said reflecting step has a second pattern, and wherein said comparing step comprises: noting any differences in said second pattern in relation to said first pattern. 233 A method, as claimed in Claim 229, wherein said comparing step comprises determining if there is one of a first and second type of intensity shift between said calibration light from said directing step and said first portion of said calibration light from said reflecting step anywhere within said second wavelength range, said first and second types of intensity shifts being different and comprising said first result 234 A method, as claimed in Claim 233, wherein said making at least one adjustment step comprises accounting for any said first type of intensity shift identified by said comparing step by said plasma monitoring assembly implementing a single calibration factor 235 A method, as claimed in Claim 234, wherein said accounting step comprises applying said single calibration factor to data representative of said optical emissions 236 A method, as claimed in Claim 233, wherein said making at least one adjustment step comprises accounting for any said second type of intensity shift identified by said comparing step by said plasma monitoring assembly implementing a plurality of calibration factors 237 A method, as claimed in Claim 236, wherein said accounting step comprises applying each of said plurality of calibration factors to data representative of different portions of said optical emissions 238 A method, as claimed in Claim 237, wherein a first of said plurality of calibration factors is applied to data representative of said optical emissions within a first wavelength region which is within said first wavelength range, and wherein a second of said plurality of calibration factors is applied to data representative of said optical emissions within a second wavelength region which is both within said first wavelength range and outside of said first wavelength region 239 A method, as claimed in Claim 233, wherein said making at least one adjustment step comprises accounting for any said second type of intensity shift identified by said comparing step through normalizing data representative of said optical emissions 240. A method, as claimed in Claim 229, wherein: said comparing step comprises performing a first determining step comprising determining if said window is filtering out said optical emissions within a first wavelength region which is within said first wavelength range. 241. A method, as claimed in Claim 240, wherein said making at least one adjustment step comprises: having said plasma monitoring assembly ignore data representative of said optical emissions within said first wavelength region if said filtering is identified by said performing a first determining step. 242. A method, as claimed in Claim 240, wherein said comparing step further comprises the step of: identifying a plurality of intensity peaks in said calibration light from said directing step; and performing a second determining step comprising determining when any of said peaks from said identifying step are at least substantially absent in said first portion of said calibration light from said reflecting step and which defines said first wavelength region. 243. A method, as claimed in Claim 240, further comprising the step of: recommending that said window be replaced if said filtering is identified by said performing a first determining step. 244. A method, as claimed in Claim 229, wherein: said comparing step comprises determining if there is at least one of an intensity shift and a wavelength shift between said calibration light from said directing step and said first portion of said calibration light from said reflecting step. 245. A method, as claimed in Claim 244, wherein said plasma monitoring assembly comprises a first spectrometer and wherein said determining step comprises: identifying an intensity shift in said optical emissions which is caused by said window, said identifying step using said compaπng step, wherein said making at least one adjustment step comprises adjusting an output of said first spectrometer based upon said intensity shift being identified by said identifying step 246 A method, as claimed in Claim 244, wherein said plasma monitoring assembly comprises a first spectrometer and wherein said determining step comprises identifying a wavelength shift of at least about 0 25 nanometers in said optical emissions which is caused by said first spectrometer, said identifying step using said comparing step, wherein said making at least one adjustment step comprises adjusting at least one of an output of said first spectrometer and at least one component of said first spectrometer based said wavelength shift being identified by said identifying step 247 A method, as claimed in Claim 229, further comprising the steps of introducing said plasma into said processing chamber, conducting said plasma process in said processing chamber, monitoring said optical emissions of said plasma in said processing chamber at least within said first wavelength range throughout at least substantially an entirety of said conducting step and at least at every 1 nanometer throughout said first wavelength range, obtaining output from said monitoring step from a plurality of different times during said conducting step, comparing said output at each of said plurality of different times with a first output, wherein said comparing said output step is executed after said comparing said calibration light step and any corresponding said making at least one adjustment step 248 A method, as claimed in Claim 247, wherein each said output has an associated output pattern and said first output comprises a plurality of first output patterns, wherein said comparing said output step comprises comparing each said output pattern with at least one of said first output patterns 249. A method, as claimed in Claim 247, wherein: said first output of said comparing said output step comprises at least one of said outputs from an earlier of said plurality of different times from said obtaining step. 250. A method, as claimed in Claim 249, wherein: said first output of said comparing said output step is said output at an immediately preceding time from said obtaining step. 251. A method, as claimed in Claim 247, wherein: said first output of said comparing said output step was obtained from a previous execution of said conducting step in said processing chamber. 252. A method, as claimed in Claim 229, wherein said window comprises an inner surface which is exposed to a plasma process conducted within said chamber and an outer surface which is isolated from said plasma process, and wherein: said directing step comprises directing a first calibration light toward said window from a location which is exterior of said processing chamber and directing a second calibration light toward said window from a location which is exterior of said processing chamber, said second calibration light being different from said first calibration light, wherein at least one of said first and second calibration lights comprises said second wavelength range; said refiecting step comprises refiecting a first portion of said first calibration light from said inner surface said window and reflecting a first portion of said second calibration light from said inner surface said window; and said comparing step comprises comparing said first calibration light from said directing a first calibration light step with said first portion of said first calibration light from said reflecting a first portion of said first calibration light step, and comparing said second calibration light from said directing a second calibration light step with said first portion of said second calibration light from said reflecting a first portion of said second calibration light step. 253. A method, as claimed in Claim 252, wherein: said directing a first calibration light step, said reflecting a first portion of said first calibration light step, and said comparing said first calibration light step collectively comprise a performing a first calibrating step, said performing a first calibrating step accounting for a wavelength shift associated with said plasma monitoring assembly; and said directing a second calibration light step, said reflecting a first portion of said second calibration light step, and said comparing said second calibration light step collectively comprise a performing a second calibrating step, said performing a second calibrating step accounting for an intensity shift associated with said plasma monitoring assembly. 254. A method, as claimed in Claim 253, wherein: said first calibration light comprises a plurality of discrete intensity peaks and wherein said second calibration light comprises a continuum of intensity. 255. A method, as claimed in Claim 253, wherein: said performing a first calibrating step and said performing a second calibrating step are executed at different and non-overlapping times. 256. A method, as claimed in Claim 252, wherein: said first calibration light comprises a plurality of discrete intensity peaks and wherein said second calibration light comprises a continuum of intensity; and said performing a first calibrating step and said performing a second calibrating step are executed at different and non-overlapping times. 257. A method for monitoring a plasma process comprising the steps of: initializing a plasma monitoring assembly which obtains optical emissions of plasma in a processing chamber during said plasma process, said optical emissions including wavelengths at least within a first wavelength range extending from about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers, said processing chamber comprising a window and said plasma monitoring assembly being operatively interfaced with said window, said initializing step comprising the steps of: monitoring said window; performing a first determining step comprising determining if said window is filtering out said optical emissions within a first wavelength region which is contained within said first wavelength range, said performing a first determining step using said monitoring step; and having said plasma monitoring assembly ignore said optical emissions within said first wavelength region when said filtering is identified by said performing a first determining step 258 A method, as claimed in Claim 257, wherein said monitoring step comprises directing a calibration light toward said window, said calibration light comprising a second wavelength range, reflecting a first portion of said calibration light from said window, and comparing said calibration light from said directing step with said first portion of said calibration light from said reflecting step across said second wavelength range 259 A method, as claimed in Claim 258, wherein said second wavelength range is at least substantially equal to said first wavelength range 260 A method, as claimed in Claim 258, wherein said window comprises inner and outer surfaces, wherein said inner surface is exposed to said plasma in said processing chamber, wherein said outer surface is isolated from said plasma in said processing chamber, and wherein said reflecting step comprises reflecting said first portion of said calibration light from said inner surface of said window 261 A method, as claimed in Claim 258, wherein said comparing step comprises said performing a first determining step, and wherein said performing a first determining step further comprises the step of identifying a plurality of intensity peaks in said calibration light from said directing step, and performing a second determining step comprising determining when any of said peaks from said identifying step are at least substantially absent in said first portion of said calibration light from said reflecting step and which defines said first wavelength region 262 A method, as claimed in Claim 258, wherein said calibration light comprises a continuum of intensity, wherein comparing step comprises said performing a first determining step, and wherein said performing a first determining step further comprises the step of performing a second determining step comprising determining if any region in said first portion of said calibration light from said reflecting step has an intensity of at least substantially zero which defines said first wavelength region 263 A method, as claimed in Claim 258, wherein said window comprises an inner surface which is exposed to any said plasma process conducted within said processing chamber and an outer suface which is isolated from said plasma process, and wherein said directing step comprises directing a first calibration light toward said window from a location which is exterior of said processing chamber and directing a second calibration light toward said window from a location which is exterior of said processing chamber, wherein said second calibration light is different from said first calibration light, and wherein at least one of said first and second calibration lights comprises said second wavelength range, said reflecting step comprises reflecting a first portion of said first calibration light from said inner surface of said window and reflecting a first portion of said second calibration light from said inner surface of said window, and said comparing step comprises comparing said first calibration light from said directing a first calibration light step with said first portion of said first calibration light from said reflecting a first portion of said first calibration light step, and comparing said second calibration light from said directing a second calibration light step with said first portion of said second calibration light from said reflecting a first portion of said second calibration light step 264 A method, as claimed in Claim 263, wherein said directing a first calibration light step, said reflecting a first portion of said first calibration light step, and said comparing said first calibration light step collectively comprise a performing a first calibrating step, said performing a first calibrating step accounting for a wavelength shift associated with plasma monitoring assembly, and said directing a second calibration light step, said reflecting a first portion of said second calibration light step, and said comparing said second calibration light step collectively comprise a performing a second calibrating step, said performing a second calibrating step accounting for an intensity shift associated with said plasma monitoring assembly and comprising said performing a first determining step 265 A method, as claimed in Claim 264, wherein said first calibration light comprises a plurality of discrete intensity peaks and wherein said second calibration light comprises a continuum of intensity 266 A method, as claimed in Claim 264, wherein said performing a first calibrating step and said performing a second calibrating step are executed at different and non-overlapping times 267 A method, as claimed in Claim 263, wherein said first calibration light comprises a plurality of discrete intensity peaks, wherein said second calibration light comprises a continuum of intensity, and wherein said directing first and second calibration light steps are executed at different and non-overlapping times 268 A method, as claimed in Claim 257, further comprising the steps of performing a second determining step comprising determining if said window is having a substantially constant dampening effect on a second wavelength region which is both within said first wavelength range and outside of said first wavelength region, and making at least one adjustment in relation to said plasma monitoring assembly when said substantially constant dampening effect is identified by said performing a second determining step 269 A method, as claimed in Claim 268, wherein said making at least one adjustment step comprises accounting for said substantially constant dampening effect by said plasma monitoring assembly implementing a single calibration factor 270 A method, as claimed in Claim 257, further comprising the steps of performing a second determining step comprising determining if said window is having a first dampening effect on a second wavelength region which is both within said first wavelength range and outside of said first wavelength region, as well as a second dampening effect on a third wavelength region which is both within said first wavelength range and outside of each of said first and second wavelength regions; making at least one adjustment in relation to said plasma monitoring assembly if any of said first and second dampening effects are identified by said performing a second determining step. 271. A method, as claimed in Claim 270, wherein: said making at least one adjustment step comprises applying a first calibration factor to data representative of said optical emissions within said second wavelength region and applying a second calibration factor to data representative of said optical emissions within said third wavelength region. 272. A method, as claimed in Claim 270, wherein: said making at least one adjustment step comprises normalizing data representative of said optical emissions within said second and third wavelength regions. 273. A method for monitoring a plasma process comprising the steps of: initializing a plasma monitoring assembly which obtains optical emissions of plasma in a processing chamber during said plasma process, said optical emissions including wavelengths at least within a first wavelength range extending from about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers, said processing chamber comprising a window and said plasma monitoring assembly being operatively interfaced with said window, said initializing step comprising the steps of: monitoring said window; performing a first determining step comprising determining if said window is having a first dampening effect on a first wavelength region which is within said first wavelength range, as well as a second dampening effect on a second wavelength region which is both within said first wavelength range and outside of said first wavelength region, said performing a first determining step using said monitoring step; and making at least one adjustment in relation to said plasma monitoring assembly if any of said first and second dampening effects are identified by said performing a first determining step. 274 A method, as claimed in Claim 273, wherein said monitoring step comprises directing a calibration light toward said window, said calibration light comprising a second wavelength range, reflecting a first portion of said calibration light from said window, and comparing said calibration light from said directing step with said first portion of said calibration light from said reflecting step across said second wavelength range 275 A method, as claimed in Claim 274, wherein wherein said second wavelength range is at least substantially equal to said first wavelength range 276 A method, as claimed in Claim 274, wherein said window comprises inner and outer surfaces, wherein said inner surface is exposed to said plasma in said processing chamber, wherein said outer surface is isolated from said plasma in said processing chamber, and wherein said reflecting step comprises refiecting said first portion of said calibration light from said inner surface of said window 277 A method, as claimed in Claim 274, wherein said window comprises an inner surface which is exposed to any said plasma process conducted within said processing chamber and an outer suface which is isolated from said plasma process, and wherein said directing step comprises directing a first calibration light toward said window from a location which is exterior of said processing chamber and directing a second calibration light toward said window from a location which is exterior of said processing chamber, wherein said second calibration light is different from said first calibration light, and wherein at least one of said first and second calibration lights comprises said second wavelength range, said reflecting step comprises reflecting a first portion of said first calibration light from said inner surface said window and reflecting a first portion of said second calibration light from said inner surface said window, and said comparing step comprises comparing said first calibration light from said directing a first calibration light step with said first portion of said first calibration light from said reflecting a first portion of said first calibration light step, and comparing said second calibration light from said directing a second calibration light step with said first portion of said second calibration light from said reflecting a first portion of said second calibration light step 278 A method, as claimed in Claim 277, wherein said directing a first calibration light step, said reflecting a first portion of said first calibration light step, and said comparing said first calibration light step collectively comprise a performing a first calibrating step, said performing a first calibrating step accounting for a wavelength shift associated with plasma monitoring assembly, and said directing a second calibration light step, said reflecting a first portion of said second calibration light step, and said comparing said second calibration light step collectively comprise a performing a second calibrating step, said performing a second calibrating step accounting for an intensity shift associated with said plasma monitoring assembly and comprising said performing a first determining step 279 A method, as claimed in Claim 278, wherein said first calibration light comprises a plurality of discrete intensity peaks and wherein said second calibration light comprises a continuum of intensity 280 A method, as claimed in Claim 278, wherein said performing a first calibrating step and said performing a second calibrating step are executed at different and non-overlapping times 281 A method, as claimed in Claim 277, wherein said first calibration light comprises a plurality of discrete intensity peaks, wherein said second calibration light comprises a continuum of intensity, and wherein said directing first and second calibration light steps are executed at different and non-overlapping times 282 A method, as claimed in Claim 273, wherein said making at least one adjustment step comprises applying a first calibration factor to data representative of said optical emissions within said first wavelength region and applying a second calibration factor to data representative of said optical emissions within said second wavelength region 283 A method, as claimed in Claim 273, wherein said making at least one adjustment step comprises normalizing data representative of said optical emissions within said first wavelength region and normalizing data representative of said optical emissions within said second wavelength region 284 A method, as claimed in Claim 273, further comprising the steps of performing a second determining step comprising determining if said window is filtering out said optical emissions of said plasma within a third wavelength region which is both within said first wavelength range and outside of each of said first and second wavelength regions, said performing a second determining step using said monitoring step, and having said plasma monitoring assembly ignore data representative of said optical emissions within said third wavelength region when said filtering is identified by said performing a second determining step 285 A method, as claimed in Claim 284, wherein said monitoring step comprises the steps of directing a calibration light toward said window, said calibration light comprising a second wavelength range, reflecting a first portion of said calibration light from said window, and wherein said performing a second determining step comprises the steps of identifying a plurality of intensity peaks in said calibration light from said directing step, and performing a third determining step comprising determining when any of said peaks from said identifying step are at least substantially absent in said first portion of said calibration light from said reflecting step and which defines said third wavelength region 286 A method, as claimed in Claim 284, wherein said monitoring step comprises the steps of directing a calibration light toward said window, wherein said calibration light comprising a second wavelength range, and wherein said calibration light comprises a continuum of intensity, reflecting a first portion of said calibration light from said window, and wherein said performing a second determining step comprises the steps of determining if any region in said first portion of said calibration light from said reflecting step has an intensity of at least substantially zero which defines said first wavelength region 287 A plasma processing system, comprising a processing chamber comprising a window, wherein said window comprises an inner surface which is exposed to a plasma process conducted within said chamber and an outer surface which is isolated from said plasma process, means for generating a plasma within said processing chamber to conduct said plasma process within said processing chamber, means for obtaining optical emissions of said plasma within said chamber which are emitted through said window during said plasma process, means for evaluating said plasma process through output from said means for obtaining, and a calibration assembly operatively interconnected with said means for evaluating, said calibration assembly comprising means for calibrating said means for evaluating for each of first and second conditions, said first condition being a wavelength shift associated with said optical emissions which are used by said means for evaluating, said second condition being an intensity shift associated with said optical emissions which are used by said means for evaluating 288 A system, as claimed in Claim 287, wherein said means for obtaining comprises at least one spectrometer 289 A system, as claimed in Claim 287, wherein said means for evaluating comprises means for comparing a pattern of said optical emissions from a current said plasma process with a pattern of previous-in-time optical emissions from at least one said plasma process 290 A system, as claimed in Claim 287, wherein said means for calibrating comprises means for directing a calibration light to said window, and O 99/54694 means tor comparing a portion of said calibration light reflected by said window with said calibration light from said means for directing 291 A system, as claimed in Claim 290, wherein said means for calibrating further comprises means for limiting said portion of said calibration light used by said means for comparing to a portion of said calibration light from said means for directing which is reflected by said inner surface of said window 292 A system, as claimed in Claim 291 , wherein said means for limiting comprises means for directing said calibration light to said window to impact said outer surface of said window at an angle other than perpendicular relative to said outer surface to direct at least substantially all portions of said calibration light reflected by said outer surface of said window so as to be unavailable for use by said means for comparing, and such that a portion of said calibration light impacts said inner surface of said window to direct at least a portion of said calibration light reflected by said inner surface of said window so as to be available for use by said means for comparing 293 A system, as claimed in Claim 291 , wherein said means for limiting comprises an anti-reflective coating on at least a portion of said outer surface of said window 294 A system, as claimed in Claim 290, wherein said means for comparing comprises means for comparing a pattern of said calibration light from said means for directing with a pattern of said portion of said calibration light reflected by said window 295 A system, as claimed in Claim 287, wherein said optical emissions associated with said means for obtaining are within a first wavelength range, and wherein said calibration assembly further comprises means for determining if said window is filtering out said optical emissions within a first wavelength region which is contained within said first wavelength range 296 A system, as claimed in Claim 287, wherein said optical emissions associated with said means for obtaining are within a first wavelength range, and wherein said calibration assembly further comprises means for determining if said window is having a first dampening effect on a first wavelength region which is within said first wavelength range, as well as a second dampening effect on a second wavelength region which is both within said first wavelength range and outside of said first wavelength region, wherein said first and second dampening effects are different 297 A system, as claimed in Claim 287, wherein said means for calibrating comprises a first calibration light source and a second calibration light source, said first calibration light source being of a different type of light than said second calibration light source 298 A system, as claimed in Claim 297, wherein said first calibration light source comprises a plurality of discrete intensity peaks and wherein said second calibration light source comprises a continuum of intensity 299 A system, as claimed in Claim 298, wherein said first calibration light source is used by said means for calibrating to identify said first condition and said second calibration light source is used by said means for calibrating to identify said second condition 300 A system, as claimed in Claim 287, wherein said means for obtaining comprises a first fiber optic cable assembly and said means for calibrating comprises a second fiber optic cable assembly, said system further comprising a fiber optic cable fixture assembly, wherein said fixture assembly comprises a recessed region which interfaces with at least a portion of said outer surface of said window and a first port which extends through said fixture assembly to intersect with said recessed region, wherein at least a portion of said fixture assembly which defines said recessed region comprises a light absorbing material, wherein first ends of said first and second fiber optic cable assemblies are attached to said fixture assembly in axial alignment with said first port, and wherein said window is configured and said fixture assembly is disposed relative to said window such that a reference axis projecting from said first ends of said first and second fiber optic cable assemblies toward said window each intersect said outer surface of said window at an angle other than perpendicular and each intersect said inner surface of said window at least at a substantially perpendicular angle 301 A system as claimed in Claim 300, wherein said first ends of said first and second fiber optic cable assemblies are coaxially disposed and threadably interconnected with said fixture assembly 302 A plasma processing system, comprising a processing chamber comprising a window, wherein said window comprises an inner surface which is exposed to a plasma process conducted within said chamber and an outer surface which is isolated from said plasma process, means for generating a plasma within said processing chamber to conduct said plasma process within said processing chamber, means for obtaining optical emissions of said plasma within said chamber which are emitted through said window during said plasma process, said optical emissions being within a first wavelength range, means for evaluating said plasma process through output from said means for obtaining, and a calibration assembly operatively interconnected with said means for evaluating, said calibration assembly comprising means for determining if said window is filtering out any said optical emissions within a first wavelength region which is contained within said first wavelength range 303 A system, as claimed in Claim 302, wherein said means for obtaining comprises at least one spectrometer 304 A system, as claimed in Claim 302, wherein said means for evaluating comprises means for comparing a pattern of said optical emissions from a current said plasma process with a pattern of previous-in-time optical emissions from at least one said plasma process 305 A system, as claimed in Claim 302, wherein said means for determining comprises means for directing a calibration light to said window, and means for comparing a portion of said calibration light reflected by said window with said calibration light from said means for directing 306 A system, as claimed in Claim 305, wherein said means for determining further comprises means for limiting said portion of said calibration light used by said means for comparing to a portion of said calibration light from said means for directing which is reflected by said inner surface of said window 307 A system, as claimed in Claim 306, wherein said means for limiting comprises means for directing said calibration light to said window to impact said outer surface of said window at an angle other than perpendicular relative to said outer surface to direct at least substantially all portions of said calibration light reflected by said outer surface of said window so as to be unavailable for use by said means for comparing, and such that a portion of said calibration light impacts said inner surface of said window to direct at least a portion of said calibration light reflected by said inner surface of said window so as to be available for use by said means for comparing 308 A system, as claimed in Claim 306, wherein said means for limiting comprises an anti-reflective coating on at least a portion of said outer surface of said window 309 A system, as claimed in Claim 305, wherein said means for determining comprises means for comparing a pattern of said calibration light from said means for directing with a pattern of said portion of said calibration light reflected by said window 310 A system, as claimed in Claim 305, wherein said calibration assembly further comprises means for identifying a wavelength shift associated with said means for evaluating 31 1 A system, as claimed in Claim 310, wherein said means for directing comprises means for directing a first calibration light to said window, said means for identifying comprises means for directing a second calibration light to said window, said first calibration light being of a different type of light than said second calibration light 312 A system, as claimed in Claim 31 1 , wherein said second calibration light comprises a plurality of discrete intensity peaks and wherein said first calibration light comprises a continuum of intensity 313 A system as claimed in Claim 302, wherein said means for obtaining comprises a first fiber optic cable assembly and said calibration assembly comprises a second fiber optic cable assembly, said system further comprising a fiber optic cable fixture assembly, wherein said fixture assembly comprises a recessed region which interfaces with at least a portion of said outer surface of said window and a first port which extends through said fixture assembly to intersect with said recessed region, wherein at least a portion of said fixture assembly which defines said recessed region comprises a light absorbing material, wherein first ends of said first and second fiber optic cable assemblies are attached to said fixture assembly in axial alignment with said first port, and wherein said window is configured and said fixture assembly is disposed relative to said window such that a reference axis projecting from said first ends of said first and second fiber optic cable assemblies toward said window each intersect said outer surface of said window at an angle other than perpendicular and each intersect said inner surface of said window at least at a substantially perpendicular angle 314 A system, as claimed in Claim 313, wherein said first ends of said first and second fiber optic cable assemblies are coaxially disposed and threadably interconnected with said fixture assembly 315 A system, as claimed in Claim 302, wherein said calibration assembly further comprises means for determining if said window is having a first dampening effect on a second wavelength region which is both within said first wavelength range and outside of said first wavelength region, as well as a second dampening effect on a third wavelength region which is both within said first wavelength range and outside of each of said first and second wavelength regions, wherein said first and second dampening effects are different 316 A system, as claimed in Claim 302, wherein said calibration assembly further comprises means for calibrating said means for evaluating for each of first and second conditions, said first condition being a wavelength shift associated with said optical emissions which are used by said means for evaluating, said second condition being an intensity shift associated with said optical emissions which are used by said means for evaluating 317 A plasma processing system, comprising a processing chamber comprising a window, wherein said window comprises an inner surface which is exposed to a plasma process conducted within said chamber and an outer surface which is isolated from said plasma process; means for generating a plasma within said processing chamber to conduct said plasma process within said processing chamber; means for obtaining optical emissions of said plasma within said chamber which are emitted through said window during said plasma process, said optical emissions being within a first wavelength range; means for evaluating said plasma process through output from said means for obtaining; and a calibration assembly operatively interconnected with said means for evaluating, said calibration assembly means for determining if said window is having a first dampening effect on a first wavelength region which is within said first wavelength range, as well as a second dampening effect on a second wavelength region which is both within said first wavelength range and outside of said first wavelength region, wherein said first and second dampening effects are different. 318. A system, as claimed in Claim 317, wherein: said means for obtaining comprises at least one spectrometer. 319. A system, as claimed in Claim 317, wherein: said means for evaluating comprises means for comparing a pattern of said optical emissions from a current said plasma process with a pattern of previous-in-time optical emissions from at least one said plasma process. 320. A system, as claimed in Claim 317, wherein: said means for determining comprises means for directing a calibration light to said window; and means for comparing a portion of said calibration light reflected by said window with said calibration light from said means for directing. 321. A system, as claimed in Claim 320, wherein: said means for determining further comprises means for limiting said portion of said calibration light used by said means for comparing to a portion of said calibration light from said means for directing which is reflected by said inner surface of said window. 322. A system, as claimed in Claim 320, wherein: said means for limiting comprises means for directing said calibration light to said window to impact said outer surface of said window at an angle other than perpendicular relative to said outer surface to direct at least substantially all portions of said calibration light reflected by said outer surface of said window so as to be unavailable for use by said means for comparing, and such that a portion of said calibration light impacts said inner surface of said window to direct at least a portion of said calibration light reflected by said inner surface of said window so as to be available for use by said means for comparing. 323. A system, as claimed in Claim 320, wherein: said means for limiting comprises an anti-reflective coating on at least a portion of said outer surface of said window. 324. A system, as claimed in Claim 320, wherein: said means for determining comprises means for comparing a pattern of said calibration light from said means for directing with a pattern of said portion of said calibration light reflected by said window. 325. A system, as claimed in Claim 320, wherein: said calibration assembly further comprises means for identifying a wavelength shift associated with said means for evaluating. 326. A system, as claimed in Claim 325, wherein: said means for directing comprises means for directing a first calibration light to said window, said means for identifying comprises means for directing a second calibration light to said window, said first calibration light being of a different type of light than said second calibration light. 327. A system, as claimed in Claim 326, wherein: said second calibration light comprises a plurality of discrete intensity peaks and wherein said first calibration light comprises a continuum of intensity. 328. A system, as claimed in Claim 320, wherein: said means for obtaining comprises a first fiber optic cable assembly and said means for calibration assembly comprises a second fiber optic cable assembly, said system further comprising a fiber optic cable fixture assembly, wherein said fixture assembly comprises a recessed region which interfaces with at least a portion of said outer surface of said window and a first port which extends through said fixture assembly to intersect with said recessed region, wherein at least a portion of said fixture assembly which defines said recessed region comprises a light absorbing material, wherein first ends of said first and second fiber optic cable assemblies are attached to said fixture assembly in axial alignment with said first port, and wherein said window is configured and said fixture assembly is disposed relative to said window such that a reference axis projecting from said first ends of said first and second fiber optic cable assemblies toward said window each intersect said outer surface of said window at an angle other than perpendicular and each intersect said inner surface of said window at least at a substantially perpendicular angle 329 A system, as claimed in Claim 328, wherein said first ends of said first and second fiber optic cable assemblies are coaxially disposed and threadably interconnected with said fixture assembly 330 A system, as claimed in Claim 317, wherein said calibration assembly further comprises means for determining if said window is filtering out any said optical emissions within a third wavelength region which is both contained within said first wavelength range and outside of each of said first and second wavelength regions 331 A system, as claimed in Claim 317, wherein said calibration assembly further comprises means for calibrating said means for evaluating for each of first and second conditions, said first condition being a wavelength shift associated with said optical emissions which are used by said means for evaluating, said second condition being an intensity shift associated with said optical emissions which are used by said means for evaluating 332 A method for monitoring a plasma process conducted within a processing chamber, said method comprising the steps of obtaining optical emissions within said processing chamber, evaluating an output of said obtaining optical emissions step through a first computer, generating a plasma in said processing chamber, and identifying an initiation of said generating step through said evaluating step 333 A plasma monitoring system, comprising a processing chamber means for obtaining optical emissions from within said processing chamber, means for evaluating an output of said means for obtaining, said means for evaluating comprising a first computer, means for generating a plasma in said processing chamber, and means for identifying activation of said means for generating, said means for identifying comprising said means for evaluating 334 A plasma monitoring system for a plasma process performed on a first product in a processing chamber, said system comprising a computer-readable storage medium comprising means for receiving data representative of optical emissions within said processing chamber, means for evaluating said data provided to said means for receiving, and means for identifying when plasma first exists in said processing chamber, said means for identifying comprising said means for evaluating 335 A system for running a plasma process, said system comprising a processing chamber, a plasma generator in said plasma chamber, wherein a plasma process may be run on product in said processing chamber when said plasma generator is activated, a plasma monitoring assembly operatively interfaced with said processing chamber and comprising a computer-readable storage medium, said computer- readable storage medium comprising a first data structure comprising a plurality of data entries, wherein each said data entry is associated with one of first, second, and third categories, respectively, wherein said first category is reserved for a first type said plasma process which has been run in said processing chamber and which is at least assumed to have proceeded without substantially any error, wherein said second category is reserved for a second type said plasma process which has been run in said processing chamber where at least one error occurred during said second type said plasma process and in which said at least one error has since been identified in said first data structure of said computer-readable storage medium, and wherein said third category is reserved for a third type said plasma process which has been run in said processing chamber, which failed to correspond with any said data entry associated with said first category, and which has yet to be associated with any possible cause in said first data structure of said computer-readable storage medium 336 A system, as claimed in Claim 335, wherein a first said data entry contains first data representative of an entirety of one said first type said plasma process, and wherein a second said data entry contains second data representative of one said second type said plasma process at least at a time where a first error occurred during said one said second type said plasma process, said second data being indicative of said first error and being identified in said second said data entry 337 A system, as claimed in Claim 335, wherein each said data entry associated with said first category comprises data representative of optical emissions of plasma in said processing chamber at least a plurality of times during one said first type said plasma process 338 A system, as claimed in Claim 337, wherein said optical emissions include at least wavelengths from about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers at least at every 1 nanometer 339 A system, as claimed in Claim 335, wherein a first portion of said plurality of data entries are associated with said first category, wherein at least one said data entry of said first portion is from a first plasma recipe previously run on product in said processing chamber, and wherein at least one said data entry of said first portion is from a second plasma recipe previously run on product in said processing chamber, said first plasma recipe being different from said second plasma recipe 340 A system, as claimed in Claim 335, wherein a first portion of said plurality of data entries are associated with said first category, wherein at least two said data entries of said first portion are from two first plasma recipes previously run on product in said processing chamber 341 A system, as claimed in Claim 335, wherein each said data entry associated with said first category is available for use by said plasma monitoring assembly as a standard to assess future said plasma processes run in said processing chamber 342 A system, as claimed in Claim 335, wherein each said data entry associated with said second category comprises data representative of optical emissions of plasma in said processing chamber during one said second type said plasma process and indicative of said at least one error 343 A system, as claimed in Claim 335, wherein a first portion of said plurality of data entries are associated with said second category, wherein at least one said data entry of said first portion is from a first plasma recipe previously run on product in said processing chamber, and wherein at least one said data entry of said first portion is from a second plasma recipe previously run on product in said processing chamber, said first plasma recipe being different from said second plasma recipe 344 A system, as claimed in Claim 335, wherein a first portion of said plurality of data entries are associated with said second category, wherein at least two said data entries of said first portion are from two first plasma recipes previously run in said processing chamber and includes data which is indicative of first and second errors, respectively, said first and second errors being different 345 A system, as claimed in Claim 335, wherein each said data entry associated with said third category comprises data representative of optical emissions of plasma in said processing chamber at least at one time during one said third type said plasma process 346 A system, as claimed in Claim 345, wherein said optical emissions include at least wavelengths from about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers at least at every 1 nanometer 347 A system, as claimed in Claim 335, wherein one said data entry contains data relating to one said third type said plasma process previously run in said processing chamber at least at a time where a first error occurred during said one said third type said plasma process and in which said first error has yet to be identified 348 A system, as claimed in Claim 335, wherein one said data entry contains data relating to one said third type said plasma process previously run in said processing chamber which proceeded without substantially any error but which was not contained in said first data structure of said computer-readable medium in association with said first category 349 A system, as claimed in Claim 335, further comprising means for transferring at least a portion of any said data entry associated with said third plasma process category to any one of said first and second plasma process categories 350 A system, as claimed in Claim 335, wherein said plasma monitoring assembly further comprises means for comparing a current said plasma process against said first data structure of said computer- readable storage medium 351 A system, as claimed in Claim 335, wherein said first data structure is available for said plasma processes selected from the group consisting of plasma recipes which are run on at least one product in said processing chamber, plasma cleaning operations, plasma conditioning operations, and qualification wafer operations 352 A plasma monitoring system for a plasma process run in a processing chamber, said system comprising a computer-readable storage medium comprising a first data structure comprising a plurality of data entries, wherein each said data entry is associated with one of first, second, and third categories, respectively, wherein said first category is reserved for a first type said plasma process which has been run in said processing chamber and which is at least assumed to have proceeded without substantially any error, wherein said second category is reserved for a second type said plasma process which has been run in said processing chamber where at least one error occurred during said second type said plasma process and in which said at least one error has since been identified in said first data structure of said computer-readable storage medium, and wherein said third category is reserved for a third type said plasma process which has been run in said processing chamber, which failed to correspond with any said data entry associated with said first category, and which has yet to be associated with any possible cause in said first data structure of said computer- readable storage medium, and means for comparing a current said plasma process against at least one said data entry in said first data structure 353 A system, as claimed in Claim 352, wherein said means for comparing comprises means for comparing said current said plasma process against each said data entry associated with said first category before comparing said current said plasma process against any said data entry associated with said second category 354 A method for initializing a system for running plasma processes, said system comprising a processing chamber and a plasma monitoring assembly which is operatively interfaced with said processing chamber and which comprises a computer-readable storage medium, said computer-readable storage medium comprising a first data structure comprising a plurality of data entries, and wherein a conducting a plasma process step comprises the steps of generating a plasma in said processing chamber, obtaining optical emissions of said plasma within said processing chamber, and terminating said generating step, said method comprising the steps of executing a first said conducting step, executing a first recording step comprising recording a first said data entry in said first data structure of said computer-readable storage medium, said first said data entry comprising a first output from said obtaining step of said executing a first said conducting step, executing a first associating step comprising associating said first output with a first category in said first said data entry, said first category being reserved for a first type said conducting step which has been run in said processing chamber and which is at least assumed to have proceeded without substantially any error, executing a second said conducting step, executing a second recording step comprising recording a second said data entry in said first data structure of said computer-readable storage medium, said second said data entry comprising a second output from said obtaining step of said executing a second said conducting step; executing a second associating step comprising associating at least a portion of said second output with a second category in said second said data entry, said second category being reserved for a second type said conducting step which has been run in said processing chamber where at least one error occurred during said second type said plasma process and in which said at least one error has since been identified in said first data structure of said computer- readable storage medium; executing a third said conducting step; executing a third recording step comprising recording a third said data entry in said first data structure of said computer-readable storage medium, said third said data entry comprising a third output from said obtaining step of said executing a third said conducting step; and executing a third associating step comprising associating at least a portion of said third output with a third category in said third said data entry, said third category being reserved for a third type said conducting step which has been run in said processing chamber, which failed to correspond with any said data entry associated with said first category, and which has yet to be associated with any possible cause in said first data structure of said computer-readable storage medium. 355. A method, as claimed in Claim 354, wherein: said conducting a plasma process step comprises conducting a plasma process selected from the group consisting of plasma recipes which are run on at least one product in said processing chamber, plasma cleaning operations, plasma conditioning operations, and qualification wafer operations. 356. A method, as claimed in Claim 354, wherein: said obtaining step comprises obtaining at least wavelengths from about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers and at least at every 1 nanometer. 357 A method, as claimed in Claim 354, wherein said executing a first recording step comprises recording in said first data entry said first output from at least a plurality of different times during said executing a first said conducting step 358 A method, as claimed in Claim 354, further comprising the step of confirming that said executing a first said conducting step proceeded without substantially any error after a completion of said executing a first said conducting step 359 A method, as claimed in Claim 354, further comprising the steps of executing a fourth associating step before said executing a second associating step and comprising associating said at least a portion of said second output with said third category, analyzing said second output associated with said third category after a completion of said executing a second said conducting step, transferring at least a portion of said second output associated with said third category to said second category, said transferring step being executed after a completion of said analyzing step, wherein no portion of said second output remains associated with said third category after said transferring step 360 A method, as claimed in Claim 359, wherein said analyzing step comprises identifying a first error which occurred during said executing a second said conducting step, and wherein at least a portion of said second output from said transferring step is indicative of said first error 361 A method, as claimed in Claim 359, wherein said at least a portion of said second output from said transferring step is from less than an entirety of said executing a second said conducting step 362 A method, as claimed in Claim 359, wherein said at least a portion of said second output from said transferring step is from a single point in time of said executing a second said conducting step 363 A method, as claimed in Claim 354, further comprising the step of executing a fourth associating step before said executing a first associating step and comprising associating said first output from said executing a first recording step with said third category, analyzing said first output associated with said third category after a completion of said executing a first said conducting step, and transferring at least a portion of said first output associated with said third category to said first category, said transferring step being executed after a completion of said analyzing step, wherein no portion of said first output remains associated with said third category after said transferring step 364 A method, as claimed in Claim 363, wherein said at least a portion of said first output associated with said transferring step is said first output from said obtaining step from said executing a first said conducting step at a plurality of times during said executing a first said conducting step 365 A method for monitoring a plasma process using a plasma monitoring assembly comprising a computer-readable storage medium, said computer-readable storage medium comprising a first data structure comprising a plurality of data entries, wherein at least one of said data entries is associated with a first category and wherein at least one of said data entries is associated with a second category, wherein each said data entry associated with said first category contains a plurality of first data segments from a plurality of different times during a running of one said plasma process in said processing chamber step, wherein each said data entry associated with said first category defines a standard, and wherein each said data entry associated with said second category comprises at least one second data segment from at least one time during a running of one said plasma process in said processing chamber step at a time when an error occurred, said at least one second data segment being indicative of said error and identified within said data entry storing said at least one second data segment, said method comprising the steps of running a first said plasma process within said processing chamber, performing a first determining step comprising determining if said first said plasma process corresponds with any said data entry associated with said first category in said first data structure of said computer-readable storage medium, and performing a second determining step comprising determining if said first said plasma process corresponds with any said data entry associated with said second category in said first data structure of said computer-readable storage medium, said performing a second determining step being executed only upon occurrence of a first condition, said first condition being if said first said plasma process fails to correspond with any said data entry associated with said first category during execution of said performing a first determining step 366 A method, as claimed in Claim 365, wherein said first data structure is available for said plasma processes selected from the group consisting of plasma recipes run on product in said processing chamber, plasma cleaning operations, plasma conditioning operations, and qualification wafer operations 367 A method, as claimed in Claim 365, wherein said first data structure comprises a plurality of data entries associated with said first category, wherein a first said data entry associated with said first category is from a first said plasma recipe and wherein a second said data entry associated with said first category is from a second said plasma recipe, wherein said first said plasma recipe and said second said plasma recipe are different 368 A method, as claimed in Claim 365, wherein said first data structure comprises a plurality of data entries associated with said first category, wherein a first said data entry associated with said first category is from a first said plasma recipe and wherein a second said data entry associated with said first category is also from the same said first plasma recipe 369 A method, as claimed in Claim 365, further comprising the step of obtaining current data from said running a first said plasma process step, wherein said performing a first determining step comprises determining if said current data is within a predetermined tolerance of at least one of said first data O 99/54694 segments Trom at least one of said data entries associated with said first category 370 A method, as claimed in Claim 365, further comprising the step of obtaining current data from said running a first said plasma process step, wherein said performing a first determining step comprises determining if a pattern of said current data is at least substantially a match with a pattern of at least one of said first data segments from at least one of said data entries associated with said first category 371 A method, as claimed in Claim 365, further comprising the step of obtaining current data from said running a first said plasma process step at a first time, wherein said performing a first determining step comprises determining if said current data at said first time is within a predetermined tolerance of at least one of said first data segments also associated with said first time and from at least one of said data entries associated with said first category 372 A method, as claimed in Claim 365, further comprising the step of obtaining current optical emissions of plasma within said processing chamber from said running a first said plasma process step, wherein each said first data segment of each said data entry associated with said first category comprises stored optical emissions of plasma within said processing chamber from a plurality of different times during said running of said one said plasma process step, wherein in relation to each said data entry associated with said first category, said performing a first determining step comprises performing a third determining step comprising determining if said current optical emissions at a current time satisfy a second condition, said second condition being that said current optical emissions at said current time are within a predetermined tolerance of said stored optical emissions of at least one of said first data segments from said data entry, designating an earhest-in-time of said at least one of said first data segments as a current said first data segment if said performing a first determining step identifies said second condition, terminating said performing a first determining step in relation to said data entry if said performing a third determining step fails to identify said second condition, repeating a loop if said performing a third determining step identifies said second condition and until execution of an exiting step associated with said loop, said loop comprising the steps of increasing said current time by a first increment, performing a fourth determining step comprising determining if said current optical emissions at said current time satisfy a third condition, said third condition being that said current optical at said current time are within a predetermined tolerance of said stored optical emissions of a next-in-time said first data segment following said current said first data segment, performing a fifth determining step only if said performing a fourth determining step fails to identify said third condition, said performing a fifth determining step comprising determining if said current optical emissions at said current time satisfy a fourth condition, said fourth condition being that said current optical emissions at said current time are within a predetermined tolerance of said stored optical emissions of said current said first data segment, exiting said loop when at least one of fifth and sixth conditions exist, said fifth condition being if said performing a fifth determining step was executed and failed to identify said fourth condition, said sixth condition being if all of said current optical emissions from said running a first said plasma process step have been evaluated by said performing a first determining step, setting said next-iπ-time said first data segment equal to said current said first data segment only if said performing a fourth determining step identified said third condition 373 A method, as claimed in Claim 365, further comprising the step of obtaining current data from said running a first said plasma process step, wherein said performing a second determining step comprises determining if a second condition exists, said second condition being that said current data is within a predetermined tolerance of at least one of said second data segments from at least one of said data entries associated with said second category 374 A method, as claimed in Claim 373, further comprising the step of initiating a first action if said second condition exists, said first action being selected from the group consisting of terminating said running a first said plasma process step, issuing an alert relating to an existence of said second condition, suspending execution of any additional running of plasma processes on product in said chamber, initiating adjustment of at least one process control parameter having an effect on plasma within said processing chamber from said running a first said plasma process step based upon an existence of said second condition, and any combination of the foregoing 375 A method, as claimed in Claim 365, further comprising the step of obtaining current data from said running a first said plasma process step, wherein said performing a second determining step comprises determining if a pattern of said current data is at least substantially a match with a pattern of at least one of said second data segments from at least one of said data entries associated with said second category 376 A method, as claimed in Claim 365, further comprising the step of obtaining current data from said running a first said plasma process step at a first time, wherein said performing a second determining step comprises determining if said current data at said first time is within a predetermined tolerance of at least one of said second data segments also associated with said first time and from at least one of said data entries associated with said second category 377 A method, as claimed in Claim 365, wherein said first data structure further comprises a third category, wherein each said data entry associated with said third category comprises at least one third data segment from a running of one said plasma process in said processing chamber step which failed to correspond with any said data entry associated with said first category and further which failed to correspond with any said data entry associated with said second category, said method further comprising the step of recording data from said running a first said plasma process step if said first said plasma process fails to correspond with at least one said data entry associated with said first category and further fails to correspond with at least one said data entry associated with said second category, said recording step being to said first data structure and defining a said data entry, said method further comprising the step of associating said data in said data entry from said recording step with said third category 378 A method, as claimed in Claim 377, further comprising the steps of analyzing said data associated with said recording step after a completion of said running a first said plasma process step, and transferring at least a portion of said data associated with said recording step from said third category to said second category, said transferring step being executed after a completion of said analyzing step 379 A method, as claimed in Claim 378, wherein said analyzing step comprises identifying a first error which occurred during said running a first said plasma process step, and wherein said at least a portion of said data associated with said transferring step is indicative of said first error 380 A method, as claimed in Claim 378, wherein said at least a portion of said data from said transferring step is from less than an entirety of said running a first said plasma process step 381 A method, as claimed in Claim 378, wherein said at least a portion of said data from said transferring step is from a single point in time of said running a first said plasma process step 382 A method, as claimed in Claim 377, further comprising the step of analyzing said data associated with said recording step after a completion of said running a first said plasma process, and transferring at least a portion of said data from said recording step from said third category to said first category, said transferring step being executed after a completion of said analyzing step 383. A method, as claimed in Claim 382, wherein: said at least a portion of said data associated with said transferring step is from a plurality of times during said running a first said plasma process step and is representative of an entirety of said running a first said plasma process step after said plasma in said processing chamber has stabilized. 384. A method, as claimed in Claim 365, further comprising the step of: initiating a first action if said first condition exists and if said performing a second determining step determines that said first said plasma process corresponds with at least one said data entry associated with said second category, said first action being selected from the group consisting of terminating said running a first said plasma process step, issuing an alert relating to an existence of said first condition, suspending execution of any additional running of plasma processes on product in said processing chamber, initiating adjustment of at least one process control parameter having an effect on plasma within said processing chamber from said running a first said plasma process step, and any combination of the foregoing. 385. A method for monitoring a plasma process using a plasma monitoring assembly comprising a computer-readable storage medium, said computer-readable storage medium comprising a first data structure comprising a first data entry which is associated with a first category and which has a plurality of first data segments from a plurality of different times during a running of a first said plasma process in said processing chamber step, wherein said first data entry defines a first standard and wherein each said first data segment comprises data representative of optical emissions of plasma in said processing chamber during said running a first said plasma process step, said optical emissions including at least wavelengths from about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers at least at every 1 nanometer which defines a first wavelength range, said method comprising the steps of: running a second said plasma process within said processing chamber; obtaining current optical emissions of plasma in said processing chamber at least at a first time during said running a second said plasma process step, wherein said current optical emissions are within said first wavelength range and at least at every 1 nanometer throughout said first wavelength range; comparing said current optical emissions with at least one of said first data segments from said first data entry throughout said first wavelength range and at least at every 1 nanometer throughout said first wavelength range. 386. A method, as claimed in Claim 385, wherein: said first data structure is available for said plasma processes selected from the group consisting of plasma recipes run on product in said processing chamber, plasma cleaning operations, plasma conditioning operations, and qualification wafer operations. 387. A method, as claimed in Claim 385, wherein: said running a second said plasma process step comprises running a plasma recipe on product within said processing chamber. 388. A method, as claimed in Claim 385, wherein: said obtaining step comprises obtaining said current optical emissions of said plasma at a plurality of times during said running a second said plasma process step, each of said plurality of times being a said first time. 389. A method, as claimed in Claim 385, wherein: said obtaining step comprises obtaining said current optical emissions at equally spaced time intervals of no more than about 1 second during said running a second said plasma process step, each of said time intervals being a said first time. 390. A method, as claimed in Claim 385, wherein: said comparing step comprises determining if a pattern of said optical emissions at said first time at least substantially matches a pattern of said optical emissions associated with said at least one first data segment of said first data entry. 391. A method, as claimed in Claim 385, wherein: said comparing step evaluates a plurality of data points within said current optical emissions from said obtaining step in relation to corresponding points within said optical emissions associated with said at least one first data segment of said first data entry, each said point being a certain wavelength and wherein a maximum separation between adjacent said wavelengths used by said comparing step is about 1 nanometer. 392. A method, as claimed in Claim 385, wherein: said at least one of said first data segments from said comparing step is a said first data segment from said first data entry which is also associated with said first time. 393. A method, as claimed in Claim 385, further comprising the step of: increasing said first time by a first time period and repeating said obtaining step and said comparing step. 394. A method, as claimed in Claim 385, further comprising the step of: initiating a first action when said comparing step yields a first result, said first result being that said current optical emissions deviate from said optical emissions associated with said at least one first data segment by more than a predetermined tolerance, said first action being selected from the group consisting of terminating said running a second said plasma process step, issuing an alert relating to said first result being encountered by said comparing step, suspending execution of any additional plasma processes run on product in said processing chamber, initiating adjustment of at least one process control parameter having an effect on plasma within said processing chamber during said running a second said plasma process step, and any combination of the foregoing. 395. A method for monitoring a plasma process using a plasma monitoring assembly comprising a computer-readable storage medium, said computer-readable storage medium comprising a first data structure, said method comprising the step of: running a first said plasma process in said processing chamber; obtaining first optical emissions data of plasma in said processing chamber at least a plurality of times during said running a first plasma process step; recording a first data entry in said first data structure, wherein said first data entry defines a first standard and comprises a plurality of first data segments from a plurality of different times during said running a first said plasma process step, wherein each said first data segment comprises data representative of said first optical emissions from one of said plurality of times, said first optical emissions including at least wavelengths from about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 at least at every 1 nanometer and which defines a first wavelength range; running a second said plasma process in said processing chamber; obtaining second optical emissions data of plasma in said processing chamber at least a plurality of times during said running a second said plasma process step, wherein said second optical emissions comprises wavelengths within said first wavelength range and at least at every 1 nanometer within said first wavelength range; evaluating said running a second said plasma process using said recording step and at least a portion of said second optical emissions from each of said plurality of times associated with said obtaining second optical emissions step. 396. A method, as claimed in Claim 395, wherein: said evaluating step comprises using only a portion of said second optical emissions from each of said plurality of times associated with said obtaining second optical emissions step. 397. A method, as claimed in Claim 395, further comprising the steps of: identifying at least one wavelength which is indicative of an error which occurred in said plasma process in said processing chamber before said running a second said plasma process step; and selecting a subset of said first wavelength range for said evaluating step, wherein said subset includes said at least one wavelength from said identifying step. 398. A method, as claimed in Claim 397, wherein: said subset is at least a 50 nanometer bandwidth, and wherein said evaluating step comprises executing said evaluating step at least at every 1 nanometer increment throughout said 50 nanometer bandwidth. 399. A method for running a plasma process on product in a processing chamber using a computer-readable storage medium, said computer- readable storage medium comprising a plurality of data entries, wherein a first said data entry comprises a plurality of data segments relating to a first said plasma process run on product in said processing chamber which has proceeded in accordance with a first standard, wherein a second said data entry comprises a plurality of data segments relating to a second said plasma process run on product in said processing chamber which has proceeded in accordance with a second standard, said first said plasma process being a different type than said second said plasma process, said method comprising the steps of: loading a quantity of product into said processing chamber; running a third said plasma process on said product in said processing chamber; obtaining data on said third said plasma process; and determining if said third said plasma process is a same type as one of said first and second said plasma processes, said determining step using said obtaining step and being executed during said running a third said plasma process step. 400. A method, as claimed in Claim 399, wherein: an identity of said first said plasma process and said second said plasma process is provided in said computer-readable storage medium in relation to said first and second said data entries, respectively. 401. A method, as claimed in Claim 399, wherein: said loading step comprises loading at least one wafer into said processing chamber. 402. A method, as claimed in Claim 399, wherein: said obtaining data step comprises obtaining current optical emissions of plasma within said processing chamber during said running a third said plasma process step, and wherein said data segments of said first and second data entries are stored optical emissions of plasma within said processing chamber from during said first and second said plasma processes, respectively. 403. A method, as claimed in Claim 402, wherein: said current optical emissions and said stored optical emissions each include at least wavelengths from about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers, inclusive, at least at every 1 nanometer and which defines a first wavelength range. 404. A method, as claimed in Claim 403, wherein: said determining step comprises determining if said current optical emissions are within a predetermined tolerance of said stored optical emissions of at least one of said data segments from at least one of said first and second data entries, respectively. 405. A method, as claimed in Claim 403, wherein: said determining step comprises determining if a pattern of said current optical emissions is at least substantially a match with a pattern of said stored optical emissions of at least one of said data segments from at least one of said first and second data entries, respectively. 406. A method, as claimed in Claim 403, wherein: said determining step comprises determining if said current optical emissions at a first time are within a predetermined tolerance of said stored optical emissions of one said data segment also associated with said first time and from at least one of said first and second data entries, respectively. 407. A method, as claimed in Claim 403, wherein in relation to each of said first and second data entries, said determining step comprises: performing a first determining step comprising determining if said current optical emissions at a current time satisfy a first condition, said first condition being that said current optical emissions at said current time are within a predetermined tolerance of said stored optical emissions of at least one of said data segments from said data entry; designating an earliest-in-time of said at least one of said data segments as a current said data segment if said performing a first determining step identifies said first condition; terminating said performing a first determining step in relation to said data entry if said performing a first determining step fails to identify said first condition; repeating a loop if said performing a first determining step identifies said first condition and until execution of an exiting step associated with said loop, said loop comprising the steps of: increasing said current time by a first increment; performing a second determining step comprising determining if said current optical emissions at said current time satisfy a second condition, said second condition being that said current optical emissions at said current time are within a predetermined tolerance of said stored optical emissions of a next-in-time said data segment following said current said data segment; performing a third determining step only if said performing a second determining step fails to identify said second condition, said performing a third determining step comprising determining if said current optical emissions at said current time satisfy a third condition, said third condition being that said current optical emissions at said current time are within a predetermined tolerance of said stored optical emissions of said current said data segment; exiting said loop when at least one of fourth and fifth conditions exist, said fourth condition being if said performing a third determining step was executed and failed to identify said third condition, said fifth condition being if all of said current optical emissions from said running a third said plasma process step have been evaluated by said determining step; setting said next-in-time said data segment equal to said current said data segment only if said performing a second determining step identified said second condition. 408. A method, as claimed in Claim 399, further comprising the step of: displaying results of said determining step. 409. A method, as claimed in Claim 399, wherein: said third said plasma process comprises a plurality of plasma steps, said method further comprising the step of identifying each of said plurality of plasma steps using said determining step, said identifying step being executed during said running a third said plasma process step and using said obtaining step. 410. A method for running a plasma process on product within a processing chamber, said method comprising the steps of: loading a quantity of product into said processing chamber, inputting a type of said plasma process to be run on said product within said processing chamber, said inputting step being to at least one controller associated with said processing chamber, running a first said plasma process on said product within said processing chamber based upon said inputting step, obtaining data relating to a plasma within said processing chamber during said running step, identifying said type of said first said plasma process from said obtaining step, and displaying said type of said first said plasma process from said identifying step and during said running step 411 A method, as claimed in Claim 410, wherein said loading step comprises loading at least one wafer into said processing chamber 412 A method, as claimed in Claim 410, wherein said obtaining step comprises obtaining current optical emissions of plasma within said processing chamber during said running step 413 A method, as claimed in Claim 412, wherein said current optical emissions include at least wavelengths from about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers, inclusive, at least at every 1 nanometer, and which defines a first wavelength range 414 A method, as claimed in Claim 413, wherein said identifying step uses a computer-readable storage medium system comprising at least one data entry, wherein a first said data entry comprises a plurality of data segments relating to a second said plasma process previously run on product in said processing chamber, wherein each said data segment comprises stored optical emissions of a plasma in said processing chamber during said second said plasma process, and wherein said obtaining step comprises obtaining current optical emissions of said plasma in said processing chamber during said running step 415 A method, as claimed in Claim 414, wherein said identifying step comprises determining if said current optical emissions are within a predetermined tolerance of said stored optical emissions of at least one of said data segments from said first data entry 416 A method, as claimed in Claim 414, wherein said identifying step comprises determining if a pattern of said current optical emissions is at least substantially a match with a pattern of said stored optical emissions of at least one of said data segments from said first data entry 417 A method, as claimed in Claim 414, wherein said identifying step comprises determining if said current optical emissions at a first time are within a predetermined tolerance of said stored optical emissions of said data segment of said first data entry which is also associated with said first time 418 A method, as claimed in Claim 414, wherein said identifying step comprises performing a first determining step comprising determining if said current optical emissions at a current time satisfy a first condition, said first condition being that said current optical emissions at said current time are within a predetermined tolerance of said stored optical emissions of at least one of said data segments from said first data entry, designating an eariiest-m-time of said at least one of said data segments as a current said data segment if said performing a first determining step identifies said first condition, terminating said identifying step in relation to said first data entry if said performing a first determining step fails to identify said first condition, repeating a loop if said performing a first determining step identifies said first condition and until execution of an exiting step associated with said loop, said loop comprising the steps of increasing said current time by a first increment, performing a second determining step comprising determining if said current optical emissions at said current time satisfy a second condition, said second condition being that said current optical emissions at said current time are within a predetermined tolerance of said stored optical emissions of a next-in-time said data segment following said current said data segment, performing a third determining step only if said performing a second determining step fails to identify said second condition, said performing a third determining step comprising determining if said current optical emissions at said current time satisfy a third condition, said third condition being that said current optical emissions at said current time are within a predetermined tolerance of said stored optical emissions of said current said data segment, exiting said loop when at least one of fourth and fifth conditions exist, said fourth condition being if said performing a third determining step was executed and failed to identify said third condition, said fifth condition being if all of said current optical emissions from said running a third said plasma process step have been evaluated by said determining step, setting said next-in-time said data segment equal to said current said data segment only if said performing a second determining step identified said second condition 419 A method, as claimed in Claim 410, wherein said first said plasma process comprises a plurality of plasma steps, said method further comprising the step of identifying each of said plurality of plasma steps using said identifying step 420 A method, as claimed in Claim 410, wherein said identifying step uses a computer-readable storage medium wherein said computer-readable storage medium comprises a first data structure comprising a plurality of data entries, wherein a second said data entry comprises data relating to a second said plasma process previously run on product in said processing chamber which has proceeded in accordance with a second standard, wherein a third said data entry comprises data relating to a third said plasma process previously run on product in said processing chamber which has proceeded in accordance with a third standard, wherein said second said plasma process is of a second type and said third said plasma process is of a third type, and wherein said second and third types are different 421 A method, as claimed in Claim 420, wherein said inputting step comprises inputting said second type of said plasma process, wherein said identifying step comprises comparing said data from said obtaining step with said data in said first data structure of said computer- readable storage medium, and wherein said method further comprises the step of at least initially limiting said comparing step to only said data in said second data entry 422 A method, as claimed in Claim 410, further comprising the steps of providing instructions to an operator regarding a first type of said plasma process to be run on said product in said processing chamber, and executing said inputting step after said providing instructions step, wherein said identifying step provides information as to whether said type from said inputting step is the same as said first type from said providing step to address potential operator error associated with said inputting step 423 A plasma monitoring system for a plasma process run on product in a processing chamber, said system comprising a computer-readable storage medium comprising a first data structure comprising a first data entry, wherein data associated with a first said plasma process run on product in said processing chamber may be entered in said first data entry, means for receiving data on a second said plasma process being run on product in said processing chamber during said second plasma process, means for determining a type of said second said plasma process, said means for determining comprising said means for receiving, using data stored in said first data structure, and providing output before a termination of said second said plasma process 424 A system, as claimed in Claim 423, wherein said means for receiving comprises means for receiving data representative of optical emissions of plasma within said processing chamber during said second said plasma process 425 A system, as claimed in Claim 424, wherein said current optical emissions include at least wavelengths from about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers, inclusive, at least at every 1 nanometer and which defines a first wavelength range 426 A system, as claimed in Claim 423, wherein said first said data entry comprises a plurality of data segments relating to said first said plasma process run on product in said processing chamber, wherein each said data segment is available for storing data representative of optical emissions of a plasma in said processing chamber during said first said plasma process, and wherein said means for receiving comprises means for receiving data representative of current optical emissions of plasma within said processing chamber during said second said plasma process 427 A system, as claimed in Claim 426, wherein said means for determining comprises means for determining if said data representative of current optical emissions are within a predetermined tolerance of said data representative of optical emissions of at least one of said data segments from said first data entry 428 A system, as claimed in Claim 426, wherein said means for determining comprises means for determining if a pattern of said data representative of current optical emissions is at least substantially a match with a pattern of said data representative of optical emissions of at least one of said data segments from said first data entry 429 A system, as claimed in Claim 426, wherein said means for determining comprises means for determining if said data representative of current optical emissions at a first time are within a predetermined tolerance of said data representative of optical emissions of said data segment from said first data entry which is also associated with said first 430 A system, as claimed in Claim 426, wherein said means for determining comprises first determining means comprising means for determining if said data representative of current optical emissions at a current time satisfies a first condition, said first condition being that said data representative of current optical emissions at said current time are within a predetermined tolerance of said data representative of optical emissions of at least one of said data segments from said first data entry, means for designating an earliest-m-time of said at least one of said data segments as a current said data segment if said first determining means identifies said first condition, means for deactivating said first determining means if said first determining means fails to identify said first condition, means for repeating a loop if said first determining means identifies said first condition and until activation of a means for exiting associated with said loop, said loop comprising means for increasing said current time by a first increment, second determining means for determining if said data representative of current optical emissions at said current time satisfies a second condition, said second condition being that said data representative of current optical emissions at said current time are within a predetermined tolerance of said data representative of optical emissions of a next-in-time said data segment following said current said data segment, third determining means for determining if said data representative of current optical emissions at said current time satisfies a third condition, said third condition being that said data representative of current optical emissions at said current time are within a predetermined tolerance of said data representative of optical emissions from said current said data segment, said third determining means being activated only if said second determining means fails to identify said second condition, means for exiting said loop when at least one of fourth and fifth conditions exist, said fourth condition being if said third determining means was activated and failed to identify said third condition, said fifth condition being if all of said current optical emissions from said second said plasma process have been evaluated by said means for determining, means for setting said next-in-time said data segment equal to said current said data segment, said means for setting being activated only if said second determining means has identified said second condition 431 A system, as claimed in Claim 423, wherein said first said plasma process comprises a plurality of plasma steps, said system further comprising means for identifying each of said plurality of plasma steps using said means for determining 432 A method for monitoring a plasma processing system comprising a processing chamber, a product storage device comprising a plurality of product, and a computer-readable storage medium, said computer- readable storage medium comprising a plasma recipe section, said plasma recipe section comprising a plurality of data entries, wherein a first said data entry comprises data relating to a first plasma recipe, wherein a second said data entry comprises data relating to a second plasma recipe, wherein said first plasma recipe is different from said second plasma recipe, and wherein a running a plasma process step comprises the steps of removing at least one product from said product storage device, loading said at least one product into said processing chamber, exposing said at least one product in said processing chamber to a plasma in accordance with one of said first and second plasma recipes, and removing said at least one product from said processing chamber after said exposing step, said method comprising the steps of executing a first said running step, wherein said exposing step of said executing a first said running step is associated only with said first plasma recipe, monitoring at least one characteristic of said plasma during said executing a first said running step, identifying that said executing a first said running step is associated only with said first plasma recipe by making both said first and second said data entries of said plasma recipe section of said computer-readable storage medium available for comparison with an output from said monitoring step, executing a plurality of said running steps after said executing a first said running step, wherein said exposing step of each said executing plurality of running steps is in accordance only with said first plasma recipe, and identifying that each of said running steps of said executing a plurality of said running steps is associated only with said first plasma recipe, said identifying step comprising at least initially limiting any comparison of said output of said monitoring step with said plasma recipe section of said computer- readable storage medium to only said first said data entry of said plasma recipe section 433 A method, as claimed in Claim 432, wherein said identifying step further comprises allowing any comparison of said output of said monitoring step with said plasma recipe section of said computer- readable storage medium to further include said second said data entry of said plasma recipe section for one of said running steps of said executing a plurality of running steps if said one of said running steps fails to correspond with said first said data entry 434 A method, as claimed in Claim 432, wherein said identifying step comprises always limiting any comparison of said output of said monitoring step with said plasma recipe section of said computer- readable storage medium to only said first said data entry of said plasma recipe section 435 A method, as claimed in Claim 432, wherein said product storage device comprises a wafer cassette and said plurality of product comprises a plurality of wafers, wherein said running step for each said wafer in said cassette is intended to be limited to said first plasma recipe, and wherein each of said identifying steps provides verification that this is the case 436 A method for monitoring a first plasma process being run on a first product in a processing chamber, said method comprising the steps of loading said first product into said processing chamber, sealing said processing chamber, running a first said plasma process on said first product after said sealing step, obtaining data on plasma used by said running step, and determining if said processing chamber is in a first condition during said running step, said first condition being that an interior of said processing chamber has been adversely affected by previous said plasma processes run in said processing chamber to the point where it is impacting a performance of said processing chamber to an undesired degree, said determining step using said obtaining data step 437 A plasma monitoring system for a plasma process being run on product in a processing chamber, said system comprising a computer readable data storage medium comprising means for storing data on a first said plasma process previously run on product in said processing chamber, means for comparing data on a second said plasma process currently being run on product in said processing chamber with said data in said means for storing, and first means for determining if said processing chamber is in a first condition, said first condition being that an interior of said processing chamber has been adversely affected by previous said plasma processes run on product in said processing chamber to the point where it is impacting a performance of said processing chamber to an undesired degree, said first means for determining comprising said means for comparing 438 A system for running a plasma process on product, said system comprising a processing chamber comprising a product access and a window, wherein product may be transferred between an interior and exterior of said processing chamber through said product access, a first gas inlet and a first gas outlet fiuidly interconnected with said processing chamber, a plasma generator in said plasma chamber, wherein a current said plasma process may be run on said product in said processing chamber when said plasma generator is activated, a plasma monitoring assembly comprising a computer-readable medium, said computer readable medium comprising means for storing data on a first said plasma process run on product in said processing chamber previous to said current said plasma process, means for comparing data on said current said plasma process currently being run on product in said processing chamber with said data on said first said plasma process in said means for storing, and first means for determining when said processing chamber is in a first condition, said first condition being that an interior of said processing chamber has been adversely affected by previous said plasma processes run on product in said processing chamber to the point where it is impacting a performance of said processing chamber to an undesired degree, said first means for determining comprising said means for comparing 439 A method for controlling a wafer production system, comprising the steps of distributing at least one wafer to each of first and second processing chambers, processing said at least one wafer in the respective said processing chamber after each execution of said distributing step associated with the respective said processing chamber, said processing step comprising the steps of running a plasma process on said at least one wafer in the respective said processing chamber, monitoring a plasma in the respective said processing chamber used by said running step, and removing said at least one wafer from the respective said processing chamber, repeating said distributing step a plurality of times for each of said first and second processing chambers after said removing step for said first and second processing chambers, respectively, and suspending at least one execution of said distributing step in relation to any of said first and second processing chambers if a first said monitoring step for a first said running step in the respective said processing chamber identifies a first condition, said first condition being selected from the group consisting of a dirty chamber condition which is when an interior of the respective said processing chamber has been adversely affected by previous executions of said processing step in the respective said processing chamber to the point where it is adversely impacting a performance of the respective said processing chamber to an undesired degree, a known error condition which is when said first said running step has proceeded other than in accordance with at least one standard associated with said running step in the respective said processing chamber, an unknown condition which is when said first said monitoring step identifies a condition which said first said monitoring step has not previously encountered in any prior execution of said processing step in the respective said processing chamber, and any combination of the foregoing. 440. A method for controlling a wafer production system, comprising the steps of: distributing at least one wafer to each of first, second, and third processing chambers; processing said at least one wafer in the respective said processing chamber after each execution of said distributing step, said processing step comprising the steps of: running a plasma process on said at least one wafer in the respective said processing chamber; monitoring a plasma in the respective said processing chamber used by said running step; and removing said at least one wafer from said processing chamber; repeating said distributing step for said first, second, and third processing chambers a plurality of times after each said removing step associated with said first, second, and third processing chambers, respectively; using a first distribution sequence for said distributing step, said first distribution sequence being said distributing step is executed first for said first processing chamber, second for said second processing chamber, and third for said third processing chamber; discontinuing said first distribution sequence if said monitoring step from at least one of said processing steps in said first processing chamber identifies a first condition; and using a second distribution sequence after any execution of said discontinuing step, said second distribution sequence being different from said first distribution sequence. 441. A method for controlling a wafer production system, comprising the steps of: distributing at least one wafer to each of first and second processing chambers; processing said at least one wafer in the respective said processing chamber after each execution of said distributing step associated with the respective said processing chamber, said processing step comprising the steps of: running a plasma process on said at least one wafer in the respective said processing chamber; monitoring a time for completing said plasma process in the respective said processing chamber; and removing said at least one wafer from the respective said processing chamber; repeating said distributing step a plurality of times for each of said first and second processing chambers after said removing step for said first and second processing chambers, respectively; and using a first sequence for said distributing step which is based on said monitoring step for at least one of said processing step of said first and second chambers, respectively. 442. A wafer production system, comprising: first and second processing chambers each comprising a wafer access, wherein at least one wafer may be introduced into and removed from each of said first and second processing chambers through said wafer access associated with said first and second processing chambers, respectively; first and second means for evaluating plasma in said first and second processing chambers, respectively, during a plasma process conducted on said at least one wafer; and means for distributing wafers to said first and second processing chambers, said means for distributing being operatively interfaced with each of said first and second means for evaluating, wherein an output from said first and second means for evaluating has an effect on a distribution sequence used by said means for distributing. 443. A wafer production system, comprising: first and second processing chambers each comprising a wafer access, wherein at least one wafer may be introduced into and removed from each of said first and second processing chambers through their respective said wafer access; first and second means for monitoring a time for completing a plasma process run on a wafer in said first and second processing chambers, respectively; and a wafer handling system operatively interfaced with each of said first and second processing chambers, said wafer handling system comprising means for controlling a distribution sequence for wafers to said first and second processing chambers based upon each of said first and second means for monitoring, said means for controlling being operatively interfaced with each of said first and second means for monitoring. 444. A method for preparing a processing chamber for running a plasma recipe on product when loaded in said chamber, said method comprising the steps of: removing materials from an interior of said processing chamber with a plasma and when said processing chamber is devoid of any said product; obtaining optical emissions of said plasma within said processing chamber at least a plurality of times during said removing step; comparing a current pattern of at least a portion of said optical emissions from said obtaining step with a first standard pattern, said compaπng step being executed at least a plurality of times; and terminating said removing step, wherein said terminating step is executed for a first condition, said first condition being when said current pattern is within a predetermined tolerance of said first standard pattern. 445. A method for preparing a processing chamber for running a plasma recipe on product when loaded in said chamber, said method comprising the steps of: removing materials from an interior of said processing chamber with a plasma and when said processing chamber is devoid of any said product; obtaining optical emissions of said plasma within said processing chamber at least a plurality of times during said removing step; determining an amount of a differential between said optical emissions from one execution of said obtaining step with said optical emissions from a preceding said execution of said obtaining step, said determining step being executed a plurality of times during said removing step; and terminating said removing step, wherein said terminating step is executable for a first condition, wherein said first condition is when said amount of said differential from said comparing step is no more than a first amount. 446. A system for running a plasma recipe on product, said system comprising: a processing chamber comprising a product access, wherein at least one product may be introduced into said processing chamber through said product access; means for removing materials from an interior of said processing chamber while no product is loaded in said processing chamber, said means for removing comprising a plasma present within said processing chamber while said processing chamber is devoid of any said product; means for obtaining optical emissions of said plasma used by said means for removing at least a plurality of times during operation of said means for removing; means for comparing a first standard pattern with a current pattern of at least a portion of said optical emissions from each of a plurality of executions of said means for obtaining; and means for deactivating said means for removing, said means for deactivating being responsive to at least a first condition, said first condition being when said current pattern from at least one of said plurality of executions of said means for obtaining is within a predetermined tolerance of said first standard pattern. 447 A system for running a plasma recipe on product, said system comprising a processing chamber comprising a product access, wherein product may be transferred between an interior and exterior of said processing chamber through said product access, means for removing materials from an interior of said processing chamber while no product is loaded in said processing chamber, said means for removing comprising a plasma within said processing chamber while said processing chamber is devoid of any said product, means for obtaining optical emissions of said plasma within said processing chamber at least a plurality of times during operation of said means for removing, means for determining, for each of a plurality of executions of said means for obtaining, an amount of a differential between a current said optical emissions and one of a preceding said optical emissions, and means for deactivating said means for removing, wherein said means for deactivating is activated by a first condition, wherein said first condition is when said amount of said differential from said means for determining is no more than a first amount 448 A method for preparing a processing chamber for running a plasma recipe on product within said processing chamber, said method comprising the steps of executing a conditioning wafer operation comprising the steps of loading a conditioning wafer into said chamber, running a plasma process on said conditioning wafer after said loading a conditioning wafer step, performing a first monitoring step comprising monitoring optical emissions of plasma in said chamber during said running a plasma process step, and unloading said conditioning wafer from said chamber after said running a plasma process step, repeating said executing a conditioning wafer operation step a plurality of times, terminating said repeating step based upon said performing a first monitoring step; and executing a production wafer operation after said terminating step, said executing a production wafer operation step comprising the steps of: loading a production wafer into said chamber; running a plasma recipe on said production wafer after said loading a production wafer step, wherein said plasma recipe comprises at least one plasma step which produces a predetermined result on said production wafer; performing a second monitoring step comprising monitoring optical emissions of plasma in said processing chamber during said running a plasma recipe step; and unloading said production wafer from said processing chamber after said running a plasma recipe step, wherein at least one semiconductor device is formed from said production wafer after said executing a production wafer operation step while no semiconductor device is formed from any said conditioning wafer from said executing a conditioning wafer operation step. 449. A system for running a plasma recipe on product, said system comprising: a processing chamber comprising a product access, wherein at least one product may be transferred between an interior and exterior of said chamber through said product access; means for executing a conditioning wafer operation comprising means for running a plasma process on each of a plurality of conditioning wafers consecutively loaded in said processing chamber through said product access; means for monitoring optical emissions of plasma in said chamber during operation of said means for running a plasma process; means for disabling said means for executing a conditioning wafer operation based upon said means for monitoring; and means for executing a production wafer operation after activation of said means for disabling, said means for executing a production wafer operation comprising means for running a plasma recipe on a production wafer loaded in said processing chamber through said product access, wherein said plasma recipe comprises at least one plasma step which produces a predetermined result on said production wafer, and wherein at least one semiconductor device is formed from said production wafer after acted upon by operation of said means for executing a production wafer operation while no semiconductor device is formed from any said conditioning wafer acted upon by operation of said means for executing a conditioning wafer operation 450 A method for selecting at least one endpoint indicator for a plasma process having at least a first endpoint which is when said plasma process achieves a first predetermined result, said method comprising the steps of running a first plasma process, obtaining optical emissions of plasma in said processing chamber at least a plurality of times during said running step, said obtaining step comprises obtaining a current optical emissions segment at each of said plurality of times, said current optical emissions segment comprising optical emissions which includes at least wavelengths from about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers, inclusive, at a first wavelength resolution of no more than about 1 nanometer and which defines a first wavelength range, wherein said first wavelength resolution means that a wavelength spacing between each adjacent pair of wavelengths obtained throughout said first wavelength range by said obtaining step is no more than about 1 nanometer, analyzing said optical emissions from said obtaining step, and selecting at least one endpoint indicator from said analyzing step for said first endpoint 451 A method, as claimed in Claim 450, wherein said analyzing step comprises the steps of generating a plot of intensity versus time for a plurality of wavelengths within said first wavelength range from said current optical emissions segments from said obtaining step, said generating step illustrating a time-based effect of said running step on an intensity of each of said plurality of wavelengths, analyzing said plots after said running step, receiving information on a first time estimate for said first plasma process to reach said first endpoint, and identifying at least one said plot from said generating step which has any distinct change in intensity at a time at least generally corresponding with said first time estimate, wherein said selecting step comprises selecting said wavelength, associated with said at least one said plot from said identifying step, as a possible candidate for being an indicator of said first endpoint for said first plasma process 452 A method, as claimed in Claim 451 , wherein said plurality of wavelengths for said generating step are selected without any knowledge of chemistry associated with said first said plasma 453 A method, as claimed in Claim 451 , wherein said distinct change of said identifying step is a change in a slope of said at least one said plot 454 A method, as claimed in Claim 451 , wherein said analyzing said optical emissions step further comprises the step of noting a pattern of each said plot from said identifying step, wherein each said pattern encompasses a region which at least potentially corresponds with said first endpoint for said first plasma process step, said method further comprising the step of selecting at least one of said patterns as an endpoint pattern which is indicative of said first endpoint 455 A method, as claimed in Claim 454, further comprising the step of allowing each said endpoint pattern to experience a first change and still be indicative of said first endpoint for a subsequent execution of said first plasma process in the same said processing chamber, said first change being selected from the group consisting of an intensity shift, a temporal shift, an enlargement, a reduction, and any combination of the foregoing 456 A method, as claimed in Claim 451 , further comprising the steps of repeating said running, obtaining, and analyzing said optical emissions steps, wherein said method further comprises the step of comparing results from both said selecting said wavelength steps and selecting at least one said wavelength as being said indicator of said first endpoint of said first plasma step from said comparing step : 19 457 A method, as claimed in Claim 451 , wherein said generating step comprises generating said plot for each of said wavelengths within said first wavelength range from said current optical emissions segments from said obtaining step which are available based upon said first wavelength resolution 458 A method, as claimed in Claim 451 , further comprising the step of defining at least a portion of one of said plots from said identifying step by a first equation up to but not including a portion of said plot having said distinct change, wherein said first endpoint of a subsequent execution of said running a first plasma process step will be based upon when a plot of a change in intensity over time for said wavelength upon which said first equation is based, from said subsequent execution, no longer fits said first equation 459 A method, as claimed in Claim 451 , further comprising the step of defining at least a portion of one of said plots from said identifying step by a first equation up to but not including a portion of said plot having said distinct change, wherein said first endpoint of a subsequent execution of said running a first plasma process step will be based upon when an output of a derivative of said first equation for said subsequent execution changes by more than a predetermined amount 460 A method, as claimed in Claim 450, wherein said analyzing step further comprises the step of generating a plot of intensity versus time for a plurality of wavelengths within said first wavelength range from said current optical emissions segments from said obtaining step, said generating step illustrating a time-based effect of said running step on an intensity of each of said plurality of wavelengths, wherein said running, obtaining, and analyzing steps comprise a run, wherein said method further comprises the steps of executing a first said run, executing a second said run, and identifying at least one said wavelength from said generating steps from said first and second runs in which a pattern of at least a portion of said plot of said wavelength was substantially the same for each of said first and second runs and further where there was a first change between said patterns from said first and second runs, said first change being selected from the group consisting of an intensity shift, a temporal shift, an enlargement, a reduction, and any combination of the foregoing, and wherein said selecting step comprises selecting at least one said wavelength from said identifying step as a possible candidate as an indicator of said first endpoint for said first plasma process 461 A method, as claimed in Claim 460, wherein said generating step comprises generating said plot for each of said wavelengths within said first wavelength range of said current optical emissions segments from said obtaining step which are available based upon said first wavelength resolution 462 A method, as claimed in Claim 460, further comprising the step of loading a product into said processing chamber for each of said executing a first and second run step, wherein said product from said first run has a first thickness, wherein said product from said second run has a second thickness different from said first thickness, and wherein said first change is said temporal change 463 A method, as claimed in Claim 450, wherein said analyzing step comprises identifying intensity peaks in at least some of said optical emissions segments and determining if any of said intensity peaks from said identifying step at least substantially disappear at about a time where said first endpoint should occur and noting a corresponding said wavelength, wherein said selecting step comprises selecting at least one of said corresponding said wavelengths as said endpoint indicator of said first endpoint 464 A method, as claimed in Claim 450, wherein said analyzing step comprises determining if any intensity peaks in at least some of said optical emissions segments first develop at about a time where said first endpoint should occur and noting a corresponding said wavelength, and wherein said selecting step comprises selecting at least one of said corresponding said wavelengths as said endpoint indicator of said first endpoint 465 A method as claimed in Claim 450, wherein said analyzing step comprises identifying intensity peaks in at least some of said optical emissions segments and determining if any of said intensity peaks from said identifying step at least substantially disappear at about a time where said first endpoint should occur and noting a corresponding said wavelength, said analyzing step further comprises determining if any intensity peaks in at least some of said optical emissions segments first develop at about a time where said first endpoint should occur and noting a corresponding said wavelength, said selecting step comprises selecting at least one of said corresponding said wavelengths as said endpoint indicator of said first endpoint 466 A method, as claimed in Claim 450, wherein said analyzing step comprises identifying an intensity peak from said optical emissions segments which reaches a steady state at about a time where said first endpoint should occur and noting a corresponding said wavelength, wherein said selecting step comprises selecting at least one of said corresponding said wavelengths as said endpoint indicator of said first endpoint 467 A method, as claimed in Claim 450, wherein said analyzing step comprises identifying an intensity peak from said optical emissions segments which was at a steady state up until about a time where said first endpoint should occur and at which time said intensity peak experienced a change, and noting a corresponding said wavelength, wherein said selecting step comprises selecting at least one of said corresponding said wavelengths as said endpoint indicator of said first endpoint 468 A method, as claimed in Claim 450, further comprising the step of establishing a wavelength range to be used to evaluate whether subsequent executions of said running step in said processing chamber are proceeding in accordance with a first standard, said establishing step being dependent upon said selecting step 469 A method, as claimed in Claim 468, wherein said wavelength range from said establishing step includes a wavelength of said at least one indicator from said selecting step 470 A method, as claimed in Claim 468, wherein said wavelength range from said establishing step includes at least a 50 nanometer bandwidth 471 A method for monitoring a plasma process in a processing chamber, said method comprising the steps of executing a first plasma process within said processing chamber, obtaining optical emissions data throughout a first wavelength region having a first bandwidth during said first plasma process, selecting a second wavelength region having a second bandwidth, wherein said second bandwidth is less than said first bandwidth and wherein said second wavelength region is totally contained within said first wavelength region, monitoring a first aspect of said first plasma process using a first portion of said optical emissions data from said obtaining step associated with said first plasma process, said first portion of said optical emissions data being limited to said second wavelength region 472 A method, as claimed in Claim 471 , wherein said first wavelength region includes at least wavelengths within a range from about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers, and said obtaining step associated with said first plasma process comprises obtaining said optical emissions data at least at every 1 nanometer throughout said first wavelength region and at least every 1 second during at least a substantial portion of said first plasma process 473 A method, as claimed in Claim 471 , wherein an infinite number of said second wavelength bandwidths are available for said selecting step 474 A method, as claimed in Claim 471 , wherein said first plasma process comprises a first endpoint which is when said first plasma process has affected a first predetermined result, and said monitoring step comprises monitoring said plasma process for said first endpoint using said second wavelength region 475 A method, as claimed in Claim 471 , wherein said monitoring step comprises comparing said first portion of said optical emissions data with optical emissions data from a prior execution of the same said first plasma process in the same said processing chamber 476 A method, as claimed in Claim 475, wherein said second wavelength bandwidth is at least 50 nanometers 477 A method, as claimed in Claim 471 , wherein an intensity of optical emissions corresponding with said optical emissions data may vary throughout said first plasma process, said monitoring step further comprises generating a first plot of an area of said first portion of said optical emissions data versus time, and said area is defined by said intensity of said first portion of said optical emissions data at a certain point in time of said first plasma process 478 A method, as claimed in Claim 477, further comprising the step of displaying said first plot on at least one monitor 479 A method, as claimed in Claim 477, wherein said monitoring step further comprises generating a second plot of a change in said area of said first portion of said optical emissions data versus time 480 A method, as claimed in Claim 479, further comprising the step of displaying said second plot on at least one monitor 481 A method, as claimed in Claim 479, further comprising the step of identifying a first endpoint of said first plasma process when a predetermined event occurs in relation to said second plot 482 A method, as claimed in Claim 471 , wherein an intensity of optical emissions corresponding with said optical emissions data may vary throughout said first plasma process, said monitoring step further comprises generating a first plot of a change in area of said first portion of said optical emissions data versus time, and said area is defined by said intensity of said first portion of said optical emissions data at a certain point in time of said first plasma process 483 A method, as claimed in Claim 482, further comprising the step of identifying a first endpoint of said first plasma process when a predetermined event occurs in relation to said plot 484 A method, as claimed in Claim 471 , further comprising the step of selecting a third wavelength region having a third bandwidth, wherein said third bandwidth is less than said first bandwidth, wherein said third wavelength region is totally contained within said first wavelength region, and wherein said second and third wavelength regions are different 485 A method, as claimed in Claim 484, further comprising the step of monitoring a second aspect of said first plasma process using a second portion of said optical emissions data from said first plasma process which are limited to said third wavelength region, wherein said first plasma process comprises first and second steps defining said first and second aspects, respectively, wherein said first step of said first plasma process provides a first predetermined result and said second step of said first plasma process provides a second predetermined result which is different from said first predetermined result 486 A method, as claimed in Claim 484, wherein said monitoring step further comprises monitoring said first aspect further using a second portion of said optical emissions data from said obtaining step which are limited to said third wavelength region 487 A method, as claimed in Claim 471 , further comprising the step of using a first set of optics, wherein said obtaining step associated with said first plasma process uses said first set of optics, and wherein said method further comprises the steps of executing a second plasma process within said processing chamber, obtaining optical emissions data throughout said first wavelength region during said second plasma process using said first set of optics, selecting a third wavelength region having a third wavelength bandwidth, wherein said third wavelength region is totally contained within said first wavelength bandwidth, wherein said third wavelength bandwidth is less than said first wavelength bandwidth, and wherein said third wavelength region is different from said second wavelength bandwidth, and monitoring at least one aspect of said second plasma process step using a portion of said optical emissions data from obtaining step associated with said second plasma process which are limited to said third wavelength region 488 A method, as claimed in Claim 471 , further comprising the steps of storing said optical emissions data from said obtaining step on a computer-readable storage medium, and retrieving said first portion of said optical emissions data from said computer-readable storage medium, wherein said retrieving step is executed in response to said selecting step and wherein said monitoring step uses said retrieving step 489 A method, as claimed in Claim 471 , further comprising the step of displaying first and second data fields on a monitor, wherein said selecting step comprises inputting a first wavelength into said first data field and inputting a second wavelength into said second data field, when extremes of said second wavelength region are defined by said first and second wavelengths 490 A method for selecting a first wavelength region for identifying a first endpoint associated with a first plasma process, wherein said first endpoint is when a first predetermined result is affected by said first plasma process, and wherein said first wavelength region has a first bandwidth defined between extremes of said first wavelength region, said method comprising the steps of executing said first plasma process within a first processing chamber, obtaining optical emissions data throughout a second wavelength region during said executing step, wherein an intensity of optical emissions corresponding with said optical emissions data varies during said first plasma process, and wherein said second wavelength region has a second bandwidth defined between extremes of said second wavelength region; selecting a third wavelength bandwidth which is less than said second wavelength bandwidth; executing a plotting step for a plurality of different endpoint evaluation wavelength regions within said second wavelength region, wherein each of said endpoint evaluation wavelength regions is defined by said third bandwidth, and wherein said plotting step for each said endpoint evaluation wavelength region comprises the step of generating a plot of a change in area of a portion of said optical emissions data from said endpoint evaluation wavelength region over time, wherein said area is defined by said intensity of said portion of said optical emissions data at a certain point in time of said first plasma process; and selecting said first wavelength region from a review of a plurality of said plots provided by said executing a plotting step. 491. A method, as claimed in Claim 490, wherein: said second wavelength region comprises wavelengths at least within a range from about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers; and said obtaining step comprises obtaining said optical emissions data at least at every 1 nanometer throughout said second wavelength region and at least every 1 second during at least a substantial portion of said first plasma process. 492. A method, as claimed in Claim 490, wherein: said third wavelength bandwidth is about 5 nanometers. 493. A method, as claimed in Claim 490, wherein: said third wavelength bandwidth is no more than about 10 nanometers. 494. A method, as claimed in Claim 490, wherein: adjacent said endpoint evaluation wavelength regions overlap. 495. A method, as claimed in Claim 490, wherein: each endpoint evaluation wavelength region extends from a first extreme to a second extreme, each said first and second extreme corresponding with a specific wavelength and a distance between which corresponds with said third wavelength bandwidth, wherein said method further comprises the step of using a first pattern for selecting said plurality of endpoint evaluation wavelength regions, wherein said first pattern comprises starting at a first wavelength, adding said third wavelength bandwidth onto said first wavelength to define a current said endpoint evaluation wavelength region, adding said third wavelength bandwidth to said second extreme of said current endpoint evaluation wavelength region to define a new said current endpoint evaluation wavelength region, and repeating said adding said third wavelength bandwidth to said second extreme step a plurality of times 496 A method, as claimed in Claim 490, wherein said second wavelength region comprises wavelengths at least within a range from about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometer, said obtaining step comprises obtaining said optical emissions data at least at every 1 nanometer throughout said first wavelength region and at least every 1 second during at least a substantial portion of said first plasma process, said third wavelength bandwidth is 5 nanometers, and said plurality of endpoint evaluation wavelength regions comprises 250 nanometers to 255 nanometers, 255 nanometers to 260 nanometers, 260 nanometers to 265 nanometers, 265 nanometers to 270 nanometers, and so forth to at least the 1 ,000 wavelength on this basis 497 A method, as claimed in Claim 490, wherein said selecting said first wavelength region step comprises identifying at least one of said plots which experiences a certain event at about a time when said first endpoint should occur, and using said endpoint evaluation wavelength region which corresponds with said at least one of said plots as said first wavelength region for identifying said first endpoint 498 A method, as claimed in Claim 490, wherein said selecting said first wavelength region step comprises identifying each said plot which experiences a certain event at about a time when said first endpoint should occur and identifying a corresponding said endpoint evaluation wavelength region as a first endpoint candidate, grouping each said first endpoint candidate together into an endpoint grouping where a wavelength separation between any of said first endpoint candidates within said endpoint grouping is no more than about 10 nanometers, and defining said first wavelength region for identifying said first endpoint as being between a smallest wavelength within one of said endpoint groupings and a largest wavelength within the same said endpoint grouping. 499. A method for monitoring a plasma process, comprising the steps of: initiating a first plasma process within a first processing chamber; obtaining optical emissions data on said first plasma process; storing said optical emissions data from said obtaining step on a computer-readable storage medium system; executing a first monitoring step using a plasma monitoring module which is stored on said computer-readable storage medium system, said executing a first monitoring step comprising monitoring at least one aspect of said first plasma process using at least a portion of said optical emissions data from said obtaining step; terminating said first plasma process; making at least one adjustment in relation to said plasma monitoring module after said executing a first monitoring step; and executing a second monitoring step using said plasma monitoring module and after said making at least one adjustment step, said executing a second monitoring step comprising monitoring at least one aspect of said first plasma process using at least a portion of said optical emissions data from said computer-readable storage medium system. 500. A method, as claimed in Claim 499, wherein: said obtaining step is executed over a first wavelength region which includes at least wavelengths within a range from about 250 nanometers to about 1 ,000 nanometers; and said obtaining step obtaining said optical emissions data at least at every 1 nanometer throughout said first wavelength region and at least every 1 second during at least a substantial portion of said first plasma process. 501. A method, as claimed in Claim 499, wherein: said first plasma process comprises a first endpoint which is when said first plasma process has affected a first predetermined result, wherein said at least one aspect associated with said executing a first monitoring step comprises monitoring said first plasma process for an occurrence of said first endpoint, and wherein said at least one aspect associated with said executing a second monitoring step comprises monitoring said first plasma process also for an occurrence of said first endpoint. 502. A method, as claimed in Claim 499, wherein: said executing a first monitoring step comprises comparing at least part of said optical emissions data from said obtaining step with optical emissions data from a prior execution of the same said first plasma process in the same said processing chamber; and said executing a second monitoring step comprises comparing at least part of said optical emissions data from said obtaining step with optical emissions data from a prior execution of the same said first plasma process in the same said processing chamber. 503. A method, as claimed in Claim 499, wherein: said making had least one adjustment step comprising changing at least one parameter of said plasma monitoring module which is selected from the group consisting of a wavelength of said optical emissions data on said first plasma process which is used by said executing a second monitoring step and which differs from a wavelength used by said executing a first monitoring step, a wavelength region of said optical emissions data on said first plasma process which is used by said executing a second monitoring step and which differs from a wavelength region used by said executing a first monitoring step, a monitoring technique which is used by said executing a second monitoring step which is different than a monitoring technique used by said executing a first monitoring step, a time at which said executing a second monitoring step is initiated into said first plasma process which differs from a time at which said executing a first monitoring step is initiated into said first plasma process, a time in said first plasma process before which a first endpoint associated with said first plasma process may not be called by said executing a second monitoring step which differs from a time in said first plasma process before which said first endpoint associated with said first plasma process may not be called by said executing a first monitoring step, a time in said first plasma process after which said first endpoint may not be called by said executing a second monitoring step which differs from a time in said first plasma process after which said first endpoint may not be called by said executing a first monitoring step, and any combination thereof, wherein said first endpoint is when said first plasma process affects a first predetermined result. 504. A method, as claimed in Claim 499, wherein: said executing a second monitoring step comprises replaying said first plasma process for said plasma monitoring module after said making at least one adjustment step. 505. A method, as claimed in Claim 499, wherein: said first processing chamber is located within a first clean room, and wherein said executing a second monitoring step is executed outside of said first clean room. 506. A plasma processing system, comprising: a plurality of chamber clusters, wherein each said chamber cluster comprises at least one plasma processing chamber; at least one plasma monitoring system which is interconnected with at least one of said processing chambers of any given said chamber cluster; a clean room system which comprises at least one clean room, wherein each said chamber cluster is contained within said clean room system; a master remote station operatively interconnected with said plasma monitoring system of each said chamber cluster, wherein said master remote station is disposed outside of said clean room system and comprises a first display and a first data entry device; and a separate chamber cluster remote station for each said chamber cluster, wherein said chamber cluster remote station is operatively interconnected with said at least one plasma monitoring system of its associated said chamber cluster, wherein each said chamber cluster remote station is disposed outside of said clean room system and comprises a second display and a second data entry device, and wherein each said chamber cluster remote station is interconnected with each said plasma monitoring system of only a single said chamber cluster. 507. A system, as claimed in Claim 506, wherein: each of said plurality of chamber clusters is disposed within the same said clean room. 508. A system, as claimed in Claim 506, wherein: a first said chamber cluster is disposed within a first said clean room and a second said chamber cluster is disposed within a second said clean room. 509. A system, as claimed in Claim 506, wherein: said master remote station has different access rights to said plasma monitoring system of a first said chamber cluster than said chamber cluster remote station for said first said chamber cluster. 5 0. A system, as claimed in Claim 506, wherein: said master remote station has greater access rights to said plasma monitoring system of a first chamber cluster than said chamber cluster remote station for said first chamber cluster. 511. A system, as claimed in Claim 506, wherein: said chamber cluster remote station for a first said chamber cluster has a first access right to said plasma monitoring system for said first said chamber cluster; said chamber cluster remote station for a second said chamber cluster has a second access right to each said plasma monitoring system for said second said chamber cluster; and said first and second access are different in scope. 512. A system, as claimed in Claim 506, wherein: each said plasma monitoring system comprises a plurality of modules; said master remote station has access to each of said plurality of modules of each said plasma monitoring system; said chamber cluster remote station for each said chamber cluster has access to only a portion of said plurality of modules of its associated said plasma monitoring system. 513. A system, as claimed in Claim 506, wherein: each said plasma monitoring system comprises a data player module, a statistical analyzer module, a control module, and a data review module, wherein said data player module of any given said plasma monitoring system of any given said chamber cluster allows data on a plasma process which has been run on one of said processing chambers within said given said chamber cluster to be replayed through said given said plasma monitoring system after making a change to said given said plasma monitoring system, wherein said statistical analyzer module of said given said plasma monitoring system allows at least one type of statistical analysis to be executed in relation to said given said chamber cluster, wherein said control module of said given said plasma monitoring system allows for modification of at least one operational parameter of said given said plasma monitoring system, and wherein said data review module of said given said plasma monitoring system allows for real-time review of a plasma process currently being executed within said given said chamber cluster. 514. A system, as claimed in Claim 513, wherein: none of said chamber cluster remote stations have access to said control module of their associated said plasma monitoring system, and wherein said master remote station has access to said control module of each said plasma monitoring system.

Inventors: SMITH MICHAEL LANE JR, STEVENSON JOEL O'DON, WARD PAMELA DENISE PEARDON, SMITH, MICHAEL, LANE, JR., STEVENSON, JOEL, O'DON, WARD, PAMELA, DENISE, PEARDON
Applicants: SANDIA CORP, SANDIA CORPORATION
Application year: 1999
Main classification: G01J3
IPC codes: G01J3, G01N21, H01J37, H01L21, H05H1